10-K
Table of Contents

 
 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended 30 September 2007
or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission file number 1-4534
AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
     
Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of Incorporation or Organization)
  23-1274455
(IRS Employer Identification No.)
     
7201 Hamilton Boulevard, Allentown, Pennsylvania
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  18195-1501
(Zip Code)
     
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code   (610) 481-4911
     
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:    
     
Title of Each Class   Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
     
     
Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share   New York
     
Preferred Stock Purchase Rights   New York
     
83/4% Debentures Due 2021   New York
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES þ NO o 
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. YES o NO þ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES þ NO o 
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer. See definition of “accelerated filer and large accelerated filer” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large Accelerated Filer þ      Accelerated Filer o      Non-Accelerated Filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES o NO þ 
The aggregate market value of the voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on 31 March 2007 was approximately $16 billion. For purposes of the foregoing calculations all directors and/or executive officers have been deemed to be affiliates, but the registrant disclaims that any such director and/or executive officer is an affiliate.
The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of 19 November 2007 was 215,386,799.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Parts I, II and IV: Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2007. With the exception of those portions that are incorporated by reference into Parts I, II and IV of this Form 10-K, the Annual Report is not deemed to be filed.
Part III: Proxy Statement for Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held 24 January 2008.
 
 

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
                     
                  Page  
 
                   
PART I           1  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 1.       BUSINESS     1  
 
                   
 
          GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS     1  
 
          FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS     1  
 
          NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS BY SEGMENTS     1  
 
          MERCHANT GASES     1  
 
          TONNAGE GASES     2  
 
          ELECTRONICS AND PERFORMANCE MATERIALS     2  
 
          EQUIPMENT AND ENERGY     3  
 
          HEALTHCARE     3  
 
          CHEMICALS     4  
 
          NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS GENERALLY     4  
 
          FOREIGN OPERATIONS     4  
 
          TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT     5  
 
          ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS     5  
 
          INSURANCE     6  
 
          EMPLOYEES     6  
 
          AVAILABLE INFORMATION     6  
 
          SEASONALITY     6  
 
          WORKING CAPITAL     6  
 
          CUSTOMERS     6  
 
          GOVERNMENTAL CONTRACTS     6  
 
          EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY     7  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 1A.       RISK FACTORS     8  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 1B.       UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS     12  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 2.       PROPERTIES     12  
 
                   
 
          MERCHANT GASES     12  
 
          TONNAGE GASES     12  
 
          ELECTRONICS AND PERFORMANCE MATERIALS     12  
 
          EQUIPMENT AND ENERGY     12  
 
          HEALTHCARE     13  
 
          CHEMICALS     13  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 3.       LEGAL PROCEEDINGS     13  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 4.       SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS     13  
 
                   
PART II             13  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 5.       MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES     13  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 6.       SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA     15  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 7.       MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS     15  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 7A.       QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK     15  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 8.       FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA     15  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 9.       CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE     15  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 9A.       CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES     15  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 9B.       OTHER INFORMATION     16  
 
                   
PART III             16  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 10.       DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE     16  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 11.       EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION     16  

iii


Table of Contents

                     
                  Page  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 12.       SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS     17  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 13.       CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE     19  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 14.       PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES     19  
 
                   
PART IV             19  
 
                   
 
  ITEM 15.       EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES     19  
 
                   
 
          SIGNATURES     20  
 
          REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON SCHEDULE II     22  
 
          INDEX TO EXHIBITS     24  
 EX-10.7(B): AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT
 EX-10.8(B): AMENDMENT NO. 2 TO AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST AGREEMENT
 EX-10.26: COMPENSATION PROGRAM
 EX-10.27: RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
 EX-12: COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
 EX-13: 2007 FINANCIAL REVIEW SECTION OF THE ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS
 EX-21: SUBSIDIARIES
 EX-23.1: CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
 EX-24: POWER OF ATTORNEY
 EX-31.1: CERTIFICATION
 EX-31.2: CERTIFICATION
 EX-32.1: CERTIFICATION

iv


Table of Contents

PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.
GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation originally founded in 1940, serves technology, energy, industrial and healthcare customers globally with a unique portfolio of products, services and solutions that include atmospheric gases, process and specialty gases, performance materials, equipment and services. The Company is the world’s largest supplier of hydrogen and helium and has built leading positions in growth markets such as semiconductor materials, refinery hydrogen, natural gas liquefaction, and advanced coatings and adhesives. As used in this Report, unless the context indicates otherwise, the term “Company” includes subsidiaries and predecessors of the registrant and its subsidiaries.
The Company manages its operations, assesses performance and reports earnings under six business segments: Merchant Gases; Tonnage Gases; Electronics and Performance Materials; Equipment and Energy; Healthcare; and Chemicals. The Company previously managed its operations and reported results under three business segments: Gases, Chemicals and Equipment.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION ABOUT SEGMENTS
Financial information concerning the Company’s six business segments appears in Note 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein, which information and all other specific references herein to information appearing in the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report are incorporated herein by reference.
NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS BY SEGMENTS
MERCHANT GASES
Merchant Gases sells industrial gases such as oxygen, nitrogen and argon (primarily recovered by the cryogenic distillation of air), hydrogen and helium (purchased or refined from crude helium), and certain medical and specialty gases throughout the world to customers in many industries, including those in metals, glass, chemical processing, food processing, medical gases, steel, general manufacturing and petroleum and natural gas industries.
Merchant Gases delivers its products by one of the following three methods:
(1) “liquid bulk” — under which product is delivered in bulk (in liquid or gaseous form) by tanker or tube trailer and stored, usually in its liquid state, in equipment designed and installed by the Company at the customer’s site for vaporizing into a gaseous state as needed. Liquid bulk sales are typically governed by three-to-five year contracts;
(2) “packaged gases” — under which small quantities of product are delivered in either cylinders or dewars. The Company operates packaged gas businesses in Europe, Asia and Brazil; in the United States, its packaged gas business sells products only for the electronics and magnetic resonance imaging (principally helium) industries; and
(3) “small on-site plants” — under which customers receive product through small on-sites (cryogenic or non-cryogenic generators) either by a sale of gas contract or the sale of the equipment to the customer.
Electric power is the largest cost component in the production of atmospheric gases — oxygen, nitrogen and argon. Natural gas is also an energy source at a number of the Company’s Merchant Gases facilities. The Company mitigates energy and natural gas prices through pricing formulas and surcharges. A shortage or interruption of electricity or natural gas supply, or a price increase that cannot be passed through to customers, possibly for competitive reasons, may adversely affect the operations or results of Merchant Gases. During fiscal year 2007, no significant difficulties were encountered in obtaining adequate supplies of energy or raw materials. Shortages of argon and helium did limit further growth in our Merchant Gases segment in fiscal year 2007.
Merchant Gases competes in the United States against three global industrial gas companies, L’Air Liquide S.A., Linde AG and Praxair, Inc., and several regional sellers (including Airgas, Inc.). Competition is based primarily on price, reliability of supply and the development of applications for use of industrial gases. Similar competitive situations exist in the European

1


Table of Contents

and Asian industrial gas markets in which the Company competes against the three global companies as well as regional competitors.
Sales of atmospheric gases (oxygen, nitrogen and argon) constituted approximately 17 percent of the Company’s consolidated sales in fiscal year 2007, 18 percent in fiscal year 2006 and 17 percent in fiscal year 2005.
TONNAGE GASES
Tonnage Gases provides hydrogen, carbon monoxide, nitrogen, oxygen and syngas principally to the petroleum refining, chemical and metallurgical industries worldwide. Gases are produced at large facilities located adjacent to customers’ facilities or by pipeline systems from centrally-located production facilities and are generally governed by contracts with fifteen-to-twenty year terms. The Company is the world’s largest provider of hydrogen, which is used by oil refiners to facilitate the conversion of heavy crude feedstock and lower the sulfur content of gasoline and diesel fuels to reduce smog and ozone depletion. The metallurgical industry utilizes nitrogen for inerting and oxygen for the manufacture of steel and certain non-ferrous metals, and the chemical industry uses hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen, carbon monoxide and syngas (a hydrogen-carbon monoxide mixture) as feedstocks in the production of many basic chemicals. The Company delivers product through pipelines from centrally located facilities in or near the Texas Gulf Coast; Los Angeles, California; Baton Rouge and New Orleans, Louisiana; Alberta, Canada; Rotterdam, the Netherlands; Ulsan, Korea; Tangshan, China; Kuan Yin, Taiwan; Singapore; and Camaçari, Brazil. The Company owns less than controlling interests in pipelines located in Thailand, Singapore and South Africa.
Electric power is the largest cost component in the production of atmospheric gases. Natural gas is also an energy source at a number of Tonnage Gases facilities. The Company mitigates energy and natural gas prices through long-term cost pass-through contracts. Natural gas is the principal raw material for hydrogen, carbon monoxide and syngas production. During fiscal year 2007, no significant difficulties were encountered in obtaining adequate supplies of energy or raw materials.
Tonnage Gases competes in the United States against three global industrial gas companies, L’Air Liquide S.A., Linde AG and Praxair, Inc., and several regional sellers. Competition is based primarily on price, reliability of supply, the development of applications that use industrial gases and, in some cases, provision of other services or products such as power and steam generation. Similar competitive situations exist in the European and Asian industrial gas markets where the Company competes against the three global companies as well as regional competitors.
Tonnage Gases hydrogen sales constituted approximately 15 percent of the Company’s consolidated sales in fiscal year 2007, 15 percent in fiscal year 2006 and 12 percent in fiscal year 2005.
ELECTRONICS AND PERFORMANCE MATERIALS
Electronics and Performance Materials employs applications technology to provide solutions to a broad range of global industries through chemical synthesis, analytical technology, process engineering and surface science. This segment provides the electronics industry with specialty gases (such as nitrogen trifluoride, silane, arsine, phosphine, white ammonia, silicon tetrafluoride, carbon tetrafluoride, hexafluoromethane, critical etch gases and tungsten hexafluoride), as well as tonnage gases (primarily nitrogen), specialty and bulk chemicals, services and equipment for the manufacture of silicon and compound semiconductors, thin film transistor liquid crystal displays and photovoltaic devices. These products are delivered through various supply chain methods, including bulk delivery systems or distribution by pipelines such as those located in California’s Silicon Valley; Phoenix, Arizona; Tainon, Taiwan; Gumi and Giheung, Korea; and Tianjin and Shanghai, China. The Company has announced that the High Process Purity Chemicals business will be sold during fiscal year 2008.
Electronics and Performance Materials also provides performance materials for a wide range of products, including coatings, inks, adhesives, civil engineering, personal care, institutional and industrial cleaning, mining, oil refining and polyurethanes, and focuses on the development of new materials aimed at providing unique functionality to emerging markets. Principal performance materials include polyurethane catalysts and other additives for polyurethane foam, epoxy amine curing agents and auxiliary products for epoxy systems and specialty surfactants for formulated systems.
The Electronics and Performance Materials segment uses a wide variety of raw materials, including alcohols, ethyleneamines, cyclohexamine, acrylonitriles and glycols. During fiscal year 2007, no significant difficulties were encountered in obtaining adequate supplies of energy or raw materials.
The Electronics and Performance Materials segment faces competition on a product-by-product basis against competitors ranging from niche suppliers with a single product to larger and more vertically integrated companies. Competition is principally conducted on the basis of price, quality, product performance, reliability of product supply, technical innovation, service and global infrastructure.

2


Table of Contents

Total sales from Electronics and Performance Materials constituted approximately 21 percent of the Company’s consolidated sales in fiscal year 2007, 21 percent in fiscal year 2006 and 21 percent in fiscal year 2005.
EQUIPMENT AND ENERGY
Equipment and Energy designs and manufactures cryogenic and gas processing equipment for air separation (utilizing membrane technology and adsorption technology), hydrocarbon recovery and purification, natural gas liquefaction (known as “LNG”) and helium distribution (cryogenic transportation containers), and serves energy markets in a variety of ways.
Equipment is sold globally to customers in the chemical and petrochemical manufacturing, oil and gas recovery and processing and steel and primary metals processing industries. The segment also provides a broad range of plant design, engineering, procurement and construction management services to its customers.
Energy markets are served through the Company’s operation and partial ownership of cogeneration and flue gas desulphurization facilities and its development of hydrogen as an energy carrier and oxygen-based technologies to serve energy markets in the future. The Company owns and operates a cogeneration facility in Calvert City, Kentucky; operates and owns fifty percent interests in a 49-megawatt fluidized-bed coal-fired power generation facility in Stockton, California and a 24-megawatt gas-fired combined-cycle power generation facility near Rotterdam, the Netherlands; and operates and owns a 48.8 percent interest in a 112-megawatt gas-fueled power generation facility in Thailand. The Company also operates and owns a fifty percent interest in a flue gas desulphurization facility in Indiana.
Steel, aluminum and capital equipment subcomponents (compressors, etc.) are the principal raw materials in the equipment portion of this segment. Adequate raw materials for individual projects are acquired under firm purchase agreements. Coal, petroleum coke and natural gas are the largest cost components in the production of energy. The Company mitigates these cost components, in part, through long-term cost-pass-through contracts. During fiscal year 2007, no significant difficulties were encountered in obtaining adequate supplies of raw materials.
Equipment and Energy competes with a great number of firms for all of its offerings except LNG heat exchangers, for which there are fewer competitors due to the limited market size and proprietary technologies. Competition is based primarily on technological performance, service, technical know-how, price and performance guarantees.
The backlog of equipment orders (including letters of intent believed to be firm) from third party customers (including equity affiliates) was approximately $258 million on 30 September 2007, approximately 42 percent of which is for cryogenic air separation equipment and 27 percent of which is for LNG heat exchangers, as compared with a total backlog of approximately $446 million on 30 September 2006. The Company expects that approximately $225 million of the backlog on 30 September 2007 will be completed during fiscal year 2008.
HEALTHCARE
Healthcare provides respiratory therapies, home medical equipment and infusion services to over 500,000 patients in their homes. The Company operates in fifteen countries, including the United States, and is the market leader in Spain, Portugal, the United Kingdom and Mexico. Its serves patients whose conditions include chronic lung disease, asthma, emphysema, sleep apnea and diabetes by providing oxygen therapy, pharmacist-managed direct-shipped respiratory medications, home nebulizer therapy, sleep management therapy, anti-infection therapy, enteral nutrition, beds and wheelchairs.
Labor is the largest cost component in this segment. In addition, the Company purchases oxygen concentrators and cylinders, beds, wheelchairs, sleep apnea products and equipment for respiratory therapy from multiple vendors.
The home healthcare market is highly competitive. Competition in the Company’s Healthcare segment involves regulatory compliance, price, quality, service and reliability of supply. Home healthcare in the United States is served by over 2,000 regional and local providers, including Apria Healthcare Group and Lincare Holdings Inc. Reimbursement levels are established by fee schedules regulated by Medicare and Medicaid or by the levels negotiated with insurance companies. Accordingly, in the United States, home healthcare companies compete primarily on the basis of service. The structure of home healthcare in Europe is different from that in the United States. In certain countries in Europe, competitive bidding leads to exclusive supply arrangements for fixed terms. In other European countries, a licensed home healthcare provider competes for customers in a manner similar to that in the U.S. Three large industrial gas companies, L’Air Liquide S.A., Linde AG, and Praxair, Inc., represent Healthcare’s principal competitors in Europe. Maintaining competitiveness requires efficient logistics, reimbursement and accounts receivable systems.

3


Table of Contents

CHEMICALS
The Chemicals segment consists of the Polymer Emulsions business and the Polyurethane Intermediates (PUI) business. The Company announced plans to divest its Polymer Emulsions business in 2006 and is currently in advanced discussions with its partner in the business, Wacker Chemie AG, over Wacker’s purchase of the Company’s interests in their two polymers joint ventures.
Polymers are water-based and water-soluble emulsion products derived primarily from vinyl acetate monomer. The Company’s major emulsions products are AIRFLEX® vinyl acetate-ethylene copolymer emulsions and vinyl acetate homopolymer emulsions, which are used in adhesives, nonwoven fabric binders, paper coatings, paints, inks and carpet backing binder formulations.
The Company produces di-nitrotoluene (“DNT”), which is converted to toluene diamine (“TDA”) and sold for use as an intermediate in the manufacture of a major precursor of flexible polyurethane foam used in furniture cushioning, carpet underlay, bedding and seating in automobiles. Most of the Company’s TDA is sold under long-term contracts to a small number of customers.
The Company employs proprietary technology and scale of production to differentiate its polyurethane intermediates from those of its competitors. The Company also produces nitric acid as a raw material for its intermediates.
The Chemicals segment’s principal raw material purchases are chemical intermediates produced by others from basic petrochemical feedstocks such as olefins and aromatic hydrocarbons, which are generally derived from various crude oil fractions or from liquids extracted from natural gas. The Company purchases its chemical intermediates, which are generally readily available, from many sources and normally is not dependent on one supplier. The Company uses such raw materials in the production of emulsions and polyurethane intermediates. In addition, the Company purchases finished and semi-finished materials and chemical intermediates from many suppliers. The Company also purchases ammonia under long-term contracts as a feedstock for its Pasadena, Texas facility. During fiscal year 2007, there was a shortage of a key polymers raw material, vinyl acetate monomer, however, the business was able to obtain adequate supplies. There were no other significant difficulties in supplying adequate supplies of energy or raw materials.
The Chemicals segment competes against a number of chemical companies, some of which are larger and more vertically integrated than the Company. While competition varies from product to product, the Company believes it has strong market positions in most of its chemical products. The possibility of back integration by large customers is a major competitive factor in the Company’s polyurethane intermediates business. Competition is conducted principally on the basis of price, quality, product performance, reliability of product supply and technical service assistance.
Chemicals sales constituted 10 percent of the Company’s consolidated sales in fiscal year 2007, 10 percent in fiscal year 2006 and 12 percent in fiscal year 2005.
NARRATIVE DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANY’S BUSINESS GENERALLY
FOREIGN OPERATIONS
The Company, through subsidiaries, affiliates and minority-owned ventures, conducts business in over forty countries outside the United States. Its international businesses are subject to risks customarily encountered in foreign operations, including fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and controls, import and export controls and other economic, political and regulatory policies of local governments.
The Company has majority or wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries that operate in Canada, 17 European countries (including the United Kingdom and Spain), 11 Asian countries (including China, Korea, Singapore and Taiwan) and four Latin American countries (including Mexico and Brazil). The Company also owns less-than-controlling interests in entities operating in Europe, Asia, Africa and Latin America (including Italy, Germany, China, Korea, India, Singapore, Thailand, South Africa and Mexico).
Financial information about the Company’s foreign operations and investments is included in Notes 8, 17 and 21 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein. Information about foreign currency translation is included under “Foreign Currency” in Note 1 and information on the Company’s exposure to currency fluctuations is included under “Currency Risk Management” in Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under “Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk” included under Item 7 herein. Export sales from operations in the United States to unconsolidated customers amounted to $715 million, $732 million and $714 million in fiscal years 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively. Total export sales in fiscal year 2007 included $422 million in export sales to affiliated

4


Table of Contents

customers. The sales to affiliated customers were primarily equipment sales within the Equipment and Energy segment and Electronic and Performance Materials sales.
TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPMENT
The Company pursues a market-oriented approach to technology development through research and development, engineering and commercial development processes. It conducts research and development principally in its laboratories located in the United States (Trexlertown, Pennsylvania; Carlsbad, California; Milton, Wisconsin; and Phoenix, Arizona), the United Kingdom (Basingstoke, London and Carrington); Germany (Burghausen and Hamburg); the Netherlands (Utrecht); Spain (Barcelona and Madrid) and Asia (Tokyo, Japan; Shanghai, China; Giheung, Korea; and Hsinchu, Taiwan). The Company also funds and cooperates in research and development programs conducted by a number of major universities and undertakes research work funded by others — principally the United States Government.
The Company’s corporate research groups, which include materials, process and analytical centers, support the research efforts of various businesses throughout the Company. Technology development efforts for use within Merchant Gases, Tonnage Gases and Equipment and Energy focus primarily on new and improved processes and equipment for the production and delivery of industrial gases and new or improved applications for all such products. Research and technology development for Electronics and Performance Materials is primarily concerned with new products and applications to strengthen and extend the Company’s present positions. Work is also performed in Electronics and Performance Materials to lower processing costs and develop new processes for the new products. In Healthcare, the Company employs new scientific developments, knowledge, clinical evidence or technology to develop new products and services that focus on both the clinical and home healthcare environment.
Research and development expenditures were $140 million during fiscal year 2007, $151 million in fiscal year 2006 and $132 million in fiscal year 2005, and the Company expended $19 million on customer-sponsored research activities during fiscal year 2007, $21 million during fiscal year 2006 and $17 million in fiscal year 2005.
As of 1 November 2007, the Company owned 1,031 United States patents and 2,912 foreign patents and is a licensee under certain patents owned by others. While the patents and licenses are considered important, the Company does not consider its business as a whole to be materially dependent upon any particular patent, patent license or group of patents or licenses.
ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS
The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the countries in which it has operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations results in higher capital expenditures and costs. From time to time the Company is involved in proceedings under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (the federal Superfund law), similar state laws and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) relating to the designation of certain sites for investigation and possible cleanup. Additional information with respect to these proceedings is included under Item 3, Legal Proceedings, below. The Company’s accounting policies on environmental expenditures are discussed in Note 1 and particulars on environmental loss contingencies are provided in Note 19 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein.
The amounts charged to income from continuing operations on an after-tax basis related to environmental matters totaled $25 million in fiscal 2007, $26 million in 2006 and $26 million in 2005. These amounts represent an estimate of expenses for compliance with environmental laws, remedial activities and activities undertaken to meet internal Company standards. Such costs are estimated to be $21 million in 2008 and $22 million in 2009.
Although precise amounts are difficult to define, the Company estimates that in fiscal year 2007 it spent approximately $11 million on capital projects to control pollution versus $14 million in 2006. Capital expenditures to control pollution in future years are estimated at approximately $10 million in 2008 and $6 million in 2009. The cost of any environmental compliance generally is contractually passed through to the customer.
The Company accrues environmental investigatory and remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The potential exposure for such costs is estimated to range from $52 million to a reasonably possible upper exposure of $65 million. The accrual on the balance sheet for 30 September 2007 was $52.2 million and for 30 September 2006 was $52.4 million. Actual costs to be incurred in future periods may vary from the estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Subject to the imprecision in estimating future environmental costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with environmental matters in excess of the amounts recorded or disclosed above would have a materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations in any one year.

5


Table of Contents

INSURANCE
The Company’s policy is to obtain public liability and property insurance coverage that is currently available at what management determines to be a fair and reasonable price. The Company maintains public liability and property insurance coverage at amounts that management believes are sufficient to meet the Company’s anticipated needs in light of historical experience to cover future litigation and claims. There is no assurance, however, that the Company will not incur losses beyond the limits of, or outside the coverage of, its insurance.
EMPLOYEES
On 30 September 2007, the Company (including majority-owned subsidiaries) had approximately 22,100 employees, of whom approximately 21,500 were full-time employees and of whom approximately 11,200 were located outside the United States. The Company has collective bargaining agreements with unions at various locations that expire on various dates over the next four years. The Company considers relations with its employees to be satisfactory and does not believe that the impact of any expiring or expired collective bargaining agreements will result in a material adverse impact on the Company.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
All periodic and current reports, registration statements and other filings that the Company is required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including the Company’s annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act (the “1934 Act Reports”), are available free of charge through the Company’s Internet website at www.airproducts.com. Such documents are available as soon as reasonably practicable after electronic filing of the material with the SEC. All 1934 Act Reports filed during the period covered by this Report were available on the Company’s website on the same day as filing.
The public may also read and copy any materials filed by the Company with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC; the address of that site is www.sec.gov.
SEASONALITY
Although none of the six business segments are subject to seasonal fluctuations to any material extent, the Chemicals segment is susceptible to the cyclical nature of the chemicals industry. The Electronics and Performance Materials segment is susceptible to the cyclical nature of the electronics industry and to seasonal fluctuations in underlying end-use Performance Materials markets.
WORKING CAPITAL
The Company’s policy is to consistently maintain an adequate level of working capital to support its business needs at all times.
CUSTOMERS
There is no single or small number of customers upon which any business segment depends.
GOVERNMENTAL CONTRACTS
No segment’s business is subject to a government entity’s renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts that would be material to the Company’s business as a whole.

6


Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY
The Company’s executive officers and their respective positions and ages on 15 November 2007 follow. Except where indicated, each of the executive officers listed below has been employed by the Company in the position indicated during the past five fiscal years. Information with respect to offices held is stated in fiscal years.
             
Name   Age   Office
 
M. Scott Crocco
    43     Vice President and Corporate Controller
(became Vice President in 2008; Corporate Controller in 2006; and Director of Corporate Decision Support in 2003)
 
           
Robert D. Dixon
                 (A)
    48     Senior Vice President and General Manager—Merchant Gases
(became Senior Vice President in 2008; Vice President and General Manager—Merchant Gases in 2007; President—Air Products Asia in 2003; and Vice President—Air Products Asia in 2003)
 
           
Michael F. Hilton
                 (A)
    53     Senior Vice President and General Manager—Electronics and Performance Materials
(became Senior Vice President in 2008; Vice President and General Manager—Electronics and Performance Materials in 2007; and Vice President—Electronics Businesses in 2003)
 
           
Paul E. Huck
                 (A)
    57     Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(became Senior Vice President in 2008; Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in 2004; and Vice President and Corporate Controller in 2002)
 
           
Stephen J. Jones
                 (A)
    46     Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
(became Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary in 2008; Vice President and Associate General Counsel in 2007; and Vice President and General Manager—Industrial Chemicals Division in 2003)
 
           
John W. Marsland
                 (A)
    41     Vice President and General Manager—Healthcare
(became Vice President and General Manager—Healthcare in 2007; Vice President and General Manager, Global Healthcare in 2005; and Vice President—Corporate Development Office in 2003)
 
           
John E. McGlade
                 (A)(B)(C)
    53     President and Chief Executive Officer
(became Chief Executive Officer in 2008; President and Chief Operating Officer in 2006; Group Vice President—Chemicals in 2003; and Vice President—Chemicals Group Business Divisions in 2003)
 
           
Lynn C. Minella
                 (A)
    49     Senior Vice President—Human Resources and Communications
(became Senior Vice President—Human Resources and Communications in 2008; Vice President—Human Resources in 2004; and Vice President, Human Resources, Software Group, International Business Machines Corporation in 2002)
 
           
Scott A. Sherman
                 (A)
    56     Senior Vice President and General Manager—Tonnage Gases, Equipment and Energy
(became Senior Vice President in 2008; Vice President and General Manager—Tonnage Gases, Equipment and Energy in 2007; and Vice President and General Manager—Energy and Process Industries in 2001)

7


Table of Contents

(A) Member, Corporate Executive Committee
(B) Member, Board of Directors
(C) Member, Executive Committee of the Board of Directors
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.
The Company operates in over 40 countries around the world and faces a variety of risks and uncertainties that could materially affect its future operations and financial performance. Many of these risks and uncertainties are not within the Company’s control. Risks that may significantly impact the Company include the following:
Overall Economic Conditions and Demand for Products — General economic conditions in markets in which the Company does business can impact the demand for its goods and services. Decreased demand for its products and services can have a negative impact on the Company’s financial performance and cash flow.
Demand for the Company’s products and services in part depends on the general economic conditions affecting the countries and industries in which the Company does business. A downturn in economic conditions in a country or industry served by the Company may negatively impact demand for the Company’s products and services, in turn negatively impacting the Company’s operations and financial results. Further, changes in demand for its products and services can magnify the impact of economic cycles on the Company’s businesses. Unanticipated contract terminations by current customers can negatively impact operations, financial results and cash flow. The Company’s recent divestiture of certain of its chemicals businesses, along with the potential sale of its polymers business, should make the Company less susceptible to the cyclical nature of the chemicals industry.
Competition — The Company faces strong competition from several large, global competitors and many smaller regional ones in most of its business segments. Inability to compete effectively in a segment could adversely impact sales and financial performance.
The Merchant Gases segment competes with three global industrial gas companies, L’Air Liquide S.A., Linde AG and Praxair, Inc., as well as with several regional competitors in North America (including Airgas, Inc.) and in Europe and Asia. Competition is based primarily on price, product quality, reliability of supply and development of innovative applications.
The Tonnage Gases segment also competes with the three global industrial gas competitors noted above as well as with several regional competitors in North America, Europe and Asia. Competition is based primarily on price, product quality, reliability of supply, development of innovative applications and, in some instances, provision of additional items such as power and steam generation.
The Electronics and Performance Materials segment faces competition on a product-by-product basis against companies ranging from niche suppliers with a single product to larger and more vertically integrated companies. Competition is principally conducted on the basis of price, quality, product performance, reliability of product supply and technical service assistance.
Equipment and Energy competes against many firms based primarily on technological performance, service, technical know-how, price and performance guarantees.
Healthcare competes against many local and regional providers in the United States, including Apria Healthcare Group and Lincare Holdings Inc., and against three large industrial gas companies, L’Air Liquide, S.A., Linde AG and Praxair, Inc., as well as local and regional suppliers in Europe. Competition is based primarily on quality of service. Remaining competitive requires efficient logistic, reimbursement and accounts receivable systems.
The Chemicals segment competes against a large number of chemical companies, generally on a product-by-product basis, principally on the basis of price, quality, product performance, reliability of product supply and technical service assistance. Several of these competitors are larger than the Company and are more vertically integrated.
Raw Material and Energy Cost and Availability — Volatility in raw material and energy costs, interruption in ordinary sources of supply and an inability to recover unanticipated increases in energy and raw material costs from customers could result in lost sales or significantly increase the cost of doing business.

8


Table of Contents

Electricity is the largest cost input for the production of atmospheric gases in Merchant Gases and Tonnage Gases. Because the Company’s industrial gas facilities use substantial amounts of electricity, energy price fluctuations could materially impact the financial performance of these segments. While the Company has been successful in contracting for electricity under multi-year agreements and passing through the cost to its customers, there is no assurance that it will be able to do so in the future.
Hydrocarbons, including natural gas, are the primary feedstock for the production of hydrogen, carbon monoxide and synthesis gas within Merchant Gases and Tonnage Gases. Volatility in hydrocarbon prices can impact the Company’s financial performance. While the Company generally passes this risk through to its customers under its take-or-pay contracts by matching feedstock prices to the purchase price of the product being produced, an inability to do so in the future could impact its financial results.
The Company’s large delivery truck fleet requires a readily available supply of gasoline and diesel fuel. The Company attempts to pass through increases in the cost of these fuels to its customers whenever possible.
Steel, aluminum and capital equipment subcomponents (such as compressors) are the principal raw materials in the equipment portion of the Equipment and Energy segment. Firm purchase agreements that cover the term of the project provide for adequate raw materials. Coal, petroleum coke and natural gas are the largest cost components for the energy portion of this segment. These costs are mitigated, in part, through long-term cost-pass-through contracts.
The Electronics and Performance Materials segment uses a wide variety of raw materials, including alcohols, ethyleneamines, cyclohexamine, acrylonitriles and glycols. The Company purchases these materials from numerous suppliers. Though the Company attempts to pass through increases in the cost of these materials to its customers whenever possible, it is subject to competitive pressures.
The principal raw materials used in Chemicals are chemical intermediates such as olefins and aromatic hydrocarbons produced by outside suppliers from basic petrochemical feed-stocks like crude oil or natural gas. This segment also depends on adequate energy sources and natural gas as a feedstock for certain products. The Company does not depend on any one supplier for its chemical intermediates supply.
Despite the Company’s contractual pass-through of the costs of energy, raw materials and delivery fuel, a shortage or interruption in their supply or an increase in any of their prices that cannot be passed on to customers for competitive or other reasons can negatively impact the Company’s operations, financial results and cash flow.
Regulatory and Political Risks and Foreign Operations — The Company is subject to extensive government regulation in jurisdictions around the globe in which it does business. Regulations address, among other things, environmental compliance, import/export restrictions, healthcare services, taxes and financial reporting, and can significantly increase the cost of doing business, which in turn can negatively impact the Company’s operations, financial results and cash flow.
The Company is subject to government regulation and intervention both in the United States and in all foreign jurisdictions in which it conducts its business. Compliance with applicable laws and regulations results in higher capital expenditures and operating costs and changes to current regulations with which the Company complies can necessitate further capital expenditures and increases in operating costs to enable continued compliance. Additionally, from time to time, the Company is involved in proceedings under certain of these laws and regulations. Foreign operations are subject to political instabilities, restrictions on funds transfers, import/export restrictions and currency fluctuation. Significant areas of regulation and intervention include the following:
Environmental and Health Compliance. The Company is committed to conducting its activities so that there is no or only minimal damage to the environment; there is no assurance, however, that its activities will not at times result in liability under environmental and health regulations. Costs and expenses resulting from such liability may materially negatively impact the Company’s operations and financial condition. Overall, environmental and health laws and regulations will continue to affect the Company’s businesses worldwide. For a more detailed description of these matters, see “Narrative Description of the Company’s Business Generally — Environmental Controls” herein.

9


Table of Contents

Import/Export Regulation. The Company is subject to significant regulatory oversight of its import and export operations due to the nature of its product offerings. The Company voluntarily participates in various government programs designed to enhance supply chain security and promote appropriate screening practices and internal controls regarding its purchases and sales to customers around the world. Penalties for non-compliance can be significant and violation can result in adverse publicity for the Company.
Nationalization and Expropriation. The Company’s operations in certain foreign jurisdictions are subject to nationalization and expropriation risk and some of its contractual relationships within these jurisdictions are subject to cancellation without full compensation for loss. The occurrence of any of these risks could have a material, adverse impact on the Company’s operations and financial condition. For a more detailed description of these matters, see “Narrative Description of the Company’s Business Generally — Foreign Operations” herein.
Home Healthcare Regulation. The Company’s Healthcare segment is subject to extensive government regulation, including laws directed at preventing fraud, abuse, kickbacks and false claims, laws regulating billing and reimbursement under various governmental healthcare programs and laws related to the privacy of patient data. Enforcement actions may be brought by the government or by qui tam relaters (private citizens bringing an action on behalf of the government), which could result in the imposition of fines or exclusion from participation in government healthcare programs. Also, the government contracts with regional carriers who administer claims processing for governmental healthcare programs. These carriers conduct both pre-payment and post-payment reviews and audits, which could result in demands for refunds or recoupments of amounts paid. The Company maintains a compliance program designed to minimize the likelihood that it would engage in conduct that violates these requirements or that could result in material refunds or recoupments. In addition, state and federal healthcare programs are subject to reform by legislative and administrative initiatives that could impact the relative cost of doing business and the amount of reimbursement for products and services provided by the Company. The Company closely monitors reform initiatives and participates actively in trade association and other activities designed to influence these reforms.
Taxes. The Company structures its operations to be tax efficient and to make use of tax credits and other incentives when it makes business sense to do so. Nevertheless, changes in tax laws, actual results of operations, final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities, and the timing and rate at which tax credits can be utilized can change the rate at which the Company is taxed, thereby affecting its financial results and cash flow.
Financial Accounting Standards. The Company’s financial results can be impacted by new or modified financial accounting standards.
Financial Market Risks — The Company’s earnings, cash flow and financial position are exposed to financial market risks worldwide, including interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations and exchange rate controls.
The Company operates in over 40 countries. It finances a portion of its operations through United States and foreign debt markets with various short-term and long-term public and private borrowings, and conducts its business in both U.S. dollars and many foreign currencies. Consequently, it is subject to both interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations. The Company actively manages the interest rate risk inherent in its debt portfolio in accordance with parameters set by management addressing the type of debt issued (fixed versus floating rate) and the use of derivative financial instruments. The Company strives to mitigate its currency exchange rate risks by minimizing cash flow exposure to adverse changes in exchange rates through the issuance of debt in currencies in which operating cash flows are generated and the use of derivative financials instruments. Derivative counterparty risk is mitigated by contracting with major financial institutions that have investment grade credit ratings. All derivative instruments are entered into for other than trading purposes. For a more detailed analysis of these matters see Note 6 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included under Item 8 herein.
Catastrophic Events — Catastrophic events such as natural disasters, pandemics, war and acts of terrorism, could disrupt the Company’s business or the business of its suppliers or customers, any of which disruptions could have a negative impact on the Company’s operations, financial results and cash flow.
The Company’s operations are at all times subject to the occurrence of catastrophic events outside the Company’s control, ranging from severe weather conditions such as hurricanes, floods, earthquakes and storms, to health epidemics and pandemics, to acts of war and terrorism. Any such event could cause a serious business disruption that could affect the Company’s ability to produce and distribute its products and possibly expose it to third-party liability claims. Additionally,

10


Table of Contents

such events could impact the Company’s suppliers, in which event energy and raw materials may be unavailable to the Company, and its customers, who may be unable to purchase or accept the Company’s products and services. Any such occurrence could have a negative impact on the Company’s operations and financial condition.
Company Undertakings — The Company actively manages its business to protect and optimize its assets and businesses. There is no assurance, however, that the Company’s undertakings will result in the intended protections and optimizations. In certain circumstances, the Company’s undertakings could negatively impact its operations and financial results.
Operations. Inherent in the Company’s operations of its facilities, pipelines and delivery systems are hazards that require continuous oversight and control. If operational risks materialize, they could result in loss of life, damage to the environment or loss of production, all of which could negatively impact the Company’s on-going operations, financial results and cash flow. While the safety and security of the Company’s operations have always been a priority, the Company has significantly expanded its efforts in this area since the terrorist attacks of September 11, 2001. It has been an active participant in the development and implementation of the American Chemistry Council’s Responsible Care Security Code and has implemented this Code at all global facilities. Security vulnerability assessments (“SVA”) were conducted and necessary security upgrades implemented at facilities in North American, Europe and Asia. There is one remaining project in Asia which will be completed by December 2007 and security upgrades in Brazil are scheduled for completion by the end of fiscal year 2008. The Company has also developed global security standards to address the safety and security of its global supply chain.
Portfolio Management. The Company continuously reviews and manages its portfolio of assets in an attempt to conduct its businesses in a manner to maximize value to its shareholders. Portfolio management involves many variables, including future acquisitions and divestitures, restructurings and re-segmentations and cost-cutting and productivity initiatives. The timing, impact and ability to complete such undertakings, the costs and financial charges associated with such activities and the ultimate financial impact of such undertakings is uncertain and can have a negative short or long-term impact on the Company’s operations and financial results.
Insurance. The Company carries public liability and property insurance in amounts that management believes are sufficient to meet its anticipated needs in light of historical experience to cover future litigation and property damage claims. Nevertheless, the occurrence of an unforeseen event for which the Company does not have adequate insurance could result in a negative impact on its financial results and cash flow. There is no assurance that the Company will collect insurance proceeds to which it is entitled if an insurer’s business fails or it refuses to pay in a timely manner. Further, there is no assurance that the Company will not incur losses beyond the limits of, or outside the coverage of, its insurance policies.
Security. Acts of terrorism that threaten the Company or its facilities, pipelines, transportation or computer systems could severely disrupt its business operations and adversely affect the results of operations.
IT Risk. The security of the Company’s IT systems could be compromised, which could adversely affect its ability to operate. The Company utilizes a global enterprise resource planning (ERP) system and other technologies for the distribution of information both within the Company and to customers and suppliers. The ERP system and other technologies are potentially vulnerable to interruption from viruses, hackers or system breakdown. To mitigate these risks, the Company has implemented a variety of security measures, including virus protection, a state of the art data center, redundancy procedures and recovery processes. A significant system interruption, however, could seriously affect the Company’s business operation and financial condition.
Litigation. The Company is involved from time to time in various legal proceedings, including competition, environmental, health, safety, product liability and insurance matters. There is a risk that a lawsuit may be settled or adjudicated for an amount that is not insured. Any such uninsured amount could have a significant impact on the Company’s financial condition and cash flow.
Recruiting and Retaining. Continued business success depends on the recruitment, development and retention of qualified employees. The inability to attract, develop or retain quality employees could negatively impact the Company’s business objectives which might adversely affect the Company’s business operation and financial condition.

11


Table of Contents

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.
The Company has not received any written comments from the Commission staff that remain unresolved.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.
The Company owns its principal executive offices, which are located at its headquarters in Trexlertown, Pennsylvania, and also owns additional principal administrative offices in Hersham, near London, England and in Hattingen, Germany. Its principal Asian administrative offices, which are leased, are located in Hong Kong; Shanghai, China; Taipei, Taiwan; and Singapore. Additional administrative offices are leased near Philadelphia, Pennsylvania; Ontario, Canada; Tokyo, Japan; Seoul, South Korea; Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia; Brussels, Belgium; Paris, France; Barcelona, Spain; Utrecht, the Netherlands; and São Paulo, Brazil. Management believes the Company’s manufacturing facilities, described in more detail below, are adequate to support its businesses.
Following is a description of the properties used by the Company’s six business segments:
MERCHANT GASES
Merchant Gases currently operates over 150 facilities across the United States and in Canada (approximately 20 of which sites are owned), over 50 sites in Europe (approximately half of which sites are owned) and over 50 facilities in seven countries within Asia and in Brazil. Helium is recovered at sites in Kansas and Texas and distributed from several transfill sites in the U.S. and Asia. Sales support offices are located at its Trexlertown headquarters as well as in leased properties in three states, at several sites in Europe and at 15 sites in Asia.
TONNAGE GASES
Tonnage Gases operates 50 plants in the United States that produce over 300 standard tons-per-day of product. Over 30 of these facilities produce or recover hydrogen, many of which support the three major pipeline systems located along the Gulf Coast of Texas, on the Mississippi River corridor and in Los Angeles, California. The segment also operates approximately 20 tonnage plants in Europe and 16 tonnage plants within Asia, the majority of which are on leased properties. Sales support offices are located at the Company’s headquarters in Trexlertown, Pennsylvania, as well as in leased offices in Texas, Louisiana, California and Calgary, Alberta.
ELECTRONICS AND PERFORMANCE MATERIALS
The electronics business within the Electronics and Performance Materials segment produces, packages and stores nitrogen, specialty gases and electronic chemicals at 50 sites in the United States (the majority of which are leased), nine facilities (including sales offices) in Europe and over 40 facilities in Asia (approximately half of which are located on customer sites).
The performance materials portion of this segment operates facilities in Los Angeles, California; Calvert City, Kentucky; Paulsboro, New Jersey; Wichita, Kansas; Milton, Wisconsin; Reserve, Louisiana; Clayton, U.K.; Singapore; Isehara, Japan; and Yisin and Changzhou, China. Substantially all of the performance materials properties are owned.
This segment has eight field sales offices in the United States as well as sales offices in Europe, Taiwan, Korea, Singapore and China, the majority of which are leased.
EQUIPMENT AND ENERGY
Equipment and Energy operates five plants and two sales offices in the U.S. The Company manufactures a significant portion of the world’s supply of LNG equipment at its Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania site. When capacity is available, the site manufactures air separation columns and cold boxes for company-owned facilities and for sale to third parties. The Acrefair site in the United Kingdom and a new operation in Caojing, China also produce air separation columns. Cryogenic transportation containers for liquid helium are manufactured and reconstructed at facilities in eastern Pennsylvania and Liberal, Kansas. Additional facilities utilized by the segment include three plants and offices in Europe. Electric power is produced at various facilities including Stockton, California; Calvert City, Kentucky; and Rotterdam in the Netherlands.

12


Table of Contents

Flue gas desulfurization operations are conducted at the Pure Air facility in Chesterton, Indiana. The Company or its affiliates own approximately 50 percent of the real estate in this segment and lease the remaining 50 percent.
HEALTHCARE
Healthcare has 177 facilities that are located in the United States, six countries in Europe (including the U.K., Spain and Portugal), Canada, Mexico, Argentina and Korea. The majority of Healthcare facilities are leased. Many of the U.S. facilities were consolidated or upgraded to newer facilities in 2007.
CHEMICALS
In Chemicals, polyurethane intermediates operations are located in Pasadena, Texas and its polymer emulsions operations are conducted at properties in Calvert City, Kentucky; South Brunswick, New Jersey; Piedmont, South Carolina; Elkton, Maryland; Cologne, Germany; and Ulsan, Korea. The Chemicals segment has sales offices and laboratories in the United States, Europe, Mexico, Korea and China, the majority of which are leased.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.
In the normal course of business the Company and its subsidiaries are involved in various legal proceedings, including competition, environmental, health, safety, product liability and insurance matters. Certain proceedings involve governmental authorities under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (the federal Superfund law); the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA); and similar state environmental laws relating to the designation of certain sites for investigation or remediation. Presently there are approximately 33 sites on which a final settlement has not been reached where the Company, along with others, has been designated a Potentially Responsible Party by the Environmental Protection Agency or is otherwise engaged in investigation or remediation. The Company does not expect that any sums it may have to pay in connection with these matters would have a materially adverse effect on its consolidated financial position. Additional information on the Company’s environmental exposure is included under “Narrative Description of the Company’s Business Generally — Environmental Controls.”
ITEM 4. SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS.
Not applicable.
PART II
ITEM 5.   MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.
The Company’s common stock (ticker symbol “APD”) is listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Quarterly stock prices, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange composite tape of transactions, and dividend information for the last two fiscal years appear below. Cash dividends on the Company’s common stock are paid quarterly. The Company’s objective is to pay dividends consistent with the reinvestment of earnings necessary for long-term growth.
It is the Company’s expectation that comparable cash dividends will continue to be paid in the future.

13


Table of Contents

Quarterly Stock Information
 
                                 
2007   High   Low   Close   Dividend
 
First
  $ 72.45     $ 66.19     $ 70.28     $ .34  
 
Second
    78.63       68.58       73.96       .38  
 
Third
    82.74       73.30       80.37       .38  
 
Fourth
    98.51       77.26       97.76       .38  
 
 
                          $ 1.48  
                                 
 
2006   High   Low   Close   Dividend
 
First
  $ 61.89     $ 53.00     $ 59.19     $ .32  
 
Second
    68.10       58.01       67.19       .34  
 
Third
    69.54       59.18       63.92       .34  
 
Fourth
    68.48       60.92       66.37       .34  
 
 
                          $ 1.34  
 
The Company has authority to issue 25,000,000 shares of preferred stock in series. The Board of Directors is authorized to designate the series and to fix the relative voting, dividend, conversion, liquidation, redemption and other rights, preferences and limitations. When preferred stock is issued, holders of Common Stock are subject to the dividend and liquidation preferences and other prior rights of the preferred stock. There currently is no preferred stock outstanding. The Company’s Transfer Agent and Registrar is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, 59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level, New York, New York 10038, telephone (800) 937-5449 (U.S. and Canada) or (718) 921-8200 (all other locations), Internet website www.amstock.com, and e-mail address info@amstock.com.
As of 19 November 2007, there were 9,253 record holders of the Company’s Common Stock.
Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer
The Company continued a stock repurchase program as described in footnote 1 to the following table. As of 30 September 2007, the Company had purchased 15.0 million of its outstanding shares at a cost of $1,063.4 million. The Company expects to complete the $1.5 billion program by 30 September 2008.
On 20 September 2007 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional $1 billion of common stock. The program does not have a stated expiration date. This additional $1 billion program will be completed at the Company’s discretion while maintaining sufficient funds for investing in its businesses and growth opportunities.
Purchases of equity securities by the issuer during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2007 are as follows:
                                 
                            (d) Maximum Number
                            (or Approximate
                    (c) Total Number of   Dollar Value) of
                    Shares (or Units)   Shares (or Units)
                    Purchased as Part   that May Yet Be
    (a) Total Number of   (b) Average Price   of Publicly   Purchased Under the
    Shares (or Units)   Paid per Share   Announced Plans or   Plans or
Period   Purchased   (or Unit)   Programs   Programs(1)(2)
7/1/07-7/31/07
    490,128     $ 85.46       490,128     $ 588,894,011.53  
8/1/07-8/31/07
    1,358,380     $ 84.39       1,358,380     $ 474,260,820.63  
9/1/07-9/30/07
    410,600     $ 91.69       410,600     $ 436,612,357.16  
TOTAL
    2,259,108     $ 85.95       2,259,108     $ 436,612,357.16  

14


Table of Contents

 
(1)   On 22 March 2006, the Company announced plans to purchase up to $1.5 billion of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. common stock under a share repurchase program approved by the Company’s Board of Directors on 16 March 2006.
 
(2)   For the quarter ending 30 September 2007, the Company expended $194.2 million in cash for the repurchase of shares, which was composed of $188.2 million for shares repurchased during the quarter and $6.0 million for shares repurchased in June 2007 and settling in July 2007. $5.9 million was reported as an accrued liability on the balance sheet for share repurchases executed in September 2007 and settling in October 2007.
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.
The tabular information appearing under “Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data” on page 76 of the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS.
The textual information appearing under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis” on pages 14 through 36 of the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.
The textual information appearing under “Market Risks and Sensitivity Analysis” on page 32 of the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.
The consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, together with the reports thereon of KPMG LLP dated 27 November 2007, appearing on pages 38 through 76 of the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders, are incorporated herein by reference.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, appearing on page 37 of the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders, is incorporated herein by reference.
The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, appearing on page 38 of the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders, is incorporated herein by reference.
The Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm, KPMG LLP, appearing on page 39 of the 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders, is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.
Not Applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.
Under the supervision of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of 30 September 2007. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures have been effective. There has been no change in the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting (as that term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) which have occurred during the quarter ended 30 September 2007 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is provided under Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” appearing above. The report of KPMG LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, regarding the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, is also provided under Item 8. “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data,” appearing above.

15


Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.
Not Applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.
The biographical information relating to the Company’s directors, appearing in the Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “2008 Proxy Statement”) under the section, “The Board of Directors,” is incorporated herein by reference. Biographical information relating to the Company’s executive officers is set forth in Item 1 of Part I of this Report.
Information on Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance, appearing in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the section, “Air Products Stock Beneficially Owned by Officers and Directors,” is incorporated herein by reference.
The Company’s Code of Conduct was updated in 2003 to comply with the requirements of Sarbanes-Oxley and the New York Stock Exchange. The Code of Conduct was filed as Exhibit 14 to the 2003 Annual Report on Form 10-K. In 2005, the Code of Conduct was further updated to make it more reader friendly, cover additional areas of compliance and internal policies and expand its application to employees and businesses worldwide. The existing Code of Conduct was filed as Exhibit 14 to the 2005 Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Code of Conduct can also be found at the Company’s Internet website at www.airproducts.com/Responsibility/Governance/Code_of_Conduct/EmployeeCodeofConduct/message.htm.
Information on the Company’s procedures regarding its consideration of candidates recommended by shareholders and a procedure for submission of such candidates, appearing in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the section, “Selection of Directors” is incorporated by reference. Information on the Company’s Audit Committee and its Audit Committee Financial Expert, appearing in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the section, “Audit Committee” is incorporated by reference.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.
The information under “Compensation of Executive Officers” which includes “Report of the Management Development and Compensation Committee,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Executive Compensation Tables,” “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” and “Information About Stock Performance and Ownership,” appearing in the 2008 Proxy Statement, is incorporated herein by reference.

16


Table of Contents

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.
Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table provides information as of September 30, 2007, about Company stock that may be issued upon the exercise of options, warrants, and rights granted to employees or members of the Board of Directors under the Company’s existing equity compensation plans, including plans approved by shareholders and plans that have not been approved by shareholders in reliance on the New York Stock Exchange’s former treasury stock exception or other applicable exception to the Exchange’s listing requirements.
                         
                    Number of securities
                    remaining available
            Weighted-average   for future issuance
    Number of securities to   exercise price of   under equity
    be issued upon exercise   outstanding   compensation plans
    of outstanding options,   options, warrants,   (excluding securities
Plan Category   warrants, and rights   and rights   reflected in column (a))
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
    19,082,194 (1)   $ 45.65       7,254,972 (2)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
    1,591,073 (3)   $ 36.58       0  
Total
    20,673,267     $ 44.95       7,254,972  
 
(1)   Represents Long-Term Incentive Plan outstanding stock options and deferred stock units that have been granted. Deferred stock units entitle the recipient to one share of Company common stock upon vesting, which is conditioned on continued employment during a deferral period and may also be conditioned on earn out against certain performance targets.
 
(2)   Represents authorized shares that were available for future grants as of September 30, 2007. These shares may be used for options, deferred stock units, restricted stock, and other stock-based awards to officers, directors, and key employees. Full value awards such as restricted stock are limited to 20% of cumulative awards.
 
(3)   Represents outstanding options under Global Employee Stock Awards (295,917), the Stock Incentive Plan (989,703), the Stock Option Plan for Directors (42,000), and the U.K. Savings-Related Share Option Schemes (117,195). This number also includes deferred stock units granted under the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors prior to 23 January 2003 (52,399) and deferred stock units under the Deferred Compensation Plan (93,859). Deferred stock units issued under the Deferred Compensation Plan are purchased for the fair market value of the underlying shares of stock with eligible deferred compensation.
The following equity compensation plans or programs were not approved by shareholders. All of these plans have either been discontinued or do not require shareholder approval because participants forego current compensation equal to the full market value of any share units credited under the plans.
Global Employee Stock Option Awards and Stock Incentive Program — No further awards will be made under these programs. All stock options under these programs were granted at fair market value on the date of grant, first became exercisable three years after grant, and terminate ten years after the date of grant or upon the holder’s earlier termination of employment for reasons other than retirement, disability, death, or involuntary termination due to Company action necessitated by business conditions.

17


Table of Contents

Stock Option Plan for Directors — No further awards will be made under this plan. All stock options under this plan were granted at fair market value on the date of grant. The options became exercisable six months after grant and remain exercisable for nine and one-half years unless the director resigns from our Board after serving for less than six years (other than because of disability or death). This plan is no longer offered. Stock options may now be granted to directors under the Long-Term Incentive Plan; however, since September 2005, the compensation program for nonemployee directors has not provided stock options.
The Air Products PLC U.K. Savings-Related Share Option Scheme and the Air Products Group Limited U.K. Savings-Related Share Option Scheme (together, the “U.K. Plan”) are employee benefit plans for employees of Air Products PLC (and certain of its U.K. subsidiaries) and Air Products Group Limited (and certain of its U.K. subsidiaries), respectively (together, the “U.K. Companies”). No further options will be offered under the U.K. Plan. Employees participate in the U.K. Plan by having elected to do so during a brief invitation period. An employee who elected to participate chose a five- or seven-year option period and has amounts of salary automatically withheld and contributed to a savings account at a bank not affiliated with the Company. At the end of the five-year savings period, a tax-free bonus is added to the employee’s account. An employee who elected a seven-year option and retains his savings account for seven years receives a further bonus at the end of the seventh year. At the end of the option period, the participant may use his savings to purchase shares of Company stock at the fixed option price or receive in cash the amount of his savings and bonus(es). His election must be made within six months of the close of the option period. The option price is an amount determined by the directors of the U.K. Companies on the date the option is granted, which may not be less than 90 percent of Market Value (as defined in the U.K. Plan) on the date of grant.
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors — This plan is no longer offered. Our compensation program for nonemployee directors provides that one-half of each director’s quarterly retainer is paid in deferred stock units. Directors have the opportunity to purchase more deferred stock units with up to all of the rest of their retainers and meeting fees. New directors and directors continuing in office after our annual meetings are awarded an annual grant of deferred stock units. Each deferred stock unit entitles the director to one share of Company stock when paid out. Deferred stock units also accrue dividend equivalents which are equal to the dividends that would have been paid on a share of stock during the period the units are outstanding. Accumulated dividend equivalents are converted to deferred stock units on a quarterly basis. Deferred stock units are now provided to directors under the Long-Term Incentive Plan.
The Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded employee retirement benefit plan available to certain of the Company’s U.S.-based management and other highly compensated employees (and those of its subsidiaries) who receive awards under the Company’s Annual Incentive Plan, which is the annual cash bonus plan for executives and key salaried employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. Because participants forego current compensation to “purchase” deferred stock units for full value under the Plan, it is not required to be approved by shareholders under the NYSE listing standards. Under the Plan, participants may defer a portion of base salary which cannot be contributed to the Company’s Retirement Savings Plan, a 401(k) and profit-sharing plan offered to all salaried employees (“RSP”), because of tax limitations (“elective deferrals”) and earn matching contributions from the Company that they would have received if their Elective Deferrals had been contributed to the RSP (“matching credits”). In addition, participants in the Plan may defer all or a portion of their bonus awards under the Annual Incentive Plan (“bonus deferrals”) under the Deferred Compensation Plan. Finally, certain participants under the Plan who participate in the profit-sharing component of the RSP rather than the Company’s salaried pension plans receive contribution credits under the Plan which are a percentage of their salary ranging from 4-6% based on their years of service (“contribution credits”). The dollar amount of elective deferrals, matching credits, bonus deferrals, and contribution credits is initially credited to an unfunded account, which earns interest credits. Participants are periodically permitted while employed by the Company to irrevocably convert all or a portion of their interest bearing account to deferred stock units in a Company stock account. Upon conversion, the Company stock account is credited with deferred stock units based on the fair market value of a share of Company stock on the date of crediting. Dividend equivalents corresponding to the number of units are credited quarterly to the interest-bearing account. Deferred stock units generally are paid after termination of employment in shares of Company stock.
The Deferred Compensation Plan was formerly known as the Supplementary Savings Plan. The name was changed in 2006 when the deferred bonus program, previously administered under the Annual Incentive Plan, was merged into this Plan.
The information set forth in the sections headed “Persons Owning More than 5% of Air Products Stock as of September 30, 2007,” and “Air Products Stock Beneficially Owned by Officers and Directors,” appearing in the Proxy Statement relating to the Company’s 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, is incorporated herein by reference.

18


Table of Contents

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.
The information appearing in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the sections “Director Independence” and “Transactions with Related Parties” are incorporated by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.
The information appearing in the 2008 Proxy Statement under the section “Fees of Independent Registered Public Accountant,” is incorporated herein by reference.
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.
(a) The following documents are filed as a part of this Report to the extent below noted:
1. The 2007 Financial Review Section of the Company’s 2007 Annual Report to Shareholders. Information contained therein is not deemed filed except as it is incorporated by reference into this Report. The following financial information is incorporated herein by reference:
(Page references to 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report)
         
Management’s Discussion and Analysis
    14  
Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
    37  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting
    38  
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
    39  
Consolidated Income Statements for the years ended 30 September 2007, 2006 and 2005
    40  
Consolidated Balance Sheets at 30 September 2007 and 2006
    41  
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended 30 September 2007, 2006 and 2005
    42  
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended 30 September 2007, 2006 and 2005
    43  
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
    44  
Business Segment and Geographic Information
    73  
Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data
    76  
2. The following additional information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements in the Company’s 2007 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders:
(Page references to this Report)
         
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Schedule II
    22  
Consolidated Schedule for the years ended 30 September 2007, 2006 and 2005 as follows:
             
Schedule            
Number            
II
  Valuation and Qualifying Accounts   23  
All other schedules are omitted because the required matter or conditions are not present or because the information required by the Schedules is submitted as part of the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.
3. Exhibits.
Exhibits filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Index to Exhibits located on page 24 of this Report.

19


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
(Registrant)
 
 
  By:   /s/ Paul E. Huck    
    Paul E. Huck   
  Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
 
  Date: 28 November 2007  
 
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
     
Signature and Title   Date
 
   
/s/ John E. McGlade
 
(John E. McGlade)
  28 November 2007 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
   
(Principal Executive Officer)
   
 
   
/s/ M. Scott Crocco
 
(M. Scott Crocco)
  28 November 2007 
Vice President and Corporate Controller
   
(Principal Accounting Officer)
   
 
   
*
 
(Mario L. Baeza)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(William L. Davis, III)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(Michael J. Donahue)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(Ursula O. Fairbairn)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   

20


Table of Contents

     
Signature and Title   Date
 
   
*
 
(W. Douglas Ford)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(Edward E. Hagenlocker)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(Evert Henkes)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(John P. Jones III)
  28 November 2007 
Director and Chairman
   
 
   
*
 
(Margaret G. McGlynn)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(Charles H. Noski)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
   
*
 
(Lawrence S. Smith)
  28 November 2007 
Director
   
 
*   Stephen J. Jones, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, by signing his name hereto, does sign this document on behalf of the above noted individuals, pursuant to a power of attorney duly executed by such individuals, which is filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission herewith.
         
     
  /s/ Stephen J. Jones    
  Stephen J. Jones   
  Attorney-in-Fact  
 
  Date:   28 November 2007  
 

21


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON SCHEDULE II
The Shareholders and Board of Directors of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:
Under date of 27 November 2007, we reported on the consolidated balance sheets of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 September 2007, as contained in the Annual Report to Shareholders. Also, under the date of 27 November 2007, we reported on the effectiveness of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007. In connection with our audits of the aforementioned consolidated financial statements, we also audited the related consolidated financial statement schedule referred to in Item 15 (a)(2) in this Form 10-K. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on this financial statement schedule based on our audits.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” as of 30 September 2007, Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,” effective 30 September 2006, and SFAS No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payment,” and related interpretations on 1 October 2005.
In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.
(KPMG LOGO)
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
27 November 2007

22


Table of Contents

SCHEDULE II
CONSOLIDATED
AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
For the Years Ended 30 September 2007, 2006, and 2005
                                                 
                            Other Changes    
            Additions   Increase (Decrease)    
    Balance at   Charged   Charged   Cumulative           Balance
    Beginning   to   to other   Translation           at End of
Description   of period   Expense   Accounts   Adjustment   Other   Period
                    (in millions of dollars)                
 
                                               
Year Ended 30 September 2007
                                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 44     $ 23         2     $ (20) [b]    $ 49  
Allowance for deferred tax assets
  $ 37     $ (3 )       (1 )   $     $ 33  
 
                                               
Year Ended 30 September 2006
                                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 35     $ 27         1     $ (19) [b]    $ 44  
Allowance for deferred tax assets
  $ 18     $ 2     17  [a]        $     $ 37  
 
                                               
Year Ended 30 September 2005
                                               
Allowance for doubtful accounts
  $ 30     $ 11             $ (6)  [b]    $ 35  
Allowance for deferred tax assets
  $ 16     $ 2             $     $ 18  
Notes:
 
[a]   Primarily adjustment associated with acquisition of deferred tax asset.
 
[b]   Primarily write-offs of uncollectible accounts.

23


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS
     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
(3)
  Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.
 
   
3.1
  Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company. (Filed as Exhibit 3 to the Company’s Form 8-K Report dated 26 September 2006.)*
 
   
3.2
  Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company. (Filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1987.)*
 
   
3.3
  Amendment to the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company dated 25 January 1996. (Filed as Exhibit 3.3 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1996.)*
 
   
(4)
  Instruments defining the rights of security holders, including indentures. Upon request of the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Company hereby undertakes to furnish copies of the instruments with respect to its long-term debt.
 
   
4.1
  Rights Agreement, dated as of 19 March 1998, between the Company and First Chicago Trust Company of New York. (Filed as Exhibit 1 to the Company’s Form 8-A Registration Statement dated 19 March 1998, as amended by Form 8-A/A dated 16 July 1998.)*
 
   
4.2
  Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of 16 September 1999 among the Company, Additional Borrowers parties thereto, Lenders parties thereto, and The Chase Manhattan Bank (as amended). (Filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*
 
   
(10)
  Material Contracts.
 
   
10.1
  1990 Deferred Stock Plan of the Company, as amended and restated effective 1 October 1989. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1989.)*
 
   
10.2
  The Rules of the United Kingdom Savings-Related Share Option Scheme of the Company as adopted on 24 October 1997, as amended on 1 October 1999 and 5 November 1999. (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2002.)*
 
   
10.3
  Stock Option Program for Directors of the Company, formerly known as the Stock Option Plan for Directors. Effective 23 January 2003, this Plan was combined with the Long-Term Incentive Plan and offered as a program thereunder. (Filed as Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2004.)*
 
   
10.4
  Letter dated 7 July 1997 concerning pension for an executive officer. (Filed as Exhibit 10.7(c) to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1998.)*
 
   
10.5
  Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Severance Plan effective 15 March 1990. (Filed as Exhibit 10.8(a) to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1992.)*
 
   
10.6
  Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Change of Control Severance Plan effective 15 March 1990. (Filed as Exhibit 10.8(b) to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1992.)*
 
   
10.7
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. relating to the Defined Benefit Pension Plans dated as of 1 August 1999. (Filed as Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*
 
   
10.7(a)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. relating to the Defined Benefit Pension Plan, adopted 1 January 2000. (Filed as Exhibit 10.13(a) to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2000.)*

24


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
10.7(b)
  Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. relating to the Defined Benefit Plans, adopted 11 April 2007.
 
   
10.8
  Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. relating to the Supplementary Savings Plan dated as of 1 August 1999. (Filed as Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*
 
   
10.8(a)
  Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. relating to the Supplementary Savings Plan, adopted 1 January 2000. (Filed as Exhibit 10.14(a) to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2000.)*
 
   
10.8(b)
  Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Trust Agreement by and between the Company and PNC Bank, N.A. relating to the Defined Contribution Plans, adopted 11 April 2007.
 
   
10.9
  Form of Severance Agreements that the Company has with each of its U.S. Executive Officers. (Filed as Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 1999.)*
 
   
10.10
  Form of Award Agreement under the Long Term Incentive Plan of the Company, used for the FY 2004 awards. (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended 31 December 2003.)*
 
   
10.11
  Amended and Restated Annual Incentive Plan of the Company, effective 1 October 2001. (Filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended 31 March 2002.)*
 
   
10.11(a)
  Amendment to the Amended and Restated Annual Incentive Plan of the Company effective 19 July 2006. (Filed as Exhibit 10.11(a) to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2006.)*
 
   
10.12
  Stock Incentive Program of the Company effective 1 October 1996. (Filed as Exhibit 10.21 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2002.)*
 
   
10.13
  Terms and Conditions of the Global Employee Stock Option Awards of the Company effective 1 October 1995, 1997 and 1999. (Filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2002.)*
 
   
10.14
  Terms and Conditions of the Stock Incentive Awards of the Company effective 1 October 1999, 2000, 2001 and 2002. (Filed as Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2004.)*
 
   
10.15
  Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Corporate Executive Committee Retention/Separation Program, effective July 17, 2003. (Filed as Exhibit 10.22 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2003.)*
 
   
10.16
  Form of Severance Agreement that the Company has with one U.S. Executive Officer, effective 20 November 2003. (Filed as Exhibit 10.25 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2003.)*
 
   
10.17
  Form of Award Agreement under the Long Term Incentive Plan of the Company used for the FY 2005 awards. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended 31 December 2004.)*
 
   
10.18
  Description of Performance Criteria under the Annual Incentive Plan of the Company. (Filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended 31 December 2004.)*
 
   
10.19
  Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Program for Directors, effective 1 October 2005. Effective as of 23 January 2003, this program is offered under the Long-Term Incentive Plan. (Filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2005.)*
 
   
10.20
  Form of Award Agreement under the Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company, used for FY 2006 awards. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended 31 December 2005.)*

25


Table of Contents

     
Exhibit No.   Description
 
   
10.21
  Amended and Restated Long Term Incentive Plan of the Company, effective 26 January 2006. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended 31 March 2006.)*
 
   
10.21(a)
  Amendments to the Amended and Restated Long Term Incentive Plan of the Company effective 18 May 2006 and 21 September 2006. (Filed as Exhibit 10.22(a) to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2006.)*
 
   
10.22
  Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan of the Company, formerly known as the Supplementary Savings Plan, effective 1 January 2005, reflecting amendments through 1 September 2006. (Filed as Exhibit 10.23 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2006.)*
 
   
10.23
  Amended and Restated Supplementary Pension Plan of the Company effective 1 January 2005 reflecting amendments through 30 September 2006. (Filed as Exhibit 10.24 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2006.)*
 
   
10.24
  Compensation Program for Directors of the Company, effective 1 October 2006. (Filed as Exhibit 10.26 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2006.)*
 
   
10.25
  Form of Award Agreement under the Long-Term Incentive Plan of the Company, used for FY 2007 awards. (Filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Form 10-Q Report for the quarter ended 31 December 2006.)*
 
   
10.26
  Compensation Program for Nonemployee Directors of the Company, effective 1 October 2007.
 
   
10.27
  Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan as amended and restated effective 1 October 2006 to reflect amendments through 30 September 2007.
 
   
12
  Computation of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges.
 
   
13
  2006 Financial Review Section of the Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2006, which is furnished to the Commission for information only and not filed except as portions are expressly incorporated by reference in this Report.
 
   
14
  Code of Conduct. (Filed as Exhibit 14 to the Company’s Form 10-K Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2005.)*
 
   
21
  Subsidiaries of the registrant.
 
   
(23)
  Consents of Experts and Counsel.
 
   
23.1
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
 
   
24
  Power of Attorney.
 
   
(31)
  Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certifications.
 
   
31.1
  Certification by the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
31.2
  Certification by the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
   
(32)
  Section 1350 Certifications.
 
   
32.1
  Certification by the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
*   Previously filed as indicated and incorporated herein by reference. Exhibits incorporated by reference are located in SEC File No. 1-4534.

26

EX-10.7(B)
 

Exhibit 10.7(b)
Amendment No. 2 to the
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
By and Between
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. as Grantor
and
PNC Bank, N.A. as Trustee
Dated 1 August 1999
Covering Defined Benefit Plans
(“Trust Agreement”)
     This Amendment No.2 to the Trust Agreement is made and entered into as of the 11th day of April 2007 by and between Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (the “Company”) and PNC Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have entered into the Trust Agreement, and the Company wishes to amend and update the Trust Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, Section 6.02(a) of the Trust Agreement provides that the Trust Agreement may be amended by the Company and the Trustee with the written consent of the Participant Representatives;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
  1.   Section 2.01 of the Agreement is renamed “Use of Trust Fund and Benefit Calculation Data” and Section 2.01(b) is amended effective 30 September 2006 to read as follows:
  (b)   Benefit Calculation Data
 
      The Company shall provide to the Trustee the annual fiscal year end valuation data provided to the Plan’s enrolled actuary for purposes of calculating the Company’s obligations under the Plan for financial reporting purposes (“Benefit Calculation Data”). Such data shall be provided no later than 31 December following the fiscal year end; provided that such data for the Company’s 30 September 2006 fiscal year end will be provided no later than 30 April 2007. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following a Change in Control, no further updates or revisions to the Benefit Calculation Data shall be permitted without the consent of the Participant Representatives. If the Company should fail to provide

 


 

      to the Trustee the Benefit Calculation Data required hereunder, the Participant Representatives may provide it.
  2.   Section 2.02(a)(ii) is amended to read as follows:
  (ii)   a written certification by the Trust Actuary, based upon the Benefit Calculation Data and Plan documentation most recently provided to the Trustee under Sections 2.01(b) and 7.09, respectively, of the amount of and time at which such payment or payments were due and that the Trust Amount is sufficient (or the extent to which it is insufficient) to make such payment or payments without adjustment under Section 2.04.
  3.   Section 2.02(b) is amended to read as follows:
  (b)   On and After a Change in Control. Following a Change in Control and the delivery to the Trustee of a written notice from the Participant Representatives of the Company’s failure to make a benefit payment or payments owing to a Participant under the Plan after the Participant’s written request for such payment to the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall, within ten days after the receipt thereof by the Trustee,
  (i)   provide a copy of such notice to the Participant, the Company, and the Trust Actuary, and
 
  (ii)   direct the Trust Actuary to verify and calculate the Plan benefit to which the Participant is entitled as soon as possible, based upon the Benefit Calculation Data and Plan documentation most recently provided to the Trustee under Sections 2.01(b) and 7.09, respectively.
      The Trustee shall thereafter pay such benefit to the Participant in the form, amount or amounts, and at the time or times specified by the Trust Actuary in writing to the Trustee, to the extent not paid by the Company from its general funds and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.04 at the time said payment or payments are due.
 
      In addition, upon a Determination of Taxability, the Trustee shall pay to the Participants all of the assets comprising the Trust Fund in proportion to the amounts previously included or which will be required to be included in each respective Participant’s gross income for federal income tax purposes with respect to the Trust

2


 

Fund as specified in writing by the Trust Actuary, whereupon the Trust shall be terminated.
  4.   Section 5.01 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
 
      “Change in Control” or “Change in Control of the Company” shall mean the first to occur of any one of the events described below:
  (a)   Stock Acquisition. Any “person”, as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”), other than the Company or a corporation whose outstanding stock entitled to vote is owned in the majority, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or a trustee of an employee benefit plan sponsored solely by the Company and/or such a corporation, is or becomes, other than by purchase from the Company or such a corporation, the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities. Such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the first to occur of the date securities are first purchased by a tender or exchange offeror, the date on which the Company first learns of acquisition of 30% of such securities, or the later of the effective date of an agreement for the merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, or the date of approval thereof by a majority of the Company’s shareholders, as the case may be.
 
  (b)   Change in Board. During any 12-month period, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, unless the election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period. Such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date upon which the requisite majority of directors fail to be elected by the shareholders of the Company.
 
  (c)   Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. This Section 5.01 shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, as amended.
      The Board of Directors and the chief executive officer of the Company shall each have the duty to inform the Trustee of a Change in Control or of any event or events which they believe might occur which would constitute a Change in Control.

3


 

      A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Trust Agreement when the Trustee has actual knowledge from a reliable source of such Change in Control. For this purpose, notice from the Company or Participant Representatives or a report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a public statement issued by the Company, or a periodical of general circulation, including but not limited to The New York Times or the Wall Street Journal, shall be deemed to be a reliable source upon which the Trustee may rely. The Trustee has no affirmative obligation or duty to inquire about, investigate, or consult the foregoing sources for purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred.
  5.   Section 5.09 of the Agreement shall be amended to:
 
      Change “140%” to “110%”.
 
  6.   Section 5.10 of the Agreement shall be omitted.
 
  7.   Section 5.12 of the Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:
 
      “Savings Plan” shall mean the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan or, if such plan ceases to exist, any other broad-based employee benefit plan of the Company as designated by the Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 2 to the Trust Agreement as of the date set forth above.
         
    AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       
 
       
    PNC BANK, N.A.
 
       
 
  By:    
 
       
 
       
 
  Title:    
 
       

4


 

     The undersigned Participant Representatives have signed below in evidence of their consent to the foregoing amendments.
     
 
     
W. Douglas Brown   Paul E. Huck
     
     
John P. Jones III   Lynn C. Minella
         
Attest:
       
 
 
 
   

5

EX-10.8(B)
 

Exhibit 10.8(b)
Amendment No. 2 to the
Amended and Restated Trust Agreement
By and Between
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. as Grantor
and
PNC Bank, N.A. as Trustee
Dated 1 August 1999
Covering Defined Contribution Plans
(“Trust Agreement”)
     This Amendment No.2 to the Trust Agreement is made and entered into as of the 11th day of April 2007 by and between Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (the “Company”) and PNC Bank, N.A. (the “Trustee”).
     WHEREAS, the Company and the Trustee have entered into the Trust Agreement, and the Company wishes to amend and update the Trust Agreement; and
     WHEREAS, Section 6.02(a) of the Trust Agreement provides that the Trust Agreement may be amended by the Company and the Trustee with the written consent of the Participant Representatives;
     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:
  1.   Exhibit A of the Plan is amended to read:
 
      The Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan (excluding Bonus Deferrals and Special Bonuses, as defined therein, and earnings thereon).
 
      The Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Deferred Compensation Program for Directors
 
  2.   Section 2.01 of the Agreement is renamed “Use of Trust Fund and Participant Information” and Section 2.01(b) is amended effective 30 September 2006 to read as follows:
  (b)   Benefit Calculation Data
 
      The Company shall provide to the Trustee the Participant Information as of the end of each fiscal year. Such data shall be provided no later than 31 December following the fiscal year end;

 


 

      provided that such data will be provided for the Company’s 30 September 2006 fiscal year end no later than 30 April 2007. Notwithstanding the foregoing, following a Change in Control, no further updates or revisions to the Participant Information shall be permitted without the consent of the Participant Representatives. If the Company should fail to provide to the Trustee the Participant Information required hereunder, the Participant Representatives may provide it.
  3.   Section 2.02(a)(ii) is amended to read as follows:
  (ii)   a written certification by the Trust Actuary, based upon the Participant Information and Plan documentation most recently provided to the Trustee under Sections 2.01(b) and 7.09, respectively, of the amount of and time at which such payment or payments were due and that the Trust Amount is sufficient (or the extent to which it is insufficient) to make such payment or payments without adjustment under Section 2.04.
  4.   Section 2.02(b) is amended to read as follows:
  (b)   On and After a Change in Control. Following a Change in Control and the delivery to the Trustee of a written notice from the Participant Representatives of the Company’s failure to make a benefit payment or payments owing to a Participant under the Plan after the Participant’s written request for such payment to the Plan Administrator, the Trustee shall, within ten days after the receipt thereof by the Trustee,
  (i)   provide a copy of such notice to the Participant, the Company, and the Trust Actuary, and
 
  (ii)   direct the Trust Actuary to verify and calculate the Plan benefit to which the Participant is entitled as soon as possible, based upon the Benefit Calculation Data and Plan documentation most recently provided to the Trustee under Sections 2.01(b) and 7.09, respectively.
      The Trustee shall thereafter pay such benefit to the Participant in the form, amount or amounts, and at the time or times specified by the Trust Actuary in writing to the Trustee, to the extent not paid by the Company from its general funds and subject to adjustment as provided in Section 2.04 at the time said payment or payments are due.

2


 

      In addition, upon a Determination of Taxability, the Trustee shall pay to the Participants all of the assets comprising the Trust Fund in proportion to the amounts previously included or which will be required to be included in each respective Participant’s gross income for federal income tax purposes with respect to the Trust Fund as specified in writing by the Trust Actuary, whereupon the Trust shall be terminated.
  5.   Section 5.01 of the Agreement is amended to read as follows:
 
      “Change in Control” or “Change in Control of the Company” shall mean the first to occur of any one of the events described below:
  (a)   Stock Acquisition. Any “person”, as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Act”), other than the Company or a corporation whose outstanding stock entitled to vote is owned in the majority, directly or indirectly, by the Company, or a trustee of an employee benefit plan sponsored solely by the Company and/or such a corporation, is or becomes, other than by purchase from the Company or such a corporation, the “beneficial owner” (as such term is defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 30% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities. Such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the first to occur of the date securities are first purchased by a tender or exchange offeror, the date on which the Company first learns of acquisition of 30% of such securities, or the later of the effective date of an agreement for the merger, consolidation, or other reorganization of the Company, or the date of approval thereof by a majority of the Company’s shareholders, as the case may be.
 
  (b)   Change in Board. During any 12-month period, individuals who at the beginning of such period were members of the Board cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, unless the election or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders of each new director was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of the period. Such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred on the date upon which the requisite majority of directors fail to be elected by the shareholders of the Company.
 
  (c)   Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. This Section 5.01 shall be interpreted to comply with the requirements of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, as amended.

3


 

      The Board of Directors and the chief executive officer of the Company shall each have the duty to inform the Trustee of a Change in Control or of any event or events which they believe might occur which would constitute a Change in Control.
 
      A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred for purposes of this Trust Agreement when the Trustee has actual knowledge from a reliable source of such Change in Control. For this purpose, notice from the Company or Participant Representatives or a report filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, a public statement issued by the Company, or a periodical of general circulation, including but not limited to The New York Times or the Wall Street Journal, shall be deemed to be a reliable source upon which the Trustee may rely. The Trustee has no affirmative obligation or duty to inquire about, investigate, or consult the foregoing sources for purposes of determining whether a Change in Control has occurred.
  6.   Section 5.09 of the Agreement shall be amended to:
 
      Change “140%” to “110%”.
 
  7.   Section 5.12 of the Agreement shall be amended to read as follows:
 
      “Savings Plan” shall mean the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan or, if such plan ceases to exist, any other broad-based employee benefit plan of the Company as designated by the Company.
     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 2 to the Trust Agreement as of the date set forth above.
     
 
AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
 
   
 
By:
 
   
 
   
 
Title:
 
   
 
   
 
PNC BANK, N.A.
 
   
 
By:
 
   
 
   
 
Title:
 
   

4


 

     The undersigned Participant Representatives have signed below in evidence of their consent to the foregoing amendments.
     
 
     
W. Douglas Brown   Paul E. Huck
     
     
John P. Jones III   Lynn C. Minella
         
Attest:
       
 
 
 
   

5

EX-10.26
 

Exhibit 10.26
Compensation Program
for Nonemployee Directors
a.   Each director shall be paid an annual retainer of $50,000 for serving as a member of the Board of Directors and any Board Committee(s), which retainer shall be payable in quarterly installments at the end of each quarter. Payment of this retainer may be deferred under the Deferred Compensation Program for Directors.
 
b.   Each director who serves as the Chairman of a Board Committee shall be paid an additional annual retainer of $10,000, which retainer shall be payable in quarterly installments.
 
c.   The presiding director shall receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000.
 
d.   The nonemployee Chairman of the Board, if any, shall receive an additional fee of $50,000 for each quarterly period of service in such role.
 
e.   Each director shall be paid a meeting fee of $2,000 per Board or Committee meeting attended.*/
 
f.   Deferred stock units with a targeted dollar value of $100,000 shall be credited to each director’s Air Products Stock Account under the Deferred Compensation Program for Directors (i) effective as of the date the director first serves on the Board, and (ii) annually, notwithstanding the date of first service, for directors continuing in office after the Annual Meeting of Shareholders, effective as of the day of the Annual Meeting. The number of

 


 

    units to be credited will be determined based on the Fair Market Value of a share of common stock of the Company as determined under the Program on the date credited, rounded up to the nearest whole share unit.
 
g.   Directors shall be reimbursed for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in attending regular and special meetings of the Board and Board Committees and any other business function of the Company at the request of the Chairman of the Board. Expenses will be reimbursed as submitted.**/
 
*/   For purposes of administering these provisions, a director will be considered to have attended any meeting for which he or she was present in person or by secure telephone conference call for substantially all of the meeting, as determined by the Corporate Secretary. Members of the Audit Committee who participate with management and/or the independent auditors to review such things as quarterly earnings releases and registration statements as required by law or listing standard will also receive the meeting fee. Directors who meet with a constituent or other third party on behalf of the Company and at the request of the Chief Executive Officer will also receive the meeting fee.
 
**/   Directors are reimbursed at the rate of $.485 per mile (effective CY2007) or such rate as is published by the Internal Revenue Service for use of their personal cars in connection with Company business. Directors using personal aircraft or private carrier will be reimbursed for such expenses at a rate equivalent to first-class air fare of scheduled carriers.

G-2


 

AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
EXPENSE REPORT
         
EVENT(S) AND DATE(S)
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
COMMERCIAL AIRFARE
       
 
       
(Attach Ticket)
       
 
       
HOTEL ACCOMMODATIONS
       
 
       
 
       
MEALS
       
 
       
 
       
MILEAGE
       
 
       
 
       
CHAUFFEUR SERVICE
       
 
       
 
       
TELEPHONE TOLLS
       
 
       
 
       
MISCELLANEOUS
       
 
       
(Please Specify)
       
 
       
TOTAL
       
 
       
         
 
 
 
   
 
  Signature / Date    
 
       
 
       
 
  Address    
Please submit this form with attached receipts to Diane L. Geist, Assistant Corporate Secretary

G-3

EX-10.27
 

Exhibit 10.27
AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
AS AMENDED AND RESTATED
EFFECTIVE OCTOBER 1, 2006
Including amendments through September 30, 2007

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page
ARTICLE I PURPOSES
    1  
1.01 Purposes
    1  
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS
    1  
2.01 Affiliated Company
    1  
2.02 After-Tax Contributions
    2  
2.03 Annual Salary
    2  
2.04 Before-Tax Contributions
    3  
2.05 Beneficiary or Beneficiaries
    3  
2.06 Board
    3  
2.07 Business Day
    3  
2.08 Catch-up Contributions
    3  
2.09 Claims Committee
    4  
2.10 Code
    4  
2.11 Company
    4  
2.12 Company Core Contributions
    4  
2.13 Company Matching Contributions
    4  
2.14 Company Stock
    4  
2.15 Core Contribution Participant
    4  
2.16 Credited Service
    4  
2.17 Deemed Election
    4  
2.18 Deferral Election
    4  
2.19 Defined Benefit Plan
    4  
2.20 Defined Contribution Plan
    5  
2.21 Distribution Event
    5  
2.22 Electing Employee
    5  
2.23 Employee
    5  
2.24 Employer
    6  
2.25 Employment Commencement Date
    6  
2.26 ERISA
    6  
2.27 Fair Market Value
    6  
2.28 Hour of Service
    6  

i


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
2.29 Hourly Pension Plan
    8  
2.30 IGS Savings Plan
    8  
2.31 Investment Committee
    8  
2.32 Investment Vehicle
    8  
2.33 Matched Contributions
    9  
2.34 Matured Company Matching Contributions
    9  
2.35 Normal Retirement Age
    9  
2.36 Participant
    9  
2.37 Participant Contributions
    9  
2.38 Participant Investment Funds
    9  
2.39 Participating Employer
    9  
2.40 Party In Interest
    10  
2.41 Period of Severance
    10  
2.42 Plan
    10  
2.43 Plan Administrator
    10  
2.44 Plan Year
    10  
2.45 Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    11  
2.46 Reemployment Commencement Date
    11  
2.47 Retirement Plan
    11  
2.48 Retirement Program Change Effective Date
    11  
2.49 Salaried Pension Plan
    11  
2.50 Severance from Service Date
    11  
2.51 Trust Agreement
    12  
2.52 Trust Fund
    12  
2.53 Trustee
    12  
2.54 Unmatched Contributions
    12  
2.55 Unmatured Company Matching Contributions
    13  
2.56 Vice President – Human Reources
    13  
2.57 Year of Service
    13  
2.58 Years of Vesting Service
    14  

ii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
ARTICLE III ELIBIBILITY, CONTRIBUTIONS, WITHDRAWALS, DISTRIBUTIONS, ROLLOVERS, AND PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS
    15  
3.01 Eligibility and Commencement of Participation
    15  
3.02 Before-Tax, After-Tax, and Catch-up Contributions
    17  
3.03 Company Matching Contributions
    20  
3.04 Company Core Contributions
    21  
3.05 Company Core Contribution Vesting Rules
    22  
3.06 Timing of Contributions
    24  
3.07 Nondiscrimination Limitations and Corrective Measures
    24  
3.08 Withdrawals by Participants of After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions, Company Matching Contributions, Before-Tax and Catch-up Contributions
    36  
3.09 Loans to Participants
    40  
3.10 Distributions Following Distribution Events
    43  
3.11 Distributions Pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order
    45  
3.12 Rollovers into the Plan
    45  
3.13 Plan-to-Plan Transfers; Plan Mergers
    46  
3.14 Limitation on Annual Additions to Participants’ Accounts
    47  
3.15 Application of Top-Heavy Provisions
    49  
ARTICLE IV TRUST FUND AND PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT FUNDS
    52  
4.01 Trust Agreement
    52  
4.02 Investment of Contributions in the Participant Investment Funds
    53  
4.03 Redirection of Investments of Participant Contributions
    54  
4.04 Investment of Company Matching Contributions
    55  
4.05 Participants’ Accounts
    56  
4.06 Account Statements; Investment Information
    58  
4.07 Voting, Tendering, and Similar Rights as to Company Stock
    59  

iii


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
ARTICLE IV-A ESTABLISHMENT OF AN EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
    60  
ARTICLE V MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
    62  
5.01 General
    62  
5.02 Designation of Beneficiaries; Spousal Consents
    63  
5.03 Direct Rollovers
    64  
5.04 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfer
    66  
5.05 Protected Distribution Forms for Certain Transferred Balances
    66  
ARTICLE VI ADMINISTRATION
    67  
6.01 Plan Administrator
    67  
6.02 Expenses of Administration
    67  
6.03 Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator
    68  
6.04 Powers and Duties of the Investment Committee
    70  
6.05 Benefit Claims Procedure
    72  
6.06 Fiduciaries
    75  
6.07 Adequacy of Communications; Reliance on Reports and Certificates
    76  
6.08 Indemnification
    76  
6.09 Member’s Own Participation
    76  
6.10 Elections
    77  
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT, CORRECTION, AND DISCONTINUANCE
    77  
7.01 Right to Amend or Terminate
    77  
7.02 Corpus and Income Not to be Diverted
    79  
7.03 Merger or Consolidation of Plan
    79  
7.04 Correction
    80  
ARTICLE VIII GENERAL PROVISIONS
    80  
8.01 Nonalienation of Benefits
    80  
8.02 Payments to Minors, Incompetents, and Related Situations
    80  
8.03 Unclaimed Accounts – Trust Funds
    81  
8.04 No Guarantee of Employment
    81  
8.05 Governing Law
    81  

iv


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
(continued)
         
    Page
8.06 Gender, Number, and Headings
    81  
8.07 Severability
    82  
8.08 Obligations of the Employer
    82  
8.09 Effective Date
    82  
8.10 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act
    83  
8.11 Use of Electronic Media; Adjustment of Certain Time Periods
    86  
APPENDIX A PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT FUNDS
    A-1  
EXHIBIT I ELIGIBLE NONUNION HOURLY LOCATIONS DESIGNATED BY VICE PRESIDENT – HUMAN RESOURCES
    I-1  
EXHIBIT II FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION AVAILABLE TO PARTICIPANTS WHO HAD AMOUNTS TRANSFERRED TO THE PLAN FROM THE IGS SAVINGS PLAN
  II-1
EXHIBIT III PLAN ELECTIONS
  III-1
SCHEDULE I PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS AS OF OCTOBER 1, 2006
    S-1  

v


 

AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
RETIREMENT SAVINGS PLAN
ARTICLE I
PURPOSES
     1.01 Purposes. This Plan is established to facilitate the accumulation and investment of retirement and other savings for eligible employees and to provide such employees with an opportunity to acquire a stock interest in Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (the “Company”), and is intended to be a profit-sharing plan described in Code Section 401(a) with a cash or deferred arrangement described in Code Section 401(k) and an employee stock ownership plan component as defined in Code Section 4975(e), all in accordance with the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. Unless otherwise stated or required by applicable law, the effective date of the current amendment and restatement shall be October 1, 2006, including amendments implemented through September 30, 2007, and shall not be applicable to persons retiring or otherwise terminating employment with the Company and its Affiliated Companies prior to October 1, 2006, except as otherwise provided herein.
ARTICLE II
DEFINITIONS
          As used in this Plan, the terms listed below shall have the meanings assigned below; provided, however, that special definitions for purposes of Sections 3.07, 3.14, and 3.15 are contained in Paragraphs 3.07(a), 3.14(a), and 3.15(a), respectively.
     2.01 Affiliated Company means each trade or business (whether or not incorporated) while it, together with the Company, is treated as a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)), as under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c)), or as an affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 414(m)), or is required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to the

1


 

regulations under Code Section 414(o); provided, however, that for purposes of Section 3.15 of the Plan and where otherwise applicable, the modification provided for in Code Section 415(h) shall be taken into account.
     2.02 After-Tax Contributions mean contributions made by a Participant under Paragraph 3.02(b).
     2.03 Annual Salary means the total annual salary of a Participant, as determined by the Employer based solely on its records, including elective contributions made by an Employer on behalf of the Employee that are not includible in federal taxable income under Code Section 125 or Code Section 402(e)(3), excluding:
          (a) Discretionary bonuses or grants, including, without limitation, income howsoever derived from any stock options or other stock awards, scholastic aid, payments and awards for suggestions and patentable inventions, other merit awards and expense allowances, and noncash compensation (including imputed income);
          (b) Payments of Company Matching Contributions under Section 3.03 and Company Core Contributions under Section 3.04 of this Plan, accruals or distributions under this Plan, or payments, accruals, or distributions under any severance, incentive, or welfare plan or other retirement, pension, or profit-sharing plan of an Employer;
          (c) Overtime, commissions, mileage, shift premiums, and payments in lieu of vacation; and
          (d) All supplemental compensation for domestic and overseas assignments, including without limitation, premium pay, cost of living and relocation allowances, mortgage interest allowances and forgiveness, tax-equalization payments, and other emoluments of such service.
     In the case of a Participant who is a full-time hourly or a weekly salaried production and maintenance employee, Annual Salary shall be determined by multiplying his base hourly pay rate by 2,080 hours. In the case of a Participant who is

2


 

a part-time hourly employee or a part time non exempt salaried employee, Annual Salary shall be determined by multiplying his base hourly pay by his scheduled annual hours. Notwithstanding the above, Annual Salary means 125% of the amount determined in accordance with the preceding two sentences for any Participant who is employed as an over-the-road truck driver by an Employer, is paid on a mileage and hourly basis, and whose employment is based at a liquid bulk distribution terminal from time to time designated by the Vice President - Human Resources and identified as a “Designated Terminal” on Exhibit I.
          Notwithstanding the above, “Annual Salary” shall not exceed the limitation provided under Code Section 401(a)(17) as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) for any Plan Year.
     2.04 Before-Tax Contributions mean contributions made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant pursuant to the Participant’s Deferral Election under Paragraph 3.02(a) or Deemed Election under Paragraph 3.02(d).
     2.05 Beneficiary or Beneficiaries mean the person(s), trust(s), or other recipient(s) as determined under the provisions of Section 5.02, who or which shall receive all amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts following the death of the Participant.
     2.06 Board means the board of directors of the Company or any Committee thereof acting on behalf of the Board pursuant to its charter or other delegation of power from the Board, or the Chairman of the Board acting pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Board.
     2.07 Business Day means any day the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
     2.08 Catch-up Contributions mean contributions made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant pursuant to the Participant’s Deferral Election under Paragraph 3.02(c).

3


 

     2.09 Claims Committee means the committee appointed by the Vice President Human Resources to review and determine appeals of claims arising under the Plan in accordance with Section 6.05.
     2.10 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, and regulations thereunder.
     2.11 Company means Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., or any successor in interest thereto.
     2.12 Company Core Contributions mean contributions made by the Employer under Section 3.04.
     2.13 Company Matching Contributions mean contributions made by the Employer under Section 3.03.
     2.14 Company Stock means common stock of the Company.
     2.15 Core Contribution Participant shall mean an Electing Employee or a salaried Employee whose Employment Commencement Date or Reemployment Commencement date occurs after October 31, 2004, or who otherwise becomes a salaried Employee after such date.
     2.16 Credited Service means credited service as defined in the Salaried Pension Plan or Hourly Pension Plan, as applicable.
     2.17 Deemed Election means a passive election to make Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan pursuant to Section 3.02(d).
     2.18 Deferral Election means the election made by a Participant in accordance with Section 3.02.
     2.19 Defined Benefit Plan means any Retirement Plan which does not meet the definition of a Defined Contribution Plan.

4


 

     2.20 Defined Contribution Plan means a Retirement Plan which provides for an individual account for each participant and for benefits based solely on the amount contributed to the participant’s account and on any income, expenses, gains, and losses, and any forfeitures of accounts of other participants, which may be allocated to such participant’s account. For this purpose, any Participant’s contributions made pursuant to a Defined Benefit Plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company shall be treated as a separate Defined Contribution Plan.
     2.21 Distribution Event means: (a) a Participant’s severance from employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies, death or disability, in each case as defined by Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i).
     2.22 Electing Employee means an Employee who voluntarily elects to cease accruing years of Credited Service under the Salaried Pension Plan as of the Retirement Program Change Effective Date in order to receive Company Core Contributions and increased Company Matching Contributions.
     2.23 Employee means (a) any salaried employee of an Employer or (b) any non-union hourly paid employee who is employed by an Employer at one of the locations from time to time designated by the Vice President - Human Resources and listed on Exhibit I attached hereto and made a part hereof, as said Exhibit I is updated from time to time; provided however, that no person shall be an Employee if such person is a leased employee (as defined below) of an Employer, a participant in the Supplemental Employment Program, a foreign national on a temporary assignment to an Employer, or an employee working under a Summer Internship Program, a Cooperative Education Program, or other temporary or supplemental employment program of an Employer. An employee of an Employer who is covered by a collective bargaining agreement shall not be an Employee unless the terms of such collective bargaining agreement provide for participation in the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a leased employee or an employee of an Affiliated Company becomes an Employee, his service with the Company and Affiliated Companies prior to becoming an Employee shall be taken into account for eligibility and vesting purposes under the Plan.

5


 

The term “employee” as used herein shall mean any common law employee of the Company or an Affiliated Company but shall exclude any person classified by the Company as an independent contractor even if such individual is subsequently reclassified as a common law employee by the Internal Revenue Service or any other agency, entity, or person.
          For purposes of the preceding paragraph, a “leased employee” is any person (other than an employee of the Employer) who pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and any other person (leasing organization) has performed services for the Employer (or for the Employer and related persons determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by the Employer.
     2.24 Employer means the Company and/or any Participating Employer, either collectively or separately as the context requires.
     2.25 Employment Commencement Date means the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service under Section 2.30(a) for an Employer or an Affiliated Company.
     2.26 ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.
     2.27 Fair Market Value, as of any Business Day with respect to Company Stock, means the closing sale price for Company Stock for such date on the New York Stock Exchange, or, if no such sale occurred, the average of the closing bid and asked prices for such date on the New York Stock Exchange.
     2.28 Hour of Service means:
          (a) each hour for which an employee (whether or not as an Employee) is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Company or an Affiliated Company during the applicable computation period;

6


 

          (b) each hour for which an employee (whether or not as an Employee) is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an Affiliated Company on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including short-term disability for salaried Employees), layoff, jury duty, military duty, or leave of absence;
          (c) each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Company or an Affiliated Company, with respect to an employee (whether or not an Employee), provided such hours have not previously been credited under either Paragraphs (a) or (b) above; and
          (d) In the case of an employee who is reemployed by the Company or an Affiliated Company in accordance with the requirements of applicable federal law following an authorized leave of absence due to service in the Armed Forces of the United States, each hour during which such employee (whether or not as an Employee) is not performing duties for the Company or an Affiliated Company due to such military leave whether or not such employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Company or an Affiliated Company.
          For purposes of this Section, a payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Company or an Affiliated Company whether such payment is directly made by or due from the Company or Affiliated Company, or indirectly made through, among other sources, a trust fund or insurer to which the Company or Affiliated Company contributes or pays premium (e.g., for group term life insurance).
          For purposes of Paragraphs (b) and (c) above, the following rules shall apply:
               (i) No more than five hundred and one (501) Hours of Service shall be credited on account of any single continuous period during which the employee performs no duties for the Company or an Affiliated Company (whether or not such

7


 

period occurs in a single computation period) except for short term disability salary continuation;
               (ii) No Hours of Service shall be credited for a payment made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws; and
               (iii) No Hours of Service shall be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an employee for medical or medically related expenses incurred by the employee.
          In the case of a payment which is made or due on account of a period during which an employee performs no duties for the Company or an Affiliated Company, and which results in the crediting of Hours of Service under Paragraphs (b) or (c) above, the number of hours and the period to which such hours are to be credited shall be determined in accordance with the rules promulgated by the United States Department of Labor in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of the regulations at 29 CFR § 2530.200b-2 or any future regulations which change, amend, or supersede such regulations, which regulations are incorporated by reference herein.
     2.29 Hourly Pension Plan means the Pension Plan for Hourly Rated Employees of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., as amended from time to time.
     2.30 IGS Savings Plan means the Industrial Gas and Supply Company Retirement Savings Plan which was merged into the Plan effective as of March 31, 2000.
     2.31 Investment Committee means the Pension Investment Committee of the Company, consisting of persons appointed by the Finance Committee of the Board and authorized, directed and empowered to supervise, monitor and review the management, custody, control and investment performance of the assets of the Plan.
     2.32 Investment Vehicle means any security or other investment in which the Trustee is authorized to invest Participant Contributions transferred to a particular

8


 

Participant Investment Fund, other than cash or interest-bearing investments of a short-term nature in which such Participant Contributions may be temporarily invested pending investment in such security or other investment.
     2.33 Matched Contributions mean Before-Tax Contributions and After-Tax Contributions that are matched by the Employer in accordance with Section 3.03.
     2.34 Matured Company Matching Contributions mean the amount, including earnings, credited to a Participant’s Company Matching Contributions account for at least two full Plan Years.
     2.35 Normal Retirement Age means age 65.
     2.36 Participant means: (a) any Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 3.01, or (b) any former Employee by whom or for whom contributions have been made under Sections 3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.12, or 3.13, and (c) any participant in the IGS Savings Plan on March 30, 2002, until such time as all such contributions and earnings thereon have been withdrawn by or distributed to such Employee, former Employee or IGS Savings Plan Participant.
     2.37 Participant Contributions mean, collectively, funds held and invested by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement which were, when first transferred to the Trustee, Matched Contributions, Unmatched Contributions, rollover contributions as described in Section 3.12, or assets received in plan-to-plan transfers or mergers as described in Section 3.13, together with earnings thereon.
     2.38 Participant Investment Funds mean the funds chosen by the Investment Committee and described in Appendix A, as amended from time to time, in which Participant Contributions, Company Matching Contributions and Company Core Contributions are held for investment.
     2.39 Participating Employer means those Affiliated Companies listed as Participating Employers on Schedule I hereto, while such designation is in effect, and any Affiliated Company which is later designated by the Board or pursuant to authority

9


 

delegated by the Board as a Participating Employer under the Plan, whose designation has not been revoked. An Affiliated Company’s status as a Participating Employer shall be automatically revoked upon its ceasing to be an Affiliated Company. A Participating Employer or the Board or person acting pursuant to authority delegated by the Board may revoke such designation at any time, but until such acceptance has been revoked, all of the provisions of the Plan and amendments thereto shall apply to the Employees and former Employees of the Participating Employer. In the event the designation of a Participating Employer is revoked, the Plan shall be deemed discontinued only as to such Participating Employer.
     2.40 Party in Interest has the meaning provided in ERISA Section 3(14), or regulations promulgated thereunder or any future regulations which change, amend, or supersede such regulations.
     2.41 Period of Severance means a 12-consecutive-month period beginning on an individual’s Severance from Service Date or any anniversary thereof and ending on the next succeeding anniversary of such date during which the individual is not credited with at least one Hour of Service.
     2.42 Plan means the “Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan” as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.
     2.43 Plan Administrator means the Vice President – Human Resources, or such other person or entity as the Vice President – Human Resources shall appoint to fill such role.
     2.44 Plan Year means the annual period beginning on October 1 and ending on September 30 of the following calendar year. A Plan Year shall be designated according to the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends. The Plan Year shall also be the limitation year for purposes of applying the limitation of Code Section 415.
     2.45 Qualified Domestic Relations Order means: (a) any qualified domestic relations order as defined in Code Section 414(p) and ERISA Section 206(d),

10


 

or (b) any other domestic relations order permitted to be treated as a qualified domestic relations order by the Plan Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984 and which the Plan Administrator determines to treat as a qualified domestic relations order.
     2.46 Reemployment Commencement Date means the first day on which an individual performs an Hour of Service under Section 2.30(a) after incurring a Period of Severance.
     2.47 Retirement Plan means: (a) any profit-sharing, pension, or stock bonus plan described in Code Sections 401(a) and 501(a), (b) any annuity plan or annuity contract described in Code Sections 403(a) or 403(b) of the Code, or (c) any individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) or 408(b).
     2.48 Retirement Program Change Effective Date means January 1, 2005, except that (a) for Employees at the South Brunswick, New Jersey facility who were hourly-rated instrument and electrical technicians, warehouse technicians, laboratory technicians, maintenance technicians, operation technicians, or production technicians as of January 1, 2005, the Retirement Program Change Effective Date shall be January 1, 2006, and (b) for salaried Employees who were on military leave on January 1, 2005, the Retirement Program Change Effective Date shall be the first of the month following 30 days after returning from military leave.
     2.49 Salaried Pension Plan means the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Pension Plan for Salaried Employees, as amended from time to time.
     2.50 Severance from Service Date occurs on the earlier of (i) the date on which an employee retires, voluntarily terminates, or is discharged from employment with an Employer and all Affiliated Companies or dies; or (ii) the first anniversary of the first date of a period in which an Employee remains absent from service (with or without pay) with the Employer and all Affiliated Companies for any reason other than voluntary termination, retirement, discharge, or death, such as vacation, holiday, sickness,

11


 

disability, leave of absence, or layoff; provided that, in the case of an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, a Severance from Service Date shall not occur until the second anniversary of the date the individual begins such maternity or paternity leave. For purposes of the foregoing, an Employee’s absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (a) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, (c) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by such Employee, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth or placement; provided that the Employee has provided to the Plan Administrator, in the form and manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator, information establishing (a) that the absence from work is for maternity or paternity reasons and (b) the number of days for which there was such an absence. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as expanding or amending any maternity or paternity leave policy of the Employer. Notwithstanding the above, an individual who is absent from work due to a leave of absence, whether or not for maternity or paternity reasons, who returns to work immediately following the leave of absence shall be deemed not to have a Severance from Service date.
     2.51 Trust Agreement means the trust agreement referred to in Article IV, as the same may be amended from time to time.
     2.52 Trust Fund means the assets held in trust for purposes of the Plan.
     2.53 Trustee means such trustee or trustees as shall be appointed by the Investment Committee under the Trust Agreement.
     2.54 Unmatched Contributions mean any After-Tax Contributions which are not Matched Contributions, Before-Tax Contributions which are not Matched Contributions or Catch-up Contributions.
     2.55 Unmatured Company Matching Contributions mean the amount, including earnings, credited to a Participant’s Company Matching Contributions account for less than two full Plan Years.

12


 

     2.56 Vice President-Human Resources means the Vice President-Human Resources of the Company or his or her delegate with respect to matters delegated.
     2.57 Years of Service mean the service credited to a Participant for purposes of determining the amount of Company Core Contributions allocated to the Participant’s account under Section 3.4. The following rules shall apply in calculating Years of Service under this Plan:
          (a) An Employee shall be credited with a Year of Service for each 12 consecutive month period during the period beginning on the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date and ending on the Employee’s Severance from Service Date.
          (b) If an Employee has a Severance from Service Date and after January 1, 2005 is rehired by the Employer, Years of Service prior to the Employee’s Severance from Service Date shall not be taken into account as Years of Service. The Employee’s date of reemployment shall be the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date for purposes of (a) above.
          (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, for periods of service prior to January 1, 2005, an Employee who was a Core Contribution Participant as of January 1, 2005, or an hourly employee participating in the Hourly Pension Plan as of January 1, 2005 who becomes a salaried Employee thereafter, will be credited with Years of Service beginning with the date he or she first earned Credited Service under the Salaried Pension Plan or the Hourly Pension Plan, but excluding any period when he or she was not employed by the Company or an Affiliated Company, and any period with respect to which service is not taken into account in calculating his or her Accrued Benefit under such Plan as of January 1, 2005.
     2.58 Years of Vesting Service mean the service credited to an Employee for purposes of determining the Employee’s vested interest in the portion of his account attributable to Company Core Contributions and related investment earnings and losses. The following rules shall apply in calculating Years of Vesting Service under this Plan:

13


 

          (a) An Employee shall be credited with full and partial Years of Vesting Service for the period from the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date to the Employee’s Severance from Service Date and, if applicable, from the Employee’s Reemployment Commencement Date to the Employee’s subsequent Severance from Service Date; provided that, an Employee who is absent from work due to maternity or paternity leave as defined in subsection 2.50 shall not be credited with Vesting Service for any period of such maternity or paternity leave that extends beyond the one year anniversary of the date the individual begins such maternity or paternity leave. Years of Vesting Service shall be calculated on the basis that 12 consecutive months of employment equal one year. For this purpose, partial Years of Vesting Service shall be aggregated.
          (b) If an Employee retires, voluntarily terminates, or is discharged from employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Companies and is subsequently reemployed, the period commencing on the Employee’s Severance from Service Date and ending on the reemployment date shall be taken into account, if such period is 12 months or less in duration; provided that, if an Employee retires, voluntarily terminates, or is discharged from employment with the Employer and all Affiliated Companies during a period when the Employee was absent for another reason and is subsequently reemployed, the period commencing on the Employee’s Severance from Service Date and ending on the reemployment date shall be taken into account, but only if the reemployment date occurs within 12 months of the first date of absence.
          (c) If an Employee is reemployed after incurring five consecutive Periods of Severance, and the Employee had never previously earned any vested benefits under the Plan, including Company Matching Contributions, Years of Vesting Service after such Periods of Severance shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the vested interest in the portion of his account attributable to Company Core Contributions made before such Periods of Severance, and Years of Vesting Service before such Periods of Severance shall not be taken into account for the purpose of determining the vested interest in the portion of his account attributable to Company Core Contributions made after such Periods of Severance.

14


 

          (d) Years of Vesting Service shall include all periods described in paragraphs (a), and (b) above (including those periods during which the Employee was a leased employee within the meaning of section 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code whether or not the Employee qualified as an Employee during those periods.
ARTICLE III
ELIGIBILITY, CONTRIBUTIONS, WITHDRAWALS, DISTRIBUTIONS,
ROLLOVERS, AND PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS
     3.01 Eligibility and Commencement of Participation.
          (a) An Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan upon meeting the requirements of (i) or (ii) as follows:
               (i) An Employee shall be eligible to participate in the Plan upon completion of thirty (30) days of service after the date as of which the Employee is first scheduled or expected to be credited with one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service as an Employee during the next twelve (12)-month period. Such Employee will begin his participation as of the first complete pay period following the completion of such thirty (30) days of service if such Employee shall make an affirmative election to participate in accordance with procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator under Paragraph 3.02(a), (b), or (c) , or a Deemed Election pursuant to Paragraph 3.02(d). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Core Contribution Participant shall be eligible to participate in benefits under Section 3.04 of the Plan on the later of the Retirement Program Change Effective Date or the date he becomes a Core Contribution Participant, provided that he is scheduled or expected to be credited with one thousand (1,000) Hours of Service during the next twelve (12)-month period.
               (ii) An Employee who has not satisfied the service requirements of the preceding paragraph shall be eligible to participate in the Plan, upon such Employee’s completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during an eligibility computation period. An eligibility computation period is the twelve (12) month period beginning on

15


 

the Employee’s Employment Commencement Date, or, in the event such Employee does not complete 1,000 Hours of Service in such twelve (12) month period, all Plan Years beginning after the first day of such twelve (12) month period. Such an Employee may begin his participation as of the first full pay period which includes the earlier of (i) the first day of the Plan Year which follows his satisfaction of the eligibility requirements in the preceding sentence, or (ii) the date which is six months after the date on which he satisfied such eligibility requirements, if such Employee makes an affirmative election to participate in accordance with Paragraph 3.01(a)(i). A Core Contribution Participant who has not satisfied the service requirements of the preceding paragraph shall be eligible to participate in benefits under Section 3.04 of the Plan upon such Participant’s completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during an eligibility computation period.
               (iii) Employees who were former participants of the IGS Savings Plan shall be eligible to participate upon their becoming an Employee provided they make an affirmative election to participate in accordance with the procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator under subsection 3.02(a), (b), or (c) or a Deemed Election pursuant to subsection 3.02(d).
          (b) An Employee eligible to participate in the Plan shall remain eligible to participate (subject to the applicable suspension provisions of Sections 3.02, 3.07, and 3.08) for so long as he is an Employee. An Employee who terminates his employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies after becoming eligible to participate in the Plan, or an Employee who otherwise ceases to be employed as an Employee, shall, upon reemployment by an Employer as an Employee, be eligible to participate in the Plan and may begin his participation as soon as administratively possible so long as an election is properly made as provided in Paragraph 3.02; except that such reemployed Core Contribution Participant shall be eligible to participate in Company Core Contributions as of the later of the Retirement Program Change Date or his Reemployment Commencement Date (or, if no Severance from Service has occurred, the later of the Retirement Program Change Date or the date he once again meets the definition of Employee). An Employee who becomes represented by a

16


 

collective bargaining agent will remain eligible to participate in the Plan until a collective bargaining agreement is executed by the Employer by which the Employee is employed and the bargaining agent and, subsequent thereto, will only remain eligible to participate in the Plan if the collective bargaining agreement so provides. An Employee who terminates employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies prior to becoming eligible to participate in the Plan shall be treated as a new Employee for purposes of this Section 3.01 upon reemployment by an Employer.
          (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, the availability of Before-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Catch-up Contributions, Company Core Contributions and Company Matching Contributions shall not discriminate in favor of Highly Compensated Employees.
     3.02 Before-Tax, After-Tax and Catch-up Contributions. Each Employee shall commence participation in the Plan by making an election to make contributions to the Plan as described in (a), (b), (c), or (d) below (the “Deferral Election”).
          (a) Before-Tax Contributions. An Employee may make an election to reduce periodic installments of his Annual Salary otherwise payable for each succeeding pay period and make a contribution to the Plan on his behalf in an amount equal to a whole number from 3 to 50 percent of such periodic installment of his Annual Salary (subject to the provisions of Section 3.07).
          (b) After-Tax Contributions. An Employee may make an election to contribute an amount equal to 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, or 16 percent of each such periodic installment of his Annual Salary (subject to the provisions of Section 3.07) to the Plan.
          (c) Catch-up Contributions. A Participant who attains age 50 by the end of the applicable calendar year and who has made Before-Tax Contributions for the calendar year or Plan Year, as applicable, up to the lesser of the statutory limit described in Section 3.07(c)(i), the Plan limit described in Section 3.02(a), or, if such

17


 

Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee, the highest amount of Before Tax Contributions that can be retained in the Plan with respect to such Participant without violating the Average Deferral Percentage Test described in Section 3.07(b)(1), shall be eligible to make additional Before-Tax Contributions to the Plan in the amount of $5,000, which amount shall be adjusted pursuant to cost of living adjustments described in Code Section 414(v)(2)(c).
          (d) Deemed Election. (i) Each salaried Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on or after the Retirement Program Change Effective Date, and (ii) each hourly Employee who becomes eligible to participate in the Plan on and after October 1, 2007, shall be considered to have directed the Employer to reduce his salary in order to make a Before-Tax Contribution in an amount equal to six (6) percent of each periodic installment of his Annual Salary (subject to the provisions of Section 3.07) on his behalf to the trust for the Plan established under the Trust Agreement unless such Employee files (or has filed) a Deferral Election with the Employer. Such Deemed Election shall be effective in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator after written notice has been provided to the Employee.
          (e) Limits on Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the maximum combined total of After-Tax Contributions and Before-Tax Contributions being made by or on behalf of a Participant at any time may not exceed 50 percent of the Participant’s installments of Annual Salary payable at the time, and After-Tax Contributions and Before-Tax Contributions may be made only to the extent that such Contributions to a Participant’s account for any Plan Year do not cause the limitations on Annual Additions to a Participant’s account as set forth in Section 3.14 to be exceeded.
          (f) Election Changes. An Employee may, by giving notice to the Plan Administrator, change his Deferral Election, including a Deemed Election, and direct the Employer to reduce or contribute, as the case may be, different permitted percentages of his periodic installments of Annual Salary, effective as soon as administratively practicable thereafter. In the event of a change in Annual Salary, the Employee’s then

18


 

current contribution percentage shall automatically be applied to the new Annual Salary, as soon as administratively practicable thereafter.
          (g) Suspension of Elections. An Employee may, by notice to the Plan Administrator, initiate a suspension of his Deferral Election beginning as soon as administratively practicable thereafter. In addition, suspension shall be automatic as of the first pay in which a Participant ceases to be an Employee. In the event the participant initiates the suspension, the Participant may elect to resume his Deferral Election in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01 effective as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, provided that he is an Employee as of the date when the Deferral Election resumes.
          (h) Termination of Elections. Subsequent to a Distribution Event, the Participant shall have no right to continue making contributions to the Plan, but shall have the right to redirect the investment of the amounts in his accounts in accordance with Section 4.03 and to change or revoke his written designation of Beneficiary in accordance with Section 5.02.
          (i) Administrative Rules. The Plan Administrator may from time to time establish such rules and procedures for determining and adjusting the percentages of Annual Salary subject to Deferral Elections as the Plan Administrator shall in his sole discretion deem to be necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan in accordance with the Code and ERISA, including, without limitation, rules and procedures establishing limitations on the frequency with which all or certain Participants may alter the percentages of their Annual Salary which are subject to Deferral Elections and rules and procedures allowing for the contribution of a specified dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions or Catch-up Contributions in lieu of a fixed whole percentage.
          (j) Vesting. A Participant shall have a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to any benefits derived from Before-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions and Catch-up Contributions made under this Section 3.02.

19


 

     3.03 Company Matching Contributions. The Employer shall make Company Matching Contributions to the Plan on behalf of each Employee who participates in the Plan in accordance with the following provisions:
          (a) Enhanced Formula. Effective as of the later of the Retirement Program Change Effective Date or the date he becomes a Core Contribution Participant, each Core Contribution Participant shall receive Company Matching Contributions as soon as administratively practicable after each pay date from the Employer equal to the sum of (i) and (ii) below:
               (i) 75 percent of the first (4) percent of the Participant’s Annual Salary that is deferred by the Participant each pay period to the Plan as Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, and
               (ii) 50 percent of the next two (2) percent of the Participant’s Annual Salary that is deferred by the Participant each pay period to the Plan as Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions.
          (b) Regular Formula. Each Participant who is not eligible to receive Company Matching Contributions in accordance with (a) above, shall receive Company Matching Contributions as of the end of each pay period from the Employer equal to the sum of (i) and (ii) below:
               (i) 75 percent of the first (3) percent of the Participant’s Annual Salary that is deferred by the Participant each pay period to the Plan provided that the Participant has elected to contribute at least 3% as Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, and
               (ii) 25 percent of the next three (3) percent of the Participant’s Annual Salary that is deferred by the Participant each pay period to the Plan as Before-Tax Contributions , excluding Catch-up Contributions, or contributed to the Plan as After-Tax Contributions.

20


 

          (c) Form of Company Matching Contribution. A Company Matching Contribution will be made to the Trustee at least annually, but (unless the Company determines otherwise) only out of the Employer’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, and may be made in whole or in part in cash or Company Stock. Company Matching Contributions to be made in Company Stock shall be valued for such purpose at the Fair Market Value on the last Business Day of the period for which the Company Matching Contribution is made. If the Company shall not have taken action to discontinue the Plan in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.01 prior to the end of any Plan Year, the Employer’s Company Matching Contribution for such Plan Year shall become a fixed obligation as of the end of such Plan Year to the extent of the Employer’s current or accumulated earnings and profits.
          (d) Limits on Company Matching Contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Company Matching Contribution shall be made for the account of any Participant to the extent that such Company Matching Contribution, after the adjustments provided for in the following sentence, would violate the Actual Contribution Percentage Test , as described in Section 3.07. Any corrective actions taken to avoid such violations shall be performed in accordance with Section 3.07.
          (e) Vesting. A Participant shall have a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to any benefits derived from Company Matching Contributions, subject to the forfeiture provisions of Section 3.07 and Paragraph 3.14(c).
     3.04 Company Core Contributions. Effective as of the Retirement Program Change Effective Date, each Core Contribution Participant shall receive Company Core Contributions from the Employer in accordance with the following provisions:
          (a) Formula. The Employer shall allocate a Company Core Contribution at least annually to the account of each eligible Participant at any time during the Plan Year in accordance with the following schedule:

21


 

     
Years of Service   Amount of Company Core Contributions
Less than 10 Years of Service
  4% of Annual Salary
10-19 Years of Service
  5% of Annual Salary
20 or more Years of Service
  6% of Annual Salary
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Annual Salary for purposes of determining the amount of Company Core Contributions under (a), above, shall not include any Annual Salary earned by a Participant before the Participant became eligible to receive Company Core Contributions.
     3.05 Company Core Contribution Vesting Rules. A Participant’s Company Core Contributions and related investment earnings and losses shall be subject to the following vesting rules:
          (a) Vesting Schedule. Effective on and after October 1, 2007, a Participant who is an Employee shall have a vested, nonforfeitable right to the portion of a Participant’s account attributable to Company Core Contributions, including any related investment earnings and losses, according to the following vesting schedule, or, if earlier, after attaining Normal Retirement Age while employed by the Employer or an Affiliated Company:
         
Years of Vesting     Percent  
Service     Vested  
Less than 1
    0%  
1
    20%  
2
    40%  
3
    60%  
4
    80%  
5
    100%  
          Prior to October 1, 2007, a Participant who is an Employee would have a fully vested, nonforfeitable right to the portion of a Participant’s account attributable to Company Core Contributions, including any related investment earnings and losses,

22


 

after completing at least 5 Years of Vesting Service, or, if earlier, after attaining Normal Retirement Age while employed by the Employer or an Affiliated Company.
          (b) Forfeitures.
               (i) If a Participant is not fully vested in Company Core Contributions as described in (a) above at the time he incurs a Severance from Service Date, the unvested portion of the Participant’s account attributable to Company Core Contributions and related investment earnings and losses shall be forfeited as of the earlier of:
                    (A) the date on which he receives a distribution of his entire vested interest in his account; or
                    (B) the last day of the Plan Year in which he incurs five consecutive Periods of Severance.
               (ii) A Participant who has no portion of his account attributable to Company Matching Contributions or Participant Before-Tax Contributions and whose vested interest in the portion of his account attributable to Company Core Contributions is zero shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his account as of his Severance from Service Date.
               (iii) If a Participant is rehired by the Employer or an Affiliated Company before incurring five consecutive Periods of Severance, any amount forfeited under subsections (i) or (ii) shall be restored to his account. Such restoration shall be made from currently forfeited amounts in accordance with subsection (iv), or from additional contributions by the Employer.
               (iv) Amounts forfeited shall be used to first restore future amounts required to be restored in accordance with subsection (iii) with respect to the Plan Year. After such restoration, if any, is made, such amounts shall be used to reduce future Company Core Contributions and Company Matching Contributions made

23


 

by the Employer by which the former Participant was employed, or to defray administrative costs of the Plan as determined by the Company.
     3.06 Timing of Contributions. Before-Tax, After-Tax and Catch-up Contributions shall be transferred to the Trustee as soon as practicable following the date on which the Participant’s pay is reduced by the amount of the contribution. Company Matching Contributions and Company Core Contributions shall be transferred to the Trustee at least annually, but in all cases no later than the last date on which amounts so paid may be deducted for federal income tax purposes for the taxable year of the Employer in which the Plan Year ends.
     3.07 Nondiscrimination Limitations and Corrective Measures.
          (a) For purposes of this Section 3.07, the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:
               (i) Actual Contribution Percentage. The Actual Contribution Percentages for a Plan Year for the group of all Highly Compensated Employees and for the group of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees respectively are the averages, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point (.01%), of the ratios, calculated separately to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point (.01%) for each Employee in the respective group, of the amount of Company Matching Contributions and After-Tax Contributions (and any Qualified Non-Elective Contribution made under Paragraph 3.07(c)(x) for purposes of satisfying the Actual Contribution Percentage Test) made to the Plan on behalf of each such Employee for such Plan Year, to the Employee’s Compensation for such Plan Year, whether or not the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year. The Actual Contribution Percentage calculation may include Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, so long as: (A) the Actual Deferral Percentage Test is met before such Before-Tax Contributions are used in the Actual Contribution Percentage Test, and continues to be met following the exclusion of those Before-Tax Contributions that are used to meet the Actual Contribution Percentage Test and (B) the requirements of Treasury Regulation §1.401(m)-1(b)(5) are satisfied. For purposes of determining the

24


 

Actual Contribution Percentage, only those Employees who are eligible to elect After-Tax Contributions or to receive Company Matching Contributions for all or a portion of the applicable Plan Year, or who would be so eligible absent a suspension in accordance with the terms of the Plan, are taken into account; any such Employee who would be a Participant if such Employee made an After-Tax Contribution or had a Before-Tax Contribution made on his behalf shall be treated as an eligible Employee on behalf of whom no After-Tax Contributions or Company Matching Contributions are made.
          For purposes of this Section, and except as otherwise provided in Internal Revenue Service regulations, if the Plan and any other plan are aggregated for purposes of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefit percentage test), such plans (including the Plan) shall be treated as one (1) plan for purposes of calculating the Actual Contribution Percentage. Except as otherwise provided in Internal Revenue Service regulations, if any Highly Compensated Employee who is a Participant in this Plan also participates in any other plan of the Employer to which employee or matching contributions are made, all such plans (including the Plan) shall be treated as one (1) plan with respect to such Participant.
               (ii) Actual Contribution Percentage Test means the test described in Paragraph 3.07(b)(ii).
               (iii) Actual Deferral Percentage. The Actual Deferral Percentages for a Plan Year for the group of all Highly Compensated Employees and for the group of all Nonhighly Compensated Employees respectively are the averages, calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point (.01%), of the ratios, calculated separately to the nearest one-hundredth of a percentage point (.01%) for each Employee in the respective group, of the amount of Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions (and Qualified Non-Elective Contributions made under Paragraph 3.07(c)(x) for purposes of satisfying the Actual Deferral Percentage Test), paid under the Plan on behalf of each such Employee for such Plan Year, including Excess Deferrals, to the Employee’s Compensation for such Plan Year (whether or not

25


 

the Employee was a Participant for the entire Plan Year) but excluding Before-Tax Contributions that are taken into account in the Actual Contribution Percentage Test. Only those Employees who are eligible to elect Before-Tax Contributions for all or a portion of the applicable Plan Year, or who would be so eligible absent a suspension in accordance with the terms of the Plan, are taken into account; any such Employee who would be a Participant but for the failure to have Before-Tax Contributions made on his behalf shall be treated as an eligible Employee on whose behalf no Before-Tax Contributions are made.
          For purposes of this Section and except as otherwise provided in Internal Revenue Service regulations, if the Plan and any other plan which includes a cash or deferred arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)) are aggregated for purposes of Code Section 410(b) (other than for purposes of the average benefit percentage test), the cash or deferred arrangements in such plans (including the Plan) shall be treated as one (1) plan for purposes of calculating the Actual Deferral Percentage. Except as otherwise provided in Internal Revenue Service regulations, if any Highly Compensated Employee who is a Participant in this Plan also participates in any other cash or deferred arrangement (within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)) of the Company or an Affiliated Company, all such cash or deferred arrangements (including under the Plan) shall be treated as one (1) cash or deferred arrangement with respect to such Participant.
               (iv) Actual Deferral Percentage Test means the test described in Paragraph 3.07(b)(i).
               (v) Compensation shall mean, except as otherwise provided in the definition of “Highly Compensated Employee”, a definition of compensation which satisfies Code Section 414(s) and regulations thereunder, and which is consistently used in any one Plan Year for purposes of this Section 3.07.
               (vi) Excess Aggregate Contributions mean, with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year, the excess of:

26


 

                    (A) The total After-Tax Contributions and Company Matching Contributions (and, where applicable, Before-Tax Contributions, taken into account under the Actual Contribution Percentage Test) made on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employee taken into account in computing the Actual Contribution Percentage for such Plan Year, over
                    (B) The maximum amount of After-Tax Contributions and Company Matching Contributions (and, where applicable, Before-Tax Contributions, taken into account under the Actual Contribution Percentage Test) on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employee which are permitted by the Actual Contribution Percentage Test.
               (vii) Excess Contributions mean, with respect to any Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year, the excess of:
                    (A) The total Before-Tax Contributions made on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employee taken into account in computing the Actual Deferral Percentage of Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over
                    (B) The maximum amount of such Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, on behalf of such Highly Compensated Employee which are permitted by the Actual Deferral Percentage Test.
               (viii) Excess Deferrals mean the Before-Tax Contributions that are includible in a Participant’s gross income because they have exceeded the dollar limitation contained in Code Section 402(g).
               (ix) Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who performs service for the Company or an Affiliated Company during the determination year (as defined below) and who was: (A) a Five-Percent Owner at any time during the current or preceding Plan Year, or (B) for the preceding Plan Year had Compensation from the Employer or an Affiliated Company in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 414(q)). At the election of the Plan Administrator and, as provided for in Exhibit III, in a manner consistent with Code Section 414(q) and any regulations or

27


 

other IRS pronouncements thereunder, clause (B) in the preceding sentence can be limited to those Employees who are in the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees ranked on the basis of compensation for such look-back year. At the election of the Plan Administrator, as provided for in Exhibit III, Compensation for the purpose of this Paragraph 3.07(a)(ix) may be determined on the basis of a calendar year, rather than the Plan Year.
               (x) To the extent required by applicable law “Highly Compensated Employee” shall also include a highly compensated former employee, which is any employee who separated from service prior to the current Plan Year and who was either a Highly Compensated Employee in any determination year ending on or after the Employee’s attainment of age fifty five (55).
               For purposes of this definition, Compensation is as defined in Code Section 415(c)(3).
               (xi) Nonhighly Compensated Employee means any employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.
               (xii) Qualified Non-Elective Contributions mean contributions made by the Company described in Paragraph 3.07(c)(x).
               (xiii) Five Percent Owner means an Employee who shall be considered to be a Five Percent Owner for any Plan Year if at any time during such year such Employee was a five percent owner of the Employer, determined in accordance with the rules of Code Section 416(i)(1).
          (b) Nondiscrimination Tests.
               (i) Actual Deferral Percentage Test. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Actual Deferral Percentage for the group of all eligible Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year must not exceed the greater of:

28


 

                    (A) the Actual Deferral Percentage for the previous Plan Year for the group of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 1.25; or
                    (B) the Actual Deferral Percentage for the previous Plan Year of such group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 2.0, but in no event more than two (2) percentage points greater than the Actual Deferral Percentage for the previous Plan Year of such group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees.
          The Vice President — Human Resources, by written notice to the Plan Administrator may elect to entirely exclude from the Actual Deferral Percentage test those Employees who could be excluded from participation under the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A) (“early participation employees”), other than those early participation employees who are Highly Compensated Employees, to the extent permitted under Code Section 401(k)(3)(F). Any such election shall be reflected in Exhibit III.
          The Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in this Paragraph 3.07(b)(i) shall be performed in accordance with Code Section 401(k), the regulations thereunder, and any related IRS pronouncements, including IRS Notice 98-1 to the extent applicable. The Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in this Paragraph 3.07(b)(i) may be performed with current year Non-Highly Compensated Employee data, rather than prior year data, if so elected by the Employer. Any such election shall be made by the Vice-President — Human Resources and shall be reflected in Exhibit III.
               (ii) Actual Contribution Percentage Test. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Actual Contribution Percentage for the group of all eligible Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year must not exceed the greater of:
                    (A) The Actual Contribution Percentage for the previous Plan Year for the group of all eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 1.25; or

29


 

                    (B) The Actual Contribution Percentage for the previous Plan Year of such group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees multiplied by 2.0, but in no event more than two (2) percentage points greater than the Actual Contribution Percentage for the previous Plan Year of such group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees.
          The Vice President — Human Resources, by written notice to the Plan Administrator may elect to entirely exclude from the Actual Contribution Percentage Test those Employees who could be excluded from participation under the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1)(A) (“early participation employees”), other than those early participation employees who are Highly Compensated Employees, to the extent permitted under Code Section 401(m)(5)(C). Any such election shall be reflected in Exhibit III.
          The Actual Contribution Percentage test set forth in this Paragraph 3.07(b)(ii) shall be performed in accordance with Code Section 401(m), the regulations thereunder, and any related IRS pronouncements, including IRS Notice 98-1 to the extent applicable. The Actual Contribution Percentage test set forth in this Paragraph 3.07(b)(ii) may be performed with current year Non-Highly Compensated Employee data, rather than prior year data, if so elected by the Employer. Any such election shall be made by the Vice President - Human Resources and shall be reflected in Exhibit III.
          (iii) For purposes of Paragraph 3.07(b), a Participant is a Highly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she satisfies the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a Participant is a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for a particular Plan Year if he or she does not satisfy the definition of a Highly Compensated Employee in effect for that Plan Year.
          (c) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, the percentages of Annual Salary specified by a Participant in his Deferral Election shall be subject to adjustment or other corrective measures by the Plan Administrator at any time and from time to time as follows:

30


 

               (i) Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, shall not be accepted with respect to any Participant for a calendar year to the extent such Before-Tax Contributions, together with any other elective contributions of the Participant to a plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company, exceed $9,500 (as adjusted in accordance with Code Section 402(g)); accordingly, the Plan Administrator shall adjust downward the percentage of Annual Salary specified by a Participant in his Deferral Election to be contributed to the Plan as Before-Tax Contributions, as may be necessary to prevent such Excess Deferrals.
               (ii) Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, for any Plan Year must satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage Test; accordingly, the Plan Administrator shall adjust downward the percentage of Annual Salary specified by a Participant in his Deferral Election, to the extent which the Plan Administrator in his sole discretion determines is necessary to maintain the Plan’s compliance with the Average Deferral Percentage Test.
               (iii) After-Tax Contributions and Company Matching Contributions for any Plan Year must satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (after taking into account any Before-Tax Contributions included in such test pursuant to Paragraph 3.07(a)(i)); accordingly, the Plan Administrator shall adjust downward the percentage of Annual Salary specified by a Participant in his Deferral Election to be contributed under Paragraph 3.02(b), to the extent which the Plan Administrator in his sole discretion determines is necessary to maintain the Plan’s compliance with the Actual Contribution Percentage Test.
               (iv) When a downward adjustment has been made pursuant to Paragraph (i), (ii), or (iii) above, the Plan Administrator may thereafter adjust any such percentage upward to bring it up to or closer to the percentage specified in the Participant’s most recent Deferral Election whenever the Plan Administrator determines that such an upward adjustment can be made without exceeding the limits described in Paragraph (i), (ii), or (iii). In the event of such upward adjustment, each affected

31


 

Participant shall be given the opportunity to affirmatively elect to have such higher percentage apply to him.
               (v) Any downward or upward adjustment in the percentage of Annual Salary specified by a Participant in his Deferral Election to be contributed to the Plan as Before-Tax Contributions other than Catch-up Contributions shall, with the Participant’s consent and unless the Plan Administrator directs otherwise, result in a corresponding increase or decrease, respectively, in After-Tax Contributions to be contributed to the Plan to the extent permitted under Paragraph (iii) or, if the Participant is eligible, Catch-up Contributions.
               (vi) If, after application of the above provisions of Paragraph 3.07(c), Excess Deferrals are made to the Plan, such Excess Deferrals and any earnings thereon shall be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions to the extent that a Participant who is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions has not reached the applicable Catch-up Contribution limit for the calendar year described in Section 3.02(c). Any Excess Deferrals remaining after application of the preceding sentence shall be returned to the Participant with earnings in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.402(g)-1, no later than April 15 following the close of the calendar year in which such contributions were made. Distributions shall first be made from Unmatched Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, then from Catch-up Contributions if any and lastly, from Matched Contributions. The return of any Matched Contributions shall be accompanied by a forfeiture of the related Company Matching Contributions and any income attributable thereto. Such forfeited amounts shall be held by the Trustee in a suspense account and applied towards subsequent Company Matching Contributions.
               (vii) After the close of a calendar year, but no later than the last Business Day before April 15 (or such earlier date required by Internal Revenue Service regulations) following such calendar year, a Participant who was also a participant in another plan to which the limitation on deferrals described in Code Section 402(g) applies may notify the Plan Administrator that the Participant has had deferrals

32


 

contributed to the Plan and such other plan in excess of such limitation for such preceding calendar year and shall inform the Plan Administrator of the amount of such Excess Deferrals. Such Participant may request a distribution of such Excess Deferrals. Such Excess Deferrals and any earnings thereon shall first be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions to the extent that a Participant who is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions has not reached the applicable Catch-up Contribution limit for the calendar year described in Section 3.02(c). Any Excess Deferrals remaining after application of the preceding sentence shall be distributed with the earnings attributable thereto in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.402(g)-1 no later than the April 15 following such notification. Distributions shall first be made from Unmatched Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, and the return of any Matched Contributions shall be accompanied by a forfeiture of the related Company Matching Contributions and any income attributable thereto. Such forfeited amounts shall be held by the Trustee in a suspense account and applied towards subsequent Company Matching Contributions.
               (viii) If, after application of the above provisions of Paragraph 3.07(c), Excess Contributions are made to the Plan, such Excess Contributions and the earnings attributable thereto shall be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions to the extent that a Participant who is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions has not reached the applicable Catch-up Contribution limit for the calendar year described in Section 3.02(c). Any Excess Contributions and the earnings attributable thereto remaining after application of the preceding sentence shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees making such Excess Contributions no later than December 15 following the close of such Plan Year. The Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amounts of Before-Tax Contributions shall have his Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, reduced to the greater of: (A) the highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch- up Contributions, that can be made without violating the limit of Paragraph 3.07(b)(i), or (B) the next highest dollar amount of Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, of any other Highly Compensated Employee. Such process is repeated until Paragraph 3.07 (b)(i) is satisfied in accordance with Treasury Regulation

33


 

§1.401(k)-1(f)(4)(ii). Distributions shall first be made from Unmatched Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, then from Catch-up Contributions if any and lastly from Matched Contributions. The return of any Matched Contributions shall be accompanied by a forfeiture of the related Company Matching Contributions and any income attributable thereto. Such forfeited amounts shall be held by the Trustee in a suspense account and applied towards subsequent Company Matching Contributions.
               (ix) If, after application of the above provisions of Paragraph 3.07(b)(ii), Excess Aggregate Contributions are made to the Plan, such Excess Aggregate Contributions and the earnings attributable thereto shall be recharacterized as Catch-up Contributions to the extent that a Participant who is eligible to make Catch-up Contributions has not reached the applicable Catch-up Contribution limit for the calendar year described in Section 3.02(c). Any Excess Aggregate Contributions and the earnings attributable thereto remaining after application of the preceding sentence shall be distributed to Highly Compensated Employees making such Excess Aggregate Contributions no later than December 15 following the close of the Plan Year. The Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amounts of contributions taken into account in computing the Actual Contribution Percentage Test (“ACP contributions”) shall have his ACP contributions reduced to the greater of: (A) the highest dollar amount of ACP contributions that can be made without violating the limit of Paragraph 3.07(b)(ii), or (B) the next highest dollar amount of ACP contributions of any other Highly Compensated Employee. Such process is repeated until Paragraph 3.07(b)(ii) is satisfied in accordance with Treasury Regulation §1.401(m)-1(e)(3)(iv). To the extent permitted by such regulation, After-Tax Contributions and any Company Matching Contributions attributable thereto shall be distributed first.
               (x) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 3.07 or of the Plan to the contrary, the Employer may, by action of the Company, determine to make a special Employer contribution (a “Qualified Non-Elective Contribution”) to the Plan for the account of certain Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees in order to maintain the Plan’s compliance with the non-discrimination

34


 

requirements of Code Sections 401(k) and 401(m) and in lieu of (or in combination with) making the adjustment in the percentage of Annual Salary specified by Participants in their Deferral Elections or returning Contributions as provided in this Section 3.07. Any such Qualified Non-Elective Contribution shall be in such amount as is determined by the Company and will be allocated as determined by the Company to the individual accounts of Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees and who actively contributed to the Plan during, and are Employees at the end of, the Plan Year for which such contribution is made. Any such Qualified Non-Elective Contribution shall be nonforfeitable and shall be treated for all purposes as a Before-Tax Contribution under the Plan, including for purposes of the limitations on distribution described in this Article 3, except that such contribution shall not be applied against or counted for purposes of determining compliance with the percent limitation on Before-Tax Contributions in Section 3.02 the combined percent limitation on Before-Tax Contributions and After-Tax Contributions contained in Section 3.02, or the limitation on Before-Tax Contributions contained in this Section 3.07. Any such Qualified Non-Elective Contribution shall be made to the Trustee no later than the last day of the Plan Year next succeeding the Plan Year for which the contribution is made, and may be made in whole or in part in cash or in shares of Company Stock. Payment of any such Qualified Non-Elective Contribution (whether in the form of cash or Company Stock) for a Plan Year which is made by the Employer after the close of such Plan Year shall be treated by the Plan in the same manner as if it were received on or before the last day of such Plan Year.
     3.08 Withdrawals by Participants of After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions, Company Matching Contributions, Before-Tax and Catch-up Contributions.
          (a) After-Tax Contributions. Upon application to the Trustee at any time no sooner then twelve (12) months after any earlier withdrawal by such Participant of After-Tax Contributions under this Paragraph 3.08(a), Rollover Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(b), Before-Tax Contributions under

35


 

Paragraph 3.08(d)(ii)(A),or Company Matching Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(c), a Participant may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts then credited to his After-Tax Contributions account.
          There shall be no suspension of the withdrawing Participant’s right to make After-Tax Contributions following a withdrawal under this Paragraph 3.08(a).
          (b) Rollover Contributions. Upon application to the Trustee at any time no sooner than twelve (12) months after any earlier withdrawal by him under this Paragraph 3.08(b), After-Tax Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(a), Company Matching Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(c) or Before-Tax Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(d)(ii)(A), a Participant may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts then credited to his Rollover Contributions account; provided, however, that such Participant shall first have withdrawn, or shall have applied to make a concurrent withdrawal of all amounts credited to his After-Tax Contributions account.
          (c) Company Matching Contributions. Effective on and after October 1, 2007, upon application to the Trustee at any time no sooner than twelve (12) months after any earlier withdrawal by him under this Paragraph 3.08(c), After-Tax Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(a), Rollover Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(b), or Before-Tax Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(d)(ii)(A), a Participant may withdraw all or a portion of the amounts then credited to his Company Matching Contributions account; provided, however, that such Participant shall first have withdrawn, or shall have applied to make a concurrent withdrawal of all amounts credited to his After-Tax Contributions account and his Rollover Contributions account. Prior to October 1, 2007, a Participant may withdraw under this paragraph only amounts then credited to his Matured Company Matching Contributions account and will have no right to withdraw amounts credited to his Unmatured Company Matching Contributions account.
          (d) Before-Tax Contributions. A Participant cannot withdraw amounts credited to his Before-Tax Contribution accounts, except that a Participant may withdraw all or a portion of such amounts if:

36


 

               (i) The Participant has no, or is concurrently applying to withdraw all, available amounts credited to any After-Tax Contributions account, to any Rollover Contributions account, or to any Company Matching Contributions account; and
               (ii) The Participant has (A) attained age fifty-nine and one-half (591/2), or (B) provided evidence satisfactory to the Plan Administrator that the Participant’s withdrawal qualifies as a hardship withdrawal which satisfies the standards of subsection (e) below, or (C) provided evidence that the Participant’s withdrawal meets the requirements of a qualified reservist distribution under Code Section 72(g); and
               (iii) In the case of a withdrawal under Paragraph 3.08(d)(ii)(A), no withdrawal has been made in the preceding twelve (12) months of After-Tax Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(a), Rollover Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(b), Before-Tax Contributions under this Paragraph 3.08(d), or Company Matching Contributions under Paragraph 3.08(c).
          If a Participant shall make application to withdraw any Before-Tax Contributions as a qualified reservist distribution or due to attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (591/2), his election to make Before-Tax Contributions, including Catch-up Contributions, or After-Tax Contributions shall not be affected by such withdrawal. If a Participant shall make application to withdraw any Before-Tax Contribution due to hardship, future contributions shall be suspended in accordance with Paragraph 3.08(e)(3).
          The Plan Administrator shall establish administrative procedures for obtaining withdrawals.
          (e) Hardship Withdrawal Standards. A withdrawal will be deemed to constitute a hardship withdrawal if: (1) the Participant has an immediate and heavy financial need; and (2) a distribution from the Plan is necessary to meet that need. A

37


 

Participant will be treated as having an immediate and heavy financial need only if the funds are required to cover one of the following:
               (i) Expenses for medical care described in Code Section 213(d) previously incurred by the Participant or the Participant’s spouse or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152) or necessary for these persons to obtain such medical care, or, effective October 1, 2007, expenses for medical care previously incurred by a primary Beneficiary of the Participant or expenses necessary for a primary Beneficiary to obtain such medical care;
               (ii) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal residence for the Participant;
               (iii) Post-secondary education tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses for the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, children, or other dependents (as defined in Code Section 152) for the next twelve (12) months, or, effective October 1, 2007, such fees and expenses for a primary Beneficiary of the Participant for the next twelve (12) months;
               (iv) Payment of amounts necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from his principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage of the Participant’s principal residence;
               (v) Effective October 1, 2006, payments for funeral or burial expenses for a deceased parent, spouse, child or dependent, and effective October 1, 2007, such payments for a primary Beneficiary of the Participant;
               (vi) Effective October 1, 2006, repair to a principal residence for damage that would qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to whether the loss exceeds 10 percent of adjusted gross income); or
               (vii) Any other purposes for which the Internal Revenue Service specifically determines, under the authority given to it under Treasury Regulation  

38


 

§1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(v), that such circumstances constitute an immediate and heavy financial need.
          For the purposes of this section, a “primary Beneficiary” is an individual who is named as a Beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all or a portion of the Participant’s account balance under the Plan upon the death of the Participant.
          If an immediate and heavy financial need is deemed to exist, a distribution from the Plan will be deemed necessary to meet such need if, and only if, the following conditions are met:
                    (A) the distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant, including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution;
                    (B) the Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and has applied for all nontaxable (at the time of the loan) loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company; and
                    (C) the Participant will be prohibited from making elective contributions (as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-6) or employer contributions (as defined in Treas. Reg. §1.401(m)-1(f)(6)) to any qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company (as determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(k)-1(d)(3)(iv)(E)(2)) for six (6) months commencing as soon as administratively possible following the hardship withdrawal.
          In the case of a distribution which is made on account of an immediate and heavy financial need due to the payment of post-secondary education tuition for the Participant or the Participant’s spouse, children, Beneficiary or other dependents (“educational hardship”), any such educational hardship withdrawals within a Plan Year

39


 

shall be aggregated and treated as having been received as of the date of the initial educational hardship withdrawal during such Plan Year for purposes of applying the restriction on subsequent contributions provided for in Paragraph 3.08(e)(vii)(C).
          No hardship withdrawal of earnings on Before-Tax or Catch-up Contributions shall be permitted to the extent that such earnings are attributable to periods after December 31, 1988.
     3.09 Loans to Participants. Upon application to the Trustee by a Participant or Beneficiary who is not a Party in Interest, the Plan Administrator may authorize the Trustee to make a loan or loans to such Participant or Beneficiary. Any such loans shall be subject to at least the following requirements:
          (a) Loans shall be made available on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis.
          (b) Loans must bear a reasonable interest rate which will be determined by the Plan Administrator and which will be fixed for the term of the loan. All loans will be secured by up to fifty percent (50%) of the borrower’s vested Plan accounts (determined as of the time of the loan).
          (c) The minimum loan amount is $1,000.
          (d) No loan can be made to the extent that such loan, when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans to the borrower under this Plan and any other plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company, would exceed the lesser of: (i) fifty thousand dollars ($50,000), reduced by the excess of (A) the highest outstanding balance of loans to the borrower from the Plan and such other plans during the one-year period ending on the day before the date the loan is made over (B) the outstanding loan balance on the date the loan is made, or (ii) one-half of the vested value of the borrower’s accounts under this Plan and such other plan(s). In addition, no loan under this Plan, when added to any existing loans hereunder, shall exceed the value of the amounts credited to the borrower’s After-Tax

40


 

Contributions, Before-Tax Contributions, and Company Matching Contributions accounts, plus the borrower’s vested Company Core Contribution account.
          (e) Any loan shall, by its terms, require repayment within five (5) years unless such loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit which, within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is made), will be used as the principal residence, within the meaning of Code Section 121, of the borrower, in which case the loan shall be repaid within such period as may be established by the Vice President – Human Resources. Notwithstanding the above, all loans shall be immediately due and payable upon the Participant’s severance from employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies, unless, at the discretion of the Investment Committee, such loan is directly rolled over to a qualified plan of a subsequent employer of the Participant pursuant to an agreement between the Company and the subsequent employer. The maximum number of loans which a borrower may have outstanding at one time is one residential and one non-residential loan.
          (f) Certain fees apply when obtaining a loan through the Plan. Such fees, as they are in effect from time to time, will be set forth in the Summary Plan Description or in loan documentation provided to the borrower.
          (g) Repayment of Participant loans shall be by payroll deduction or other method approved by the Plan Administrator on a level amortized basis with repayments made as specified in the loan documentation, but, in all cases, at least quarterly; except that a borrower may prepay in full the outstanding balance of his loan at any time in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Loan repayments may be suspended for one year during a Participant’s authorized unpaid leave of absence, or during such other period permitted by applicable law. Loan repayments may be suspended as permitted under Code Section 414(u)(4) for any period in which the Participant is on a qualified military leave.
          (h) Loans must be evidenced by a written promissory note. In the event that a borrower fails to make a required payment when due, the loan shall be in default if the borrower fails to become current in his payments within ninety (90) days of

41


 

such missed payment, or, if earlier, the default date as indicated in the loan documentation. Upon default, the outstanding principal balance of the loan and all accrued interest thereon will be immediately due and payable, and will be satisfied from the borrower’s Plan accounts (at such time(s) as permitted by applicable law) upon the occurrence of a Distribution Event or upon the Participant’s attainment of age fifty-nine and one-half (591/2).
          (i) Each loan shall be a separate investment of the borrower’s Plan accounts. The amount of the loan will first reduce the borrower’s Before-Tax and Catch-up Contributions accounts, then the borrower’s After-Tax Contributions account, then the borrower’s Rollover Contributions account, then the borrower’s Company Matching Contributions account (to the extent of Matured Company Matching Contributions for loans prior to October 1, 2007), and then the borrower’s vested Company Core Contributions account. Amounts within the Plan accounts allocated to each Participant Investment Fund also shall be reduced ratably.
          (j) Loan principal repayments will be credited first to the borrower’s Company Core Contributions account, if any. After principal repayments which are equal to the amount by which the borrower’s Company Core Contributions account, if any, was reduced to make a loan are credited to the Participant’s Company Core Contributions account, loan principal repayments will be credited to the borrower’s Company Matching Contributions account, next to the borrower’s Rollover Contributions account, next to the borrower’s After-Tax Contributions account and next to the borrower’s Before-Tax Contributions account. Loan interest payments will be credited ratably to the borrower’s Company Matching Contributions account, Company Core Contributions account, Before-Tax Contribution account, Rollover Contributions account and After-Tax Contribution account. All principal and interest payments shall be allocated among the Participant Investment Funds in accordance with the borrower’s most recent investment direction election for new contributions.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, loans made pursuant to this Section 3.09 may be subject to such additional uniform and nondiscriminatory rules as may from time to time

42


 

be adopted by the Board, the Investment Committee or the Plan Administrator, which rules shall comply with the Code, ERISA, and other applicable law and may impose limitations on, or requirements for obtaining Plan loans which are in addition to or more restrictive than those limitations and requirements set forth above in this Section 3.09.
     3.10 Distributions Following Distribution Events.
          (a) Except as otherwise provided for in Paragraph 3.10(d) herein, after a Distribution Event other than death occurs as to the Participant, the following will apply:
               (i) All amounts credited to such Participant’s accounts shall be retained in the Plan until the earliest of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s consent to and application for the Trustee to distribute the aggregate amounts in all of Participant’s Plan Accounts to him in a lump sum or the Participant’s consent to and application for the Trustee to commence distribution of installment payments of his account to him in accordance with Section 5.01. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, distributions of a Participant’s Plan accounts shall commence no later than April 1 of the calendar year following his attainment of age 701/2. Participants who attain age 701/2 on or after January 1, 2003, and continue employment with the Employer beyond age 701/2 may defer commencement of distribution under this Section until no later than April 1st of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant retires.
               (ii) In the event that the Participant consents to a lump sum distribution of the aggregate amounts in all of his Plan accounts, by filing an election with the Trustee effective on or after the date of (A) the Participant’s Termination of Employment with the Company or an Affiliated Company, or (B) a Distribution Event as to the Participant, the Participant shall receive a distribution of all amounts credited to such Participant’s Plan accounts, in the manner described in Section 5.01. In addition, a second distribution of any amount subsequently credited to a Participant’s Company Matching Contributions account in accordance with Section 3.03 or to a Participant’s Company Core Contributions account in accordance with Section 3.04 shall be made as soon as practicable after actual receipt by the Trustee of the Company Stock or cash contribution.

43


 

          (b) In the event of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a distribution of all amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts according to the distribution elections provided in Section 5.01. Subject to Paragraph 3.10(d), such distribution shall be made as soon as practicable after the Participant’s death.
          (c) Notwithstanding the previous paragraphs of this Section 3.10, if the aggregate amount credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts does not exceed $1,000, such amount will, subject to Paragraph (d) below, be distributed to the Participant (or, in the case of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries) in the manner provided in Section 5.01.
          (d) At least thirty (30) days, but no more than one hundred eighty (180) days, before a distribution is made to a Participant, a Participant shall be given notice of: (1) his ability to delay distribution in accordance with Paragraph 3.10(a)(i) above (if applicable), (2) his ability to elect a direct rollover in accordance with Section 5.03, and (3) for former participants of the IGS Savings Plan, the ability to elect the optional forms of payment as provided in Exhibit II. At least thirty (30) days, but no more than one hundred eighty (180) days, before benefits begin to a Beneficiary who is a spouse (including an alternate payee under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order), such Beneficiary must be given notice of his ability to elect a direct rollover under Section 5.03. A distribution may be made less than thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice required by this Paragraph 3.10(d); provided that: (i) the notice clearly informs the Participant or Beneficiary of the right to consider the decision regarding distribution or direct rollover for a period of thirty (30) days after the notice is provided, and (ii) after receiving the notice, the Participant or Beneficiary waives the thirty (30) day period by electing a distribution.

44


 

     3.11 Distributions Pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, following the Plan Administrator’s determination that a domestic relations order received by the Plan Administrator and applicable to a Participant and any of such Participant’s Plan accounts is a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, such distribution or distributions shall be made from such Participant’s Plan account or accounts, in accordance with such Qualified Domestic Relations Order and the Plan’s Qualified Domestic Relations Order procedures, and in the manner described in Section 5.01, to the alternate payee or payees specified in such Qualified Domestic Relations Order. If so specified in a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, a distribution to an alternate payee may be made prior to the date on which the Participant attains his “earliest retirement age” (as defined in Code Section 414(p)(4) and ERISA Section 206(d)(3)(E)).
     3.12 Rollovers into the Plan. Each Employee who is eligible pursuant to Paragraph 3.01(a) to participate in the Plan, and any other Employee who is expected to become eligible to participate in the Plan who has received an eligible rollover distribution described in Code Section 402(c)(4), may make a cash contribution to the Plan (a “Rollover Contribution”) of all or a portion of any such rollover distribution, provided that: (a) the acceptance of such Rollover Contribution will not adversely affect the continued qualified status of the Plan, and (b) the Plan Administrator in due course receives all the documentation and other relevant information pertaining to such Rollover Contribution deemed necessary by the Plan Administrator for the proper administration of the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, the Plan does not accept After-Tax Contributions that are a part of an eligible rollover distribution. Any such Rollover Contribution shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining: (i) the limitations set forth in Sections 3.02, 3.07, and 3.14; (ii) whether the Plan is “top-heavy” (as such term is defined in Code Section 416(g), unless the Rollover Contribution originates from the plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company); or (iii) the Company Matching Contributions under Section 3.03. For the period during which an Employee is not otherwise a Participant, such Employee shall be treated as a Participant solely for the purpose of and with respect to such Rollover Contribution.

45


 

     3.13 Plan-to-Plan Transfers; Plan Mergers. At the discretion of the Investment Committee, the Trustee may accept directly from a trustee or custodian any or all of the assets, including outstanding participant loans, held under another plan which is qualified under Code Section 401(a) for the benefit of Participants or any other Employees who are expected to become Participants, either as a part of a transfer of assets from the trust for such other plan or a merger of such other plan with the Plan, provided that: (a) the acceptance of such transferred assets will not adversely affect the continued qualified status of the Plan, (b) the Plan Administrator in due course receives all the documentation and other relevant information pertaining to such transferred assets deemed necessary by the Plan Administrator for the proper administration of the Plan, and (c) any other conditions or requirements which may be established by the Investment Committee or the Plan Administrator are satisfied. Any assets which were held by the transferor plan under a qualified cash or deferred arrangement, as such term is defined in Code Section 401(k), shall be treated as Before-Tax Contributions. Any assets which were held by the transferor plan pursuant to an election to make employee Catch-up Contributions shall be treated as Catch-up Contributions. Any assets which were held by the transferor plan pursuant to an election to make employee after-tax contributions shall be treated as After-Tax Contributions. Any other transferred assets shall be treated as Rollover Contributions for all purposes under the Plan, except that such transferred assets shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining: (i) the limitations set forth in Section 3.02, 3.07, and 3.14; (ii) whether the Plan is “top-heavy” (as such term is defined in Code Section 416(g), unless the transferor plan is a plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company); or (iii) the Company Matching Contributions under Section 3.03.
          Notwithstanding any contrary provisions of Section 3.08, the withdrawal by a Participant of any or all of such transferred assets or any other assets derived from the investment thereof shall not result in a suspension of such Participant’s right to make contributions to the Plan or to have contributions made on his behalf under the Plan. Alternate forms of benefits, and other benefits, rights, and features under the transferor or merged plan (including those identified in Section 5.05) shall be continued to the extent required to comply with ERISA and the Code. For the period during which

46


 

an Employee is not otherwise a Participant, such Employee shall be treated as a Participant solely for the purpose of and with respect to the portion of such transferred assets allocated to his Plan account.
     3.14 Limitation on Annual Additions to Participants’ Accounts.
          (a) Definitions. For purposes of this Section 3.14, the following definitions shall apply:
               (i) Annual Additions mean, in the case of this Plan and any other Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company, the aggregate of: (A) the amount of Company and Affiliated Company contributions including, but not limited to, Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, and Company Matching Contributions, Company Core Contributions, Qualified Non-Elective Contributions (as defined in Paragraph 3.07(a)(xiii)), and any forfeitures allocated to a Participant’s account during the Plan Year but excluding any amounts returned to a Participant under Treasury Regulation §1.402(g)-1(e)(2) or (3), (B) the amount of a Participant’s After-Tax Contributions and any other after-tax contributions to a plan of the Company or an Affiliated Company, (C) amounts described in Code Sections 415(l)(1) and 419A(d)(2).
          Participant’s Compensation means compensation which is paid to the Participant by the Company or an Affiliated Company for the Plan Year and which is required to be reported as wages for Federal income tax purposes on the Participant’s Form W-2. Participant’s Compensation shall also include any Before-Tax Contributions, and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Code Sections 125 or 457. Notwithstanding the above, effective October 1, 2007, “Participant’s Compensation” shall not exceed the limitation provided under Code Section 401(a)(17) as adjusted pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(17)(B) for any Plan Year.

47


 

               (ii) Basic Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Plan, the Annual Additions allocated to a Participant under the Plan and any other Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company in respect of any Plan Year (which shall be the limitation year) shall not exceed in the aggregate the lesser of $40,000 (as adjusted by Code Section 415(d)) or 100% of the Participant’s Compensation for such Plan Year.
          (b) Additional Rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective for plan years beginning before October 1, 2007, if the Participant’s Annual Addition to this Plan for any Plan Year would exceed the limitations of this Section 3.14 because of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s Compensation, a reasonable error in estimating the amount of Before-Tax Contributions, or for other reasons as permitted by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue, the excess of such Annual Addition over the amount which is permissible under this Section 3.14 shall be disposed of as follows: After-Tax Contributions and, if necessary, Before-Tax Contributions (in that order), and gains or other earnings allocable thereto, to the extent they would reduce the excess amount, will be returned to the Participant, while any Company Matching Contributions attributable thereto and any earnings on such Company Matching Contributions shall be forfeited, placed in a suspense account, and applied towards subsequent Company Matching Contributions. For plan years beginning on and after October 1, 2007, any correction of excess contributions will be made pursuant to Section 7.04.
     3.15 Application of Top-Heavy Provisions. The Plan will be a top-heavy plan if: (a) the Plan is not required to be aggregated with any other plan under Paragraph 3.15(b)(i), and if the sum of the accounts of Participants who are “Key Employees” exceeds 60 percent of the sum of the accounts of all employees (subject to adjustment below), or (b) if the Plan must be aggregated with one or more other plans under Paragraph 3.15(b)(ii), and if the Plan is part of a top-heavy group; provided, however, that the Plan will not be a top-heavy plan if it is a member of a group of plans described in Paragraph (b)(iii) below which is not a top-heavy group. In the event that the Plan becomes top-heavy, the minimum benefit requirement of Paragraph 3.15(e) shall become applicable.

48


 

          The date for determining the applicability of this Section 3.15 for any Plan Year is the last day of the preceding Plan Year (“determination date”).
          The date for determining the value of the employees’ accounts (“valuation date”) shall be the determination date.
          (a) Key Employees. For purposes of this Section 3.15, the term “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (or a beneficiary of either in the event that such employee or former employee is deceased) who at any time during a Plan Year or any of the four preceding Plan Years is:
               (i) An officer of the Company or an Affiliated Company having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted by Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)); provided, however, that no more than the lesser of (A) fifty (50) employees, or (B) the greater of three (3) employees or 10 percent of all employees are to be treated as officers;
               (ii) A 5 percent owner of the Company or an Affiliated Company; or
               (iii) A 1 percent owner of the Company or an Affiliated Company having an annual compensation of more than one hundred fifty thousand dollars ($150,000).
          For purposes of this Paragraph 3.15(a), an employee’s compensation shall mean compensation as determined under Code Section 414(q)(4).
          An employee shall be considered to own more than a 5 percent interest if the employee owns more than 5 percent of the Company’s or an Affiliated Company’s outstanding stock or stock possessing 5 percent of the total combined voting power of all of the stock of the Company or an Affiliated Company. An employee shall also be treated as owning stock owned by certain members of the employee’s family as provided in Code Section 318, as modified by Code Section 416(i)(1)(B). The same rules shall apply to determine whether an employee is a 1 percent owner. If an

49


 

employee ceases to be a Key Employee, such employee’s account shall be disregarded as an account of a Participant who is a Key Employee under the top-heavy plan computation for any Plan Year following the last Plan Year for which such employee was treated as a Key Employee.
          (b) Top-Heavy Group. For purposes of determining whether the Plan is part of a top-heavy group as referred to above in this Section 3.15, the following rules shall apply:
               (i) All plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company which cover a Key Employee and any other plan which enables a plan covering a Key Employee to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410 shall be aggregated to determine whether the plans, as a group, constitute a top-heavy group.
               (ii) An aggregation group shall be a top-heavy group if, as of the determination date, the sum of (A) the accounts of Key Employees under all defined contribution plans included in the group and (B) the present value of the accumulated accrued benefits for Key Employees under all defined benefit plans in the group, exceeds 60 percent of the sum of such accounts and present values for all employees under all such plans in the group. If the aggregation group is not a top-heavy group, no plan in the aggregation group shall be a top-heavy plan.
               (iii) In any Plan Year, in testing for top-heaviness under this Paragraph 3.15(b), the Employer may in its discretion expand the aggregation group to take into account any other plan maintained by it or an Affiliated Company, so long as such expanded aggregation group continues to meet the requirements of Paragraphs 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code. If the expanded aggregation group is not a top-heavy group (as determined in accordance with the preceding paragraph), no plan in such expanded aggregation group shall be a top-heavy plan.
          (c) Additional Rules. In determining the present value of the accumulated accrued benefits under a Defined Benefit Plan and the sum of the account

50


 

balances under a Defined Contribution Plan, both Company and Affiliated Company contributions and employee contributions shall be taken into account. The present value of the accrued benefit in a Defined Benefit Plan or the account balance in a Defined Contribution Plan shall include any amount distributed to an employee within the one-year period ending on the determination date for the Plan Year, except for in-service withdrawals. The present value of the accrued benefit in a Defined Benefit Plan shall be calculated for any employee other than a Key Employee under (a) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all plans maintained by the Company or an Affiliated Company, or (b) if there is no such method, an accrual rule rate which is not more rapid than the slowest accrual rate allowed under the fractional accrual rate of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C). If there is more than one Defined Benefit Plan in an aggregation group, the actuarial assumptions used for such Defined Benefit Plans must be the same. If an employee has not performed services for the Company or an Affiliated Company during the one-year period ending on the determination date for the Plan Year, any accrued benefit or account balance for such individual shall not be taken into account.
          (d) Vesting Requirements. If this Plan is determined to be top-heavy in any Plan Year under the provisions of this Section 3.15, account balances will be or become fully vested in accordance with the vesting schedules under Sections 3.02, 3.03, and 3.05, or, if earlier, after a Participant completes at least three (3) Years of Vesting Service.
          (e) Minimum Benefit. If this Plan is determined to be top-heavy in any Plan Year under the provisions of this Section 3.15, then the Employer’s contribution for such Plan Year to be allocated to each Participant who is not a Key Employee and is not covered by a collective bargaining agreement in such Plan Year shall not be less than three (3) percent of such Participant’s compensation (as defined in Treasury Regulations §1.415(c)-2) or such lesser percentage (taking into account Before-Tax Contributions, excluding Catch-up Contributions, and Company Matching Contributions and Company Core Contributions) as may be made with respect to the Key Employee who had the highest such percentage in such Plan Year.

51


 

ARTICLE IV
TRUST FUND AND PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT FUNDS
     4.01 Trust Agreement. The Company has entered into a Trust Agreement for the Plan establishing the Trust Fund and the Participant Investment Funds. The Trustee under such Trust Agreement shall hold, invest, distribute, and administer the Trust Fund in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the Trust Agreement and shall hold the contributions to each Participant Investment Fund, including income therefrom, as a unit. Any portion of a Participant Investment Fund may, pending its permanent investment in an Investment Vehicle or distribution, be invested in interest-bearing investments of a short-term nature, even though the same may not be legal investments for trust funds under the laws applicable thereto. Any portion of a Participant Investment Fund may be maintained in cash. The Trustee shall be responsible for making the final decision as to managing, acquiring, or disposing of that portion of any of the Participant Investment Funds described below , if any, not subject to the management of investment manager or managers or to directions of the Investment Committee given pursuant to Paragraphs 6.04(a)(ii) or 6.04(b) respectively.
          (a) Participant Investment Funds. All Participant Contributions transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Sections 3.02, 3.12, or 3.13 and Company Core Contributions transferred to the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.04 shall be held and invested by the Trustee in the Participant Investment Funds in accordance with the directions of Participants given as hereinafter provided. The Company, by resolution of the Board or the Investment Committee, shall have the right, in its discretion, to amend the Plan to establish additional Participant Investment Funds in which Participant Contributions may be invested in accordance with the directions of Participants or to discontinue existing Participant Investment Funds.
          (b) Investment of Company Matching Contributions. All Company Matching Contributions shall be invested in the Company Stock Fund, except as otherwise provided in Section 4.04.

52


 

     4.02 Investment of Contributions in the Participant Investment Funds. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.03, each Participant in the Plan, in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, will direct that the Trustee hold and invest in one or more Participant Investment Funds all amounts credited to such Participant’s Plan accounts in respect of that Participant’s Matched Contributions and Unmatched Contributions thereafter deducted from his Annual Salary and in respect of any Company Core Contributions under Section 3.04, Rollover Contributions under Section 3.12, or plan-to-plan asset transfers or mergers under Section 3.13, credited to his Plan accounts. A Participant shall allocate his Participant Contributions and Company Core Contributions among the available Participant Investment Funds in multiples of one percent (1%); provided, however, that the total of such allocations must equal one hundred percent (100%). No Participant shall have the right to give separate investment directions for amounts in respect of his Matched Contributions and Unmatched Contributions or in respect of his Company Core Contributions, Before-Tax Contributions, Catch-up Contributions and After-Tax Contributions. The Plan is intended to be a Participant-directed “Section 404(c) Plan” under ERISA Section 404(c) and the regulations thereunder, and the provisions of the Plan are to be interpreted so as to effectuate such intent.
          Each of the Participant Investment Funds is currently invested in the particular Investment Vehicle specified in Appendix A although the Investment Committee may from time to time replace, add to, or discontinue such Investment Vehicles without amending the Plan, upon notice to Participants.
          (a) Company Stock Fund. All Participant Contributions to the Company Stock Fund and Company Matching Contributions made on or after October 1, 2002 and before October 1, 2007, shall be held in the Company Stock Fund – Current Year until the end of the Plan Year in which such Contributions are made. Throughout this Plan, prior to October 1, 2007, “Company Stock Fund” will refer collectively to The Company Stock Fund – ESOP and Company Stock Fund – Current Year unless otherwise specified. On and after October 1, 2007, the Company Stock Fund will no longer be split into the two funds mentioned above, and “Company Stock

53


 

Fund” will refer to a single fund. Contributions to the Company Stock Fund shall be invested by the Trustee primarily in Company Stock, although a cash position is maintained to provide a liquidity level necessary for daily transactions. All Participant Contributions and Company Matching Contributions shall both be invested in the Company Stock Fund by the Trustee as liquidity and investment manager; provided, however, that separate subaccounts shall be maintained for amounts attributable to Participant Contributions and Company Matching Contributions. For Plan Years prior to October 1, 2007, all Participant Contributions and Company Matching Contributions held in the Company Stock Fund – Current Year as of the close of the New York Stock Exchange on the last Business Day of each Plan Year will be transferred to the Company Stock Fund – ESOP prior to the start of business on the first Business Day of the following Plan Year.
     4.03 Redirection of Investments of Participant Contributions. Each Participant may from time to time change his last prior investment direction pursuant to Section 4.02 or this Section 4.03 to any other investment direction then permitted pursuant to Section 4.02, in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Each such change of investment direction pursuant to this Section 4.03 shall apply, at the Participant’s election, to (a) all amounts then credited to the Participant’s accounts (except as provided in Section 4.04 below) and/or (b) all contributions thereafter made by or on the Participant’s behalf (except as provided in Section 4.04 below); provided, however, that the Plan Administrator may from time to time impose restrictions on the right to change prior investment directions as to Participant Contributions to one or more other particular Participant Investment Funds, if the Plan Administrator determines that such restrictions on redirections are necessary to comply with the terms of the Investment Vehicles held in any Participant Investment Fund in which any amounts then credited to Participants’ accounts are held. Notwithstanding the above, prior to October 1, 2007, Participants may not redirect Participant Contributions or Company Core Contributions from the Company Stock Fund – Current Year to the Company Stock Fund – ESOP and may not redirect Participant Contributions or Company Core Contributions from the Company Stock Fund ESOP to the Company Stock Fund – Current Year.

54


 

          Any change in investment direction by a Participant for all or any portion of the Participant Contributions and Company Core Contributions, including related investment earnings or losses, then credited to the Participant’s accounts will generally be effective as of the same Business Day on which notice is received, provided that notice is given prior to the close of the New York Stock Exchange on such day, and will be effective as of the following Business Day if such notice is given after the close of the New York Stock Exchange. Any change in investment direction for future contributions will be effective as soon as administratively possible.
     4.04 Investment of Company Matching Contributions. All amounts in each Participant’s Company Matching Contributions account shall be invested in the Company Stock Fund in accordance with Section 4.02(a); provided, however, that Participant Contributions, Company Core Contributions and Company Matching Contributions which are commingled in the Company Stock Fund shall be accounted for in separate subaccounts and shall remain subject to the separate Plan provisions which relate to each type of contribution.
          Prior to October 1, 2007, a Participant shall be eligible to redirect the investment of Matured Company Matching Contributions from the Company Stock Fund-ESOP to another Participant Investment Fund other than the Company Stock Fund -– Current Year. Effective October 1, 2007, a Participant shall be eligible to redirect the investment of all Company Matching Contributions from the Company Stock Fund to another Participant Investment Fund.
     4.05 Participants’ Accounts. The Plan Administrator shall cause to be established and maintained for each Participant an account for all amounts in respect of (a) Before-Tax Contributions made on his behalf, (b) his After-Tax Contributions, (c) Catch-up Contributions, (d) Rollover Contributions, (e) Company Core Contributions, and (f) Company Matching Contributions attributable to his Matched Contributions made during each Plan Year. Effective October 1, 2006, for purposes of this Section 4.05, transferred assets described in Section 3.13 shall be credited to a Participant’s Rollover Contributions account (except as otherwise provided in Section 3.13 in the case of certain assets which are treated as Before-Tax Contributions or Catch-up Contributions). Prior to October 1, 2006, transferred assets described in Section 3.13 were credited as earnings to a Participant’s After-Tax Contributions account (except as otherwise provided in Section 3.13 in the case of

55


 

certain assets which were treated as Before-Tax Contributions or Catch-Up Contributions). Credits to Participants’ accounts for amounts invested pursuant to Section 4.02 in each of the Participant Investment Funds shall be allocated to the Participant’s Before-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Catch-up Contributions, Company Core Contributions and Company Matching Contributions accounts in proportion to the amounts credited to such accounts during the period for which such allocation is made.
          Credits to Participants’ accounts for amounts held and invested pursuant to Section 4.02 in the Participant Investment Funds, including the Company Stock Fund shall be expressed in terms of their dollar value. Shares of Company Stock which are purchased from time to time during any Plan Year out of cash funds held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement shall be valued for purposes of the Plan at the average of the actual cost thereof, including transfer taxes, brokerage commissions, etc., if any, incident to the purchase thereof. Shares of Company Stock which are made available through Participant cash distributions, loans, or investment changes shall be valued for purposes of the Plan at the Fair Market Value thereof at the close of the Business Day that the Participant’s application or direction to the Trustee is received for such transaction, provided such application or direction is received prior to the close of that Business Day, and at the Fair Market Value thereof at the close of the following Business Day if the application or direction is received after the close of the Business Day. Each Participant Investment Fund shall be valued daily by the Trustee.
          Beginning with the last prior valuation made, amounts credited to each Participant’s accounts maintained hereunder shall be adjusted to reflect the effect of income collected and accrued, realized and unrealized profits and losses, expenses, and all other transactions affecting the Participant Investment Funds since the prior valuation of the Participant Investment Funds. Such valuations and such adjustments of the amounts credited to Participants’ accounts shall be made so as to preserve for

56


 

each Participant that Participant’s proportional beneficial interest in each Participant Investment Fund, based upon contributions made by or on his behalf and invested in each such Participant Investment Fund.
          The fact that credits shall be made to a Participant’s account in respect of Company Matching Contributions shall not vest in such Participant any right, title, or interest in the assets of the Company Stock Fund, except at the time or times and upon the terms and conditions provided in the Plan. Except as provided in Section 4.07, a Participant shall have no right of request, direction, or demand upon the Trustee to exercise in the Participant’s behalf any rights to purchase or sell securities which may be granted to the Trustee. The Trustee, in its discretion, may exercise or sell any rights to purchase other securities appertaining to securities held by the Trustee, whether or not allocated to individual accounts. The accounts of Participants shall be appropriately credited.
          No person shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the Participant Investment Funds upon termination of employment or otherwise, except as provided from time to time under this Plan, and then only to the extent of the benefits payable to such person under the Plan. All payments of benefits as provided for in this Plan shall be made solely out of the assets of the Participant Investment Funds and no fiduciary shall be liable therefor in any manner. No fiduciary or other person or entity guarantees the Participant Investment Funds in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value.
     4.06 Account Statements; Investment Information. As soon as practicable after September 30 of each year, and at such other times as required by law or as the Plan Administrator deems necessary or desirable for the purpose of administering the Plan, each Participant will be furnished with a statement showing the status of his or her Plan accounts as of such September 30 and such other dates as are selected by the Plan Administrator. In addition, sufficient information shall be available to Participants to permit informed investment decisions as to the Participant Investment

57


 

Funds and Investment Vehicles in which Participant Contributions and Company Core Contributions may be invested.
          Information relating to Participants’ purchase, holding, and sale of units of interest in Company Stock and exercise of voting, tender, and similar rights shall be maintained in accordance with procedures which shall be adopted and amended from time to time in writing by the Plan Administrator (the “Confidentiality Procedures”) that are designed to safeguard the confidentiality of such information (except as necessary to comply with federal or applicable state law, such as securities law reporting rules for insiders). The Confidentiality Procedures shall incorporate at least the safeguards of confidentiality as to exercising voting, tendering, and similar rights as are set forth in Section 4.07; and name a fiduciary to be responsible for receiving and acting on investment directions and/or monitoring compliance with the Confidentiality Procedures and who shall be empowered to determine when an independent fiduciary should be designated to carry out such activities as to Company Stock relating to situations which such responsible fiduciary determines will have a potential for undue influence (such as tender offers, exchange offers, and contested Board elections) all as contemplated by ERISA Section 404(c).
     4.07 Voting, Tendering, and Similar Rights as to Company Stock. Before each annual or special meeting of the stockholders of the Company, the Trustee or its agent shall furnish or cause to be furnished to each Participant for whom an account is established and maintained under the Plan and to which units of interest in Company Stock are allocated a copy of the proxy solicitation material for such meeting, which is provided to stockholders of the Company who are not Plan Participants, together with a request for the Participant’s confidential directions to the Trustee as to how the full shares of Company Stock then represented by the units of interest allocated to such Participant’s account should be voted. Upon timely receipt of such directions, the Trustee shall vote such full shares as directed. Any such shares held by the Trustee as to which it receives no voting directions and fractional shares shall be voted by the Trustee in the same proportions as shares to which voting directions have been received.

58


 

          Each Participant shall have the right, to the extent of the number of shares of Company Stock represented by the units of interest allocated to his account, to confidentially direct the Trustee in writing as to the manner in which to respond to a tender or exchange offer with respect to shares of Company Stock. The Trustee shall use its best efforts to timely distribute or cause to be distributed to each Participant the information distributed to stockholders of the Company who are not Plan Participants in connection with any such tender or exchange offer. Upon timely receipt of such directions, the Trustee shall respond as directed with respect to such shares of Company Stock. If the Trustee shall not receive timely direction from a Participant as to the manner in which to respond to such a tender or exchange offer, the Trustee shall not tender or exchange any shares of Company Stock with respect to which such Participant has the right of direction. The Trustee shall respond as to fractional shares in the same proportions as the shares as to which Participant directions have been received.
          Each Participant is, for purposes of this Section 4.07, hereby designated a “named fiduciary” within the meaning of ERISA Section 403(a)(1) with respect to voting and responding to tender and exchange offers with respect to full shares of Company Stock as to which units of interest are allocated to his account, except to the extent otherwise permitted by ERISA Section 404(c) because such Participant has exercised independent control over assets in his or her individual account in the manner described in Department of Labor Reg. §2550.404c-1 promulgated thereunder. “Participant” as used in this Section 4.07 shall include in the event of the death of a Participant, his Beneficiary, and in the event a Qualified Domestic Relations Order is applicable to an account, each alternate payee under such Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Directions received by the Trustee from individual Participants as provided in this Section 4.07 shall be held by the Trustee in confidence and shall not be divulged or released to any person, including directors, officers, or employees of the Company or any Affiliated Company, except as permitted by the Confidentiality Procedures.
          The Trustee is hereby empowered to set such deadlines for Participant returns of proxy, tender, exchange, or similar directions as are necessary to assure the

59


 

proper tally of such returns and timely action based on such response, consistent with the Confidentiality Procedures and the directions of any independent fiduciary appointed as contemplated by the Confidentiality Procedures.
ARTICLE IV-A
ESTABLISHMENT OF AN EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
     4.01-A Effective May 15, 2002, the Company Stock Fund described in Section 4.02(a) is converted to an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) as defined in Section 4975(e) of the Code and the regulations thereunder. The ESOP is intended to form a portion of the Plan, the balance of which includes a qualified profit-sharing plan described in Section 401(a) of the Code which is not an ESOP. The ESOP shall hold Participant Contributions pursuant to Deferral Elections described in Section 3.02, Company Core Contributions described in Section 3.04, and Company Matching Contributions described in Section 3.03. Prior to October 1, 2007, the ESOP shall be the Participant Investment Fund described in Appendix A of the Plan as the Air Products Company Stock Fund — ESOP. On and after October 1, 2007, the ESOP shall be the Participant Investment Fund described in Appendix A of the Plan as the Air Products Company Stock Fund.
     4.02-A The ESOP shall be primarily invested in Company Stock as described in Section 4.02(a). Company Stock as defined herein is traded publicly on the New York Stock Exchange. A Participant may direct the Trustee to vote the Company Stock allocated to his account as described in Section 4.07. A Participant may elect a distribution of his account balance in the Company Stock Fund to be paid in Company Stock or in cash as described in Section 5.01. A Participant may elect to diversify his account in the Company Stock Fund to the extent described in Section 4.03 and 4.04. A Participant may begin receiving distributions of his accounts, including the Company Stock Fund, as provided in Section 3.08 or upon the occurrence of a Distribution Event as described in Section 2.21. Allocations of Participant Contributions and Company Matching Contributions to the ESOP are made in proportion to the compensation of

60


 

each Participant based on his or her Deferral Elections as described in Section 3.02.
     4.03-A Participants having all or a portion of their Participant accounts invested in Company Stock in the ESOP may elect to receive a distribution of dividends paid on Company Stock that are allocated to their Participant accounts or to reinvest such dividends in the ESOP pursuant to Section 404(k)(2)(A) of the Code, and the regulations thereunder. Dividends paid on the portion of a Participant’s account attributable to Company Core Contributions, including any related investment earnings and losses, may only be reinvested to the extent Company Core Contributions and related earnings and losses are vested under Section 3.05(a) of the Plan. A participant who does not make an affirmative election under this Section 4.03-A shall be deemed to have elected to reinvest such dividends in the ESOP. The Plan Administrator shall determine the procedure for making such election available to eligible Participants.
     4.04-A Participants who are employees of Affiliates of the Company that are subject to taxation as partnerships are permitted to participate in the ESOP and invest their Participant accounts in Company Stock, but are excluded from receiving dividends paid on Company Stock to the Company Stock Fund – ESOP, or after October 1, 2007, the Company Stock Fund.
ARTICLE V
MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION OF PARTICIPANT ACCOUNTS
     5.01 General. Subject to Sections 5.03 and 5.05, distribution to any person entitled to receive any amounts then held by the Trustee in the Participant Investment Funds described in Article IV shall be made by the Trustee in a lump sum or at the election of such person, in up to, but not exceeding, ten substantially equal annual installments, in the following manner:
          (a) Cash Distributions. Amounts credited to a Participant’s accounts which are held by the Trustee in any Participant Investment Fund other than the Company Stock Fund shall be distributed in cash.

61


 

          (b) Company Stock Distributions. Amounts credited to a Participant’s accounts which are held by the Trustee in the Company Stock Fund shall be distributed in the form of shares of Company Stock. Distribution of a Participant’s interest in a fractional share of Company Stock shall be made in cash. Notwithstanding the foregoing, amounts credited to a Participant’s account in the Company Stock Fund may be distributed in the form of cash, at the election of the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary or alternate payee, as the case may be. Notwithstanding the above, for persons electing installment distributions commencing on or after October 1, 2006, distributions of amounts credited to Company Stock Fund must be made in cash.
          The amount to be withdrawn or distributed from a Participant’s account or accounts under Section 3.08 or 3.10, or pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, shall be the amount or specified portion thereof credited to such Trustee account or accounts as of: (i) the Business Day on which the account distribution or withdrawal request is received by the Plan Administrator; provided, however, that valuation shall take place as of the following Business Day if the request is received after the close of the New York Stock Exchange; or (ii) if no request is received, the first Business Day in March of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (701/2) or, if later, the calendar year in which the Participant retires if the Participant attained age seventy and one-half (701/2) on or after January 1, 2003. In the case of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, if so provided in the Qualified Domestic Relations Order, the amount to be withdrawn or distributed shall be the amount specified in such Order.
          Payment or delivery of an amount to be withdrawn or distributed shall be made as soon as practicable after the applicable date determined under the preceding paragraph, but in any event by the April 1 which follows the year in which the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (701/2), or if later, the April 1 which follows the year the Participant retires if the Participant attains age seventy and one-half (701/2) after January 1, 2003. The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Participant (or to his Beneficiary or Beneficiaries) who has a severance from employment with the Company and all Affiliated Companies with amounts credited to his Plan accounts of $1,000 or

62


 

less, or upon the Participant’s death, will begin as soon as administratively practicable after the Participant makes his last contribution.
          Any distributions made pursuant to this Article V shall be subject to the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Q&A-1(d) of section 1.401(a)(9)-5 of the final regulations effective January 1, 2003.
     5.02 Designation of Beneficiaries; Spousal Consents. Unless otherwise designated as provided in the next paragraph of this Section 5.02, each Participant’s Beneficiary shall be the Participant’s spouse. If the Participant dies with no surviving spouse, or so designates a Beneficiary other than his spouse in accordance with the provisions of the next paragraph, the Beneficiary or Beneficiaries to receive the Plan benefits hereunder shall be as designated by the Participant in accordance with procedures specified by the Plan Administrator and filed with the Plan Administrator during the Participant’s lifetime. Any such designation may be revoked or changed by the Participant at any time and from time to time, without the consent of any prior Beneficiary (other than the Participant’s spouse, whose consent shall be required as provided in the next paragraph) in the same manner as the original designation. If either no such designation is made or, if made, none of the designated Beneficiaries, whether primary or contingent, is living at the time of payment, Plan benefits shall be paid to the Participant’s surviving spouse, if any, and otherwise to the Participant’s estate.
          The designation of a Beneficiary other than the Participant’s spouse shall be ineffective unless either: (i) the Participant’s spouse consents in writing to such designation, the spouse’s consent specifically identifies the nonspouse Beneficiary, the Participant’s spouse acknowledges the effect of such designation, and such consent is witnessed by a notary public; or (ii) it is established to the satisfaction of the Plan Administrator or a representative of the Plan Administrator that no such consent may be obtained because there is no spouse of the Participant, the spouse cannot be located, or because of such other circumstances as may be prescribed in regulations issued by

63


 

the Secretary of the United States Treasury. Any consent by a spouse required by any provision of the Plan shall be irrevocable by the spouse and any such consent by the spouse (or establishment that the consent of the spouse may not be obtained) shall only be effective with respect to such spouse. No Beneficiary designation shall be effective prior to the time it is received by the Plan Administrator.
          Notwithstanding the foregoing, for former Participants in the IGS Savings Plan the terms of Exhibit II shall apply.
     5.03 Direct Rollovers
          (a) Any Participant, any spouse of a Participant (including a former spouse who is an alternate payee under any Qualified Domestic Relations Order) or, effective April 1, 2007, any Beneficiary of a Participant (each referred to herein as a “distributee”) who is entitled to receive an “eligible rollover distribution” (as defined below) from the Plan may make a special election to avoid the imposition of automatic withholding of Federal income taxes from the distribution. The special election is to have all or part of the distribution paid by the Trustee directly to an eligible retirement plan (as defined below) in lieu of receiving the distribution from the Plan. In order for such direct rollover to be made, the special election must be made in accordance with the procedures established by the Plan Administrator, the eligible retirement plan must be clearly specified, and the specified plan must be willing to accept the rollover. Any eligible rollover distribution described in Section 5.03(d)(i) that includes After-Tax Contributions which a distributee elects to rollover to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Section 401(a) must be directly rolled over to such plan pursuant to the special election in this Section 5.03(a) to have all or part of the distribution paid by the Trustee directly to a qualified defined contribution plan in lieu of receiving the distribution from the Plan.
          (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, a direct rollover shall not be permitted if the distributee’s eligible rollover distributions during the calendar year are reasonably expected to total less than $200, and a partial direct rollover may not be

64


 

made in an amount which is less than $500. Each eligible rollover distribution may be directly rolled over to only one eligible retirement plan.
          (c) The limits set forth in this Section may be modified by the Plan Administrator to the extent permitted by Code Sections 401(a)(31), 402, and 3405 and regulations or rulings issued thereunder. Moreover, the provisions of this Section shall be interpreted and applied consistently with Sections 521 through 523 of the Unemployment Compensation Amendments of 1992, and shall be deemed to be automatically amended, without the necessity of adopting a specific amendment, to the extent that applicable law, regulations, or rulings modify, amend, supersede, eliminate, clarify, or otherwise change the requirements of said Sections 521 through 523.
          (d) An “eligible rollover distribution” hereunder is any distribution to or withdrawal by a distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include any portion of a distribution to the extent it is: (i) not included in gross income (without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities) provided, however, that eligible rollover distributions shall include the portion of a distribution not otherwise included in gross income (i.e., After-Tax Contributions), if any, (ii) required under Code Section 401(a)(9), (iii) a deemed distribution of a defaulted loan which is unaccompanied by an actual distribution, (iv) any distribution that is one in a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for one or more lives or for a specified period; (v) any hardship distribution described in Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(iv); or (vi) any other amount which is excluded under the Code or Treasury Regulations. An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Sections 408(a) and 408(b) (collectively, an “IRA”), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a) which accepts rollover distributions, a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) which accepts rollover distributions, or a Code Section 457 governmental plan which accepts rollover distributions; provided, however, that with respect to a non-spouse Beneficiary, “eligible retirement plan” shall mean only an inherited IRA within the meaning of Code Section 408(d)(3)(c) and in accordance with Code Section 402(c)(11) and Code Section 401(a)(9)(B)(ii).

65


 

     5.04 Trustee-to-Trustee Transfer. Upon the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Trustee may transfer all amounts credited to a Participant’s accounts held by the Trustee to another retirement benefit plan qualified under Code Section 401(a) in connection with or following a Distribution Event with respect to such Participant.
     5.05 Protected Distribution Forms for Certain Transferred Balances.
          (a) In the case of a Participant who had funds transferred to the Plan from the GSF Energy Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (the “GSF Plan”) during 1989, a term annuity may be purchased with all or part of that portion of the Participant’s distribution which is attributable to funds transferred in 1986 from the former Getty savings plan to the GSF Plan. The fixed payment period cannot exceed 240 months and the amount of payments must be greater than $25 per month.
          (b) In the case of a Participant employed by Pacific Anchor Chemical Corporation who had funds transferred from the Pacific Anchor Chemical Corporation 401(k) Plan (the “Pacific Anchor Plan”) to the Plan as of July 1, 1989, such a Participant may elect to receive the amount credited to his account as of the date of such transfer in installment payments over a period not to exceed the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse, if any.
          (c) In the case of a Participant employed by Industrial Gas and Supply Company (“IGS”) who had funds transferred from the IGS Savings Plan due to the merger of the IGS Savings Plan into the Plan as of March 31, 2000, such a Participant may elect to receive the amount credited to his account as of the date of such transfer, in installment payments over a period not to exceed the life expectancy of the Participant or the joint life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse, if any. The applicable provisions are set forth in Exhibit II.

66


 

ARTICLE VI
ADMINISTRATION
     6.01 Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall be responsible for the administration of the Plan to the extent provided herein and except to the extent that some other person or entity shall be expressly authorized by the Board. The Plan Administrator shall not receive any compensation from the Plan for his services as such, but may be reimbursed for reasonable expenses actually incurred in the administration of the Plan.
     6.02 Expenses of Administration. The reasonable expenses incident to the administration, management, and operation of the Plan, including (but not limited to) the compensation of legal counsel, auditors, accountants, actuaries, the Trustee, and investment managers, if any, and other costs such as recordkeeping fees, proxy voting fees, communication costs, and the cost of clerical and technical assistance which may be required, shall be payable from the Participants’ accounts as a basis point charge to the unit value of the Participant Investment Funds in which the accounts are invested. The Investment Committee may provide that certain Plan expenses, other than those payable as a basis point charge, shall be charged to a Participant’s accounts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer, in its absolute discretion, may elect at any time to pay part or all thereof directly, and any such election shall not bind the Employer as to its right to elect with respect to the same or other expenses at any other time to have such expenses paid from the Participants’ accounts.
     6.03 Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator. In addition to any implied powers and duties which may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan and any explicit powers and duties set forth elsewhere in the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall have the following specific discretionary powers and duties:
          (a) To make and enforce such rules and regulations and adopt such procedures as he shall deem necessary or proper for the efficient administration of the Plan which are not inconsistent with the Code, ERISA, or any grant of authority to another person hereunder, including without limitation rules to be followed by

67


 

Participants filing notices, elections, directions, and designations under the Plan and for the furnishing and verification of evidence and proofs necessary to establish the rights of any person to benefits under the Plan;
          (b) Subject to and consistent with the Code and ERISA, discretionary authority and power to construe and interpret the Plan and to decide any and all matters arising thereunder, including the right to (i) decide all questions of eligibility for benefits; (ii) determine the amount, time, and manner of payment; (iii) authorize the payment of benefits; (iv) remedy possible ambiguities, inconsistencies, or omissions; provided, however, that all such interpretations and decisions shall be applied in a uniform manner to all Participants who are similarly situated; and (v) to determine all questions of fact;
          (c) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.05, to make findings of fact and determinations as to the rights of any person applying for benefits and to afford any such person dissatisfied with any such findings or determinations the right to a hearing thereof;
          (d) To obtain from the Employer and from the Participants, and provide to the Trustee such information as shall be necessary for proper administration of the Plan;
          (e) To authorize disbursements from the Participant Investment Funds and to obtain from the Trustee such information concerning such disbursements as shall be necessary for the proper administration of the Plan;
          (f) To supervise generally the administration of the Plan in accordance with ERISA, including, without limitation, compliance with reporting and disclosure requirements and the final review of claims and appeals by Participants and their Beneficiaries;
          (g) To appoint or employ other persons or fiduciaries to carry out various specific responsibilities concerning the administration of the Plan and any other agents he deems advisable, including without limitation legal counsel, auditors, and

68


 

accountants, and to enter agreements for the performance of services on behalf of the Plan; and
          (h) To allocate and delegate among or to any one or more person or persons (including corporate persons) named by the Plan Administrator in accordance with the provisions hereinafter, any of his powers, duties, and fiduciary responsibilities, such allocation or delegation to be effected as follows:
               (i) Fiduciary responsibilities may be allocated or delegated by the Plan Administrator by naming in writing the named fiduciary to whom the responsibility is allocated or delegated, with a description of the responsibility and an outline of the duties involved;
               (ii) Such of his other powers, authority, and duties as he deems proper and desirable for the efficient administration of the Plan may be delegated to any officer or other administrative employee of the Employer.
     6.04 Powers and Duties of the Investment Committee. In addition to any implied powers and duties which may be necessary to carry out the provisions of the Plan and any explicit powers and duties set forth elsewhere in the Plan, the Investment Committee shall have the following specific discretionary powers and duties:
          (a) To appoint or employ, and to enter agreements with:
               (i) the Trustee;
               (ii) an investment manager or managers with power to direct the investment, reinvestment, and other management of the acquisition and disposition by the Trustee of all or a portion of any of the Participant Investment Funds described in Section 4.02 (other than the Company Stock Fund), if the Investment Committee determines in its sole discretion that an investment manager or managers is necessary or desirable for management of all or any portion of any such Participant Investment Fund; provided, however, that each such investment manager shall acknowledge in writing that such investment manager is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan, and:

69


 

                    (A) shall be registered as an investment advisor under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940; or
                    (B) shall be a bank, as defined in the Investment Advisors Act of 1940; or
                    (C) shall be an insurance company qualified to perform services with power to manage, acquire, or dispose of assets of the Plan under the laws of more than one State; or
                    (D) if not registered as an investment advisor under the Act by reason of paragraph (1) of section 203A(a) of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940, shall be registered as an investment advisor under the law of the State (referred to in such paragraph (1)) in which it maintains its principal office and place of business, and, at the time the investment advisor last filed the registration form most recently filed by the investment advisor with such State in order to maintain the investment advisor’s registration under the laws of such State, shall also have filed a copy of such form with the Secretary of Labor.
               (iii) an investment advisor who does not meet the qualifications for an investment manager set forth in Paragraph (ii) above, provided that such investment advisor may offer investment advisory services and recommendations to the Trustee but shall have no power to cause the Trustee to act on such advice.
          (b) To direct the Trustee to invest and reinvest all or any portion or portions of any of the Participant Investment Funds described in Section 4.02 held under the Trust Agreement as specified by the Investment Committee, in interests in collective investment funds, group trusts, or other entities or in other investments directed by the Investment Committee, and to exercise ownership rights with respect to such interests or investments, all as specified by the Investment Committee;
          (c) To perform any and all duties allocated to it by the Board or required of it by the provisions of this Plan, the Code, or ERISA;

70


 

          (d) To allocate and delegate among or to any one or more of its members or officers, any subcommittees of the Investment Committee, and any other person or persons (including corporate persons) named by it in accordance with the provisions hereinafter, any of its powers, duties, and fiduciary responsibilities (other than trustee responsibilities), such allocation or delegation to be effected as follows:
               (i) Fiduciary responsibilities may be allocated or delegated by the Investment Committee by naming in writing, including by recording in the minutes of the Investment Committee’s meetings the named fiduciary to whom the responsibility is allocated or delegated, with a description of the responsibility and an outline of the duties involved;
               (ii) Except where a member of the Investment Committee, the fiduciary so named shall indicate acceptance of the responsibility by executing the written instrument naming such fiduciary, whereupon such executed instrument shall be incorporated by this reference in the Plan;
               (iii) For the purpose of this Section 6.04(d), a trustee responsibility is a responsibility to manage or control the assets of the Plan other than the power to appoint an investment manager in accordance with Section 6.04(a)(ii). The power to allocate or delegate responsibility to manage the Participant Investment Funds described in Paragraph 4.02 may only be made in accordance with such Section 6.04(a)(ii); and
               (iv) Such of its other powers, authority, and duties as it deems proper and desirable may be delegated to any one of its members or officers or to any officer or other administrative employee of the Employer, provided that such delegation shall be noted in the minutes of the proceedings of the Investment Committee or other writing;
          (e) To take all actions necessary to transfer Plan assets and liabilities to another qualified plan subject to, and in accordance with the provisions of applicable laws and Section 7.03, where such transfer is required in connection with any

71


 

transaction or event or series of events or transactions which may from time to time be approved by the Board or approved pursuant to a delegation of authority by the Board;
          (f) To take all actions necessary to amend the Plan to assume liabilities, and to direct the Trustee to accept assets, of another qualified plan subject to, and in accordance with the provisions of applicable law and Section 7.03, required in connection with any transaction or event or series of similar transactions or of similar events which may from time to time be approved by the Board or approved pursuant to a delegation of authority from the Board; and
          (g) To take such further action as the Investment Committee deems appropriate, in regard to establishing and reviewing programs, guidelines, policies, and objectives for investment of Plan assets, and reviewing investment performance in terms of such programs, guidelines, policies, and objectives.
     6.05 Benefit Claims Procedure. The claim and appeal procedure herein provided is intended to meet the requirements of ERISA and the regulations thereunder. By virtue of such requirements, the procedure provided in this Section 6.05 shall be the sole and exclusive procedure for claiming benefits or appealing any denial of a claim for benefits under the Plan. This procedure shall, in respect of all claims arising under the Plan, supersede and preempt any and all procedures for settlement of disputes or resolution of grievances under any other agreements or plans.
          (a) Claim. In the event of a claim by a Participant or a Participant’s Beneficiary for or in respect of any benefit under the Plan or the method of payment thereof, such Participant or Beneficiary shall present the reason for his claim in writing to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall, within ninety (90) days after the receipt of such written claim, send written notification to the Participant or Beneficiary as to its disposition, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If such an extension of time for processing is required, written notice of the extension shall be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of the initial ninety (90) day period. In no event shall such extension exceed a period of ninety (90) days from the end of such initial period. The extension notice shall indicate the

72


 

special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the final decision.
          (b) Denial. In the event the claim is wholly or partially denied, the Plan Administrator’s written notification shall: (a) state the specific reason or reasons for the denial, (b) contain specific references to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, (c) provide a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Participant or Beneficiary to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary, and (d) set forth the procedure by which the Participant or Beneficiary may appeal the denial of his claim. If no notice of denial is provided within the time period set forth above, the claim shall be deemed to be denied and the Participant or Beneficiary may proceed to appeal in accordance with Paragraph (c) below.
          (c) Appeal. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary wishes to appeal the denial of his claim, he may request a review of such denial by making written application to the Claims Committee within sixty (60) days after receipt of such written claim denial (or the date on which such claim is deemed denied if notice is not received within the applicable time periods pursuant to Paragraph (b) above). Such Participant or Beneficiary (or his duly authorized representative) may, upon written request to the Claims Committee, review any records of the Plan Administrator or other persons to whom fiduciary responsibilities have been allocated or delegated hereunder which the Claims Committee determines are pertinent to such claim, and submit in writing issues and comments in support of his position.
          The Claims Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary of the Claims Committee’s final decision within 60 days after receipt of the written appeal unless an extension of time is necessary due to special circumstances. If an extension is required, the Claims Committee shall notify the Participant, Beneficiary or authorized representative of the extension within the initial review period and shall explain the special circumstances requiring the extension within such initial 60-day period.

73


 

          The final decision shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant, and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the decision is based. In addition the notice shall provide that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits, and shall contain a statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(a) of ERISA. If the claim has not been granted and the notice is not furnished within the period of time specified above, the claim shall be deemed denied. The decision on appeal shall be binding on all parties.
          (d) Qualified Domestic Relations Order. Since separate procedures have been adopted with respect to domestic relations orders, the service of a domestic relations order on the Plan shall not be treated as a claim for benefits as contemplated by this Section 6.05 and the foregoing procedure shall not be followed in determining whether such an order constitutes a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.
     6.06 Fiduciaries. Persons and entities named or referred to in the Plan, including without limitation, members of the Investment Committee, members of the Claims Committee, and the Plan Administrator may from time to time act in respect of the Plan and/or the Trust Fund in a fiduciary capacity as to the operation and administration of the Plan and/or the Trust Fund, as well as in a non-fiduciary capacity on behalf of an Employer as a sponsor of the Plan and/or settlor of the Trust Fund. Except as expressly provided in the Plan, no reference in the Plan to any particular act, duty, or responsibility by any person or entity is intended to ascribe a fiduciary or non-fiduciary role thereto.
          For purposes of ERISA Section 402(a), “named fiduciaries” for the Plan shall include: the Finance Committee of the Board, insofar as it appoints the persons to serve on the Investment Committee and has oversight responsibility for review of certain actions taken by the Investment Committee; the Plan Administrator with respect to the control and management of the operation and administration of the Plan and

74


 

compliance with the reporting and disclosure requirements of ERISA and the Code; the Investment Committee with respect to control and management of the Trust Fund; and the Claims Committee with respect to adjudication of claim appeals. In addition, the Trustee shall be the named fiduciary or named fiduciaries with respect to the management, control, custody, and investment of the Trust Fund or specified portions thereof, except to the extent: (a) an investment manager has been appointed to manage and/or acquire and dispose of investments as contemplated by Paragraph 6.05(h)(2), in which case such investment manager shall be the named fiduciary with respect to the management, acquisition, and disposition of such investments: or (b) the Trustee has been directed by the Investment Committee to invest or reinvest, and exercise ownership rights with respect to, interests in collective investment funds, trusts, or other entities or other investments as contemplated by Paragraph 6.05(i), in which case the Investment Committee shall be the named fiduciary with respect to the management, acquisition, and disposition of such interests and investments.
     6.07 Adequacy of Communications; Reliance on Reports and Certificates. All notices, elections, applications, directions, or other communications given, made, filed, delivered, or transmitted by or for an Employee or Participant in pursuance of the provisions of this Plan shall not be deemed to have been duly given, made, filed, delivered, transmitted, or received unless the same shall be in writing on such form as is made available by the Plan Administrator or the Trustee for that purpose and until the same shall actually be received at the locations specified on such form.
          Any person acting upon notices, directions, or other communications given, made, delivered, or transmitted by the Investment Committee may rely on any documents signed by the chairman or secretary of the Investment Committee or by any one or more of its members or Company officers or employees authorized by the Committee to certify its actions.
          The Investment Committee, the Claims Committee or any of their members will be entitled to rely conclusively upon any information, including without

75


 

limitation, all tables, valuations, certificates, opinions, and reports, which is furnished by the Trustee, any auditor, accountant, legal counsel, or other person who is employed or engaged for the purpose of assisting such Committees in the performance of their responsibilities hereunder and as to whom the members of the applicable Committee have no reason to doubt the competence, integrity, or responsibility.
     6.08 Indemnification. The Company agrees to indemnify each member of the Investment Committee or the Claims Committee who is its employee or the employee of an Affiliated Company against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense, and liability from any act or failure to act unless the same is judicially determined to be the result of such member’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law.
     6.09 Member’s Own Participation. No member of the Investment Committee or the Claims Committee may act, vote, or otherwise influence a decision of the Committee relating solely to his own participation under the Plan.
     6.10 Elections. Exhibit III attached hereto, entitled “Plan Elections”, sets forth elections under the Plan made by the Company or its delegates or officers, including the Vice-President Human Resources, the Plan Administrator or his delegates, or others (but not Participants, spouses, beneficiaries, alternate payees or other Participants or payees) in regard to elections made under the Plan or applicable law, whether or not specifically referenced in the Plan, and is designed to include only those elections required by applicable law to be specified in the Plan, but may include other elections as well.

76


 

ARTICLE VII
AMENDMENT, CORRECTION AND DISCONTINUANCE
     7.01 Right to Amend or Terminate.
          (a) The Company intends and expects to continue the Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, (i) the Company reserves the right to terminate the Plan or amend or modify it from time to time and (ii) each Employer reserves the right to suspend, terminate, or completely discontinue contributions under the Plan with respect to itself and its Employees and their Beneficiaries. Action to terminate the Plan may be taken only by the Board, by its resolutions, duly adopted. The Investment Committee may act on behalf of the Company and without action by or approval of the Board, to add or discontinue Participant Investment Funds. Any other action referred to in this subsection and not determined by the Company’s general counsel to be in contravention of law may be taken on behalf of the Company by the Chairman of the Board evidenced by a resolution, certificate, new or revised Plan text, or other writing; provided that, only the Board may approve a Plan amendment which (A) would materially increase aggregate accrued benefits under, materially change the benefit formula provided by, or materially increase the cost of the Plan, so long as persons designated by the Board as “Executive Officers” for purposes of the U.S. Securities laws are Participants in the Plan; or (B) would freeze benefit accruals, materially reduce benefit accruals, or otherwise materially change the benefits under the Plan; or (C) would constitute the exercise of power or function herein assigned to the Finance Committee of the Board, the Investment Committee, the Plan Administrator, or the Claims Committee. The Chairman may delegate the authority described in the preceding sentence in writing.
          (b) Notwithstanding Paragraph (a), no action to terminate, amend, or modify the Plan described therein shall adversely affect Participants who shall have retired under the Plan prior to such action, nor shall any amendment have the effect of decreasing the nonforfeitable percentage or the amount of a Participant’s accounts except as permitted by Code Section 411(d)(6) and the regulations thereunder. No

77


 

amendment shall be made to this Plan which eliminates a subsidy or an optional form of benefit available to a Participant except as permitted by Code Section 411(d)(6) and the regulations thereunder.
          (c) Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section, any modification or amendment of the Plan may be made retroactively, if necessary or appropriate to qualify or maintain the Plan and/or the Trust Fund as a plan and/or trust meeting the requirements of the Code and ERISA, or any other provision of law, as now in effect or hereafter amended or adopted, and any regulation issued thereunder. If the Plan is terminated by the Company, all amounts credited to each of such Participant’s accounts in respect of Before-Tax Contributions, After-Tax Contributions, Catch-up Contributions, Company Core Contributions, and Company Matching Contributions shall be distributed by the Trustee to any such Participant so affected by such discontinuance or to his or her designated Beneficiary as soon as practicable (to the extent permitted under applicable law), with distributions to be made in accordance with the directions of the Plan Administrator.
          (d) Upon the Plan’s termination or partial termination, the rights of all affected Participants to benefits accrued to the date of such termination or partial termination, to the extent not yet vested, shall be nonforfeitable.
     7.02 Corpus and Income Not to be Diverted. Notwithstanding any power of discontinuance or amendment reserved in the Plan or Trust Agreement, it shall be impossible at any time for any part of the corpus and income of the Trust Fund held for the benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries to be used for, or diverted to, purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of such Participants or their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of administering the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing:
          (a) All contributions made to the Plan are conditioned upon their deductibility in full under Code Section 404, or any statute of similar import. If all or any portion of a contribution is determined

78


 

to be not deductible, the amount so determined to be non-deductible shall be returned to the Employer, if the Employer so directs the Trustee, within one (1) year of the determination of the disallowance of the deduction.
          (b) A contribution made by a mistake of fact shall be returned to the Employer within one (1) year after the payment of the contribution, if the Employer so directs the Trustee.
     7.03 Merger or Consolidation of Plan.
          (a) The Plan shall not be terminated automatically by the Company’s acquisition by or merger into any other company, but the Plan shall be continued after such merger if the successor company agrees to continue the Plan. All rights to amend, modify, suspend, or terminate the Plan shall be transferred to the successor company, effective as of the date of the merger, without the need for a specific Plan amendment.
          (b) The Plan shall not merge or consolidate with, or transfer its assets or liabilities to, any other plan unless each Participant would (if the Plan then terminated) be entitled to receive a benefit after the merger, consolidation, or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation, or transfer (if the Plan had been terminated).
     7.04 Correction. Any operational or qualification defect or failure of this Plan of any kind whatsoever may be corrected pursuant to any program of voluntary correction sponsored by the Internal Revenue Service or the Department of Labor, or any other agency of the Federal government or pursuant to applicable law, regulations or rulings, to the extent determined by, and at the sole discretion of, the Chairman of the Board.

79


 

ARTICLE VIII
GENERAL PROVISIONS
     8.01 Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as may be otherwise required by law, no benefit payable under the Plan or any interest of any Participant arising out of or created by this Plan, either before or after retirement, shall be subject, either voluntarily or involuntarily, to anticipation, assignment, pledge, execution, attachment, garnishment, or alienation. Any attempt to assign or alienate a benefit payable under the Plan shall be void. Also, except as may otherwise be required by law, no such benefit or interest will in any manner be liable for or subject to the debts, liabilities, contract, engagements, or torts of any Participant. This Section 8.01 also shall apply to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to any benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined by the Plan Administrator to be a Qualified Domestic Relations Order. In the case of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, distributions shall be made in accordance with and shall be governed by procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, to the extent permitted under the provisions of Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D), or under other applicable law, a Participant or Beneficiary may have his benefits reduced in the event of his willful breach of fiduciary duty to the Plan or his criminal act against the Plan.
     8.02 Payments to Minors, Incompetents, and Related Situations. If a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefits hereunder is a minor, is adjudged to be legally incapable of giving valid receipt and discharge for such benefits, or is unable to care for his affairs because of illness, accident, mental disability, or similar circumstances, such benefits shall be paid to such person as the Plan Administrator shall designate or to the duly appointed guardian. Such payment shall be deemed a complete discharge of any liability for such benefits under the Plan.
     8.03 Unclaimed Accounts — Trust Funds. No interest shall accrue to or for the account of Participants or their Beneficiaries during any period that any distribution hereunder shall remain unclaimed. If any distribution made by the Trustee

80


 

from any of the Participant Investment Funds remains unclaimed for a period of six (6) months, the Trustee shall notify the Plan Administrator, who will promptly attempt to locate the person entitled to receive such distribution.
     8.04 No Guarantee of Employment. The Plan shall not be deemed to be in consideration of, or an inducement for, the employment of any person by the Company or any Affiliated Company. Nothing contained in the Plan shall be deemed to give any employee the right to be retained in the service of the Company or any Affiliated Company or to interfere with the right of the Company or any Affiliated Company to discharge or to terminate the service of any employee at any time without regard to the effect such discharge or termination may have on any rights under the Plan.
     8.05 Governing Law. The Plan, the Trust Agreement, and all amendments thereto shall be construed, whenever possible, to be in conformity with the requirements of the Code and ERISA, and according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania (including its statute of limitations provisions, but excluding its choice of law provisions) to the extent not preempted by applicable federal law.
     8.06 Gender, Number, and Headings.
          (a) As used herein, the pronouns “he”, “him”, or “his”, referring to an Employee, Participant, Beneficiary, or any other person, shall also be deemed to refer to and include the feminine gender.
          (b) Whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural, they shall be construed as if they were also used in the plural or singular, respectively, in all cases where applicable.
          (c) Headings of Articles and Sections of the Plan are inserted for convenience of reference only and as such they constitute no part of the Plan and are not to be considered in the meaning or construction thereof.

81


 

          (d) Any reference to the Code or ERISA or a section thereunder or a regulation thereunder shall also refer to any successor statute, successor section, or successor regulation.
     8.07 Severability. Each provision of the Plan shall be independent of each other provision of the Plan and if any provision of the Plan proves to be, or is held by any court, tribunal, board, or authority of competent jurisdiction to be, void or invalid as to any Participant or group of Participants, such provision shall be disregarded and deemed to be null and void and not part of the Plan; but such invalidation of any such provision shall not otherwise impair or affect this Plan or any of the other provisions or terms hereof.
     8.08 Obligations of the Employer. No Employer shall have any liability with respect to payments of benefits under the Plan and each Participant and Beneficiary shall look solely to the Trust Fund for any payments or benefits under the Plan. Upon total or partial termination of the Plan, no Employer shall have any further liability either to provide benefits to those employees affected by such total or partial termination (whether or not such benefits are then in pay status) or to make any further contributions to or under the Plan in respect of such employees.
     8.09 Effective Date. The amended and restated Plan as herein set forth is effective as of October 1, 2006, except for provisions which indicate a later effective date.
     8.10 Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act. Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code Section 414(u).
     8.11 Use of Electronic Media; Adjustment of Certain Time Periods. Notwithstanding any provision herein which requires notices, consents, elections, or other actions under the Plan to be effectuated through a writing, such notices, consents, elections, or other actions may be effectuated through the use of electronic media, if so

82


 

provided in procedures established by the Plan Administrator consistent with Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements or other applicable law. Moreover, any time periods set forth herein for providing notices, making elections, granting consents, or taking other actions which are based upon time limits established under applicable law shall be deemed to be automatically amended, without the necessity of a formal amendment, to reflect any subsequent modification of those deadlines through Department of Labor or Internal Revenue Service pronouncements or other changes in applicable law.
          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2006, with amendments through September 30, 2007, has been duly executed on behalf of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
             
 
           
        AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
 
           
 
      By:    
 
           
 
             Vice President-Human Resources
ATTEST:
           
 
           
 
           
    Assistant Secretary
           

83


 

APPENDIX A
PARTICIPANT INVESTMENT FUNDS
Effective as of September 1, 2006
Tier 1 – Life Cycle Investment Options
<   SSgA Age-Based Lifetime Income Strategy
 
<   SSgA Age-Based 2010/2020/2030/2040 Funds
Tier 2 – Core Investment Options
<   SSgA Stable Value Fund
 
<   Western Asset Core Plus Bond – Institutional Class (Ticker Symbol: WACPX)
 
<   Dodge & Cox Balanced Fund (Ticker Symbol: DODBX)
 
<   Vanguard Windsor II Fund – Admiral Shares (Ticker Symbol: VWNAX)
 
<   SSgA S&P 500® Flagship Fund
 
<   Fidelity Select Equity Small Capitalization Collective Trust
 
<   American Funds® Growth Fund of America® — R5 Class (Ticker Symbol: RGAFX)
 
<   Fidelity International Discovery Fund (Ticker Symbol: FIGRX)
 
<   Air Products Company Stock Fund
Note: Prior to October 1, 2007, this fund is technically comprised of two funds – the Air Products Company Stock Fund – Current Year and the Air Products Company Stock Fund – ESOP. Effective October 1, 2007, the two funds will be merged into a single fund called the Air Products Company Stock Fund.
Tier 3 – Self-Directed Brokerage
<   Fidelity Retirement Government Money Market Portfolio
 
<   Fidelity BrokerageLink®

A-1


 

EXHIBIT I
ELIGIBLE NONUNION HOURLY LOCATIONS DESIGNATED
BY VICE PRESIDENT — HUMAN RESOURCES
EFFECTIVE AS OF OCTOBER 1, 2006:
     
    Designated
    Terminal
    For 125% of
    Base Salary
ASHLAND, KY
  YES
BETHLEHEM, AR
  YES
BURNS HARBOR, IN
  NO
BUTLER, IN
  YES
CAMDEN, SC
  YES
CHANDLER, AZ
  YES
CONVENT, LA
  NO
CONYERS, GA
  YES
CREIGHTON, PA (effective 10/1/2002)
  YES
DECATUR, AL
  YES
DEER PARK, TX
  NO
DELAWARE CITY, DE
  NO
GLENMONT, NY
  YES
GRAY, TN
  YES
LANCASTER, PA
  YES
LAPORTE, TX
  YES
LA VERGNE, TN
  NO
LIBERAL, KS
  YES
MANALAPAN, NJ
  NO
MIDLOTHIAN, TX
  YES
NIAGARA FALLS, NY
  YES
NORTH BALTIMORE, OH
  YES
OAK CREEK, WI
  YES
ORLANDO, FL
  YES
PACE, FL
  YES
PARKERSBURG, WV
  YES
PRYOR, OK
  YES
REIDSVILLE, NC
  YES
SHAKOPEE, MN
  YES
SMITHVILLE, MO
  NO
SPARROWS POINT, MD – DRIVERS
  YES
SUFFIELD, CT
  YES

I-1


 

EXHIBIT II
FORMS OF DISTRIBUTION AVAILABLE TO PARTICIPANTS WHO HAD AMOUNTS
TRANSFERRED TO THE PLAN FROM THE IGS SAVINGS PLAN
     (i) Forms of Payments to Participants. Participants who were previously participants in the IGS Savings Plan shall continue to have available under the Plan the forms of payment which were available under the IGS Savings Plan, in addition to the forms of benefit provided for in Article V of the Plan; provided, however, that distribution shall automatically be made in the form of a lump sum if the value of the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts does not exceed the amount set forth in Paragraph 3.10(c) of the Plan. Such forms of payment shall be available with respect to the balance of the Participant’s account which was transferred from the IGS Savings Plan to the Plan in connection with the merger of the IGS Savings Plan effective March 31, 2000.
          Any distributions made pursuant to this Exhibit II or under Article V must satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement. The former IGS Savings Plan Participant shall have the ability to recalculate annually the life expectancy of the Participant and the Participant’s Spouse. Any recalculation of life expectancy shall be done in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.
          (1) Normal Form of Payment. Unless the Participant elects otherwise the aggregate amount credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts shall be made in a lump sum. The normal form of payment shall be automatic, unless the Participant files a written request with the Administrator prior to the date on which the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts are automatically payable, electing an optional form of payment.

II-1


 

          (2) Optional Forms of Payment.
     (a) The Participant shall have the right to receive the aggregate amounts credited to his or her Participant Plan accounts in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual payments from the Plan over any period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the Participant and his or her Beneficiary.
     (b) A direct rollover will be available to the Participant and/or the Spouse under the terms of Section 5.03.
     (ii) Forms of Death Benefit Distributions.
          (1) Spousal Death Benefit. On the death of a Participant, the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts will be paid to the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, or if the Surviving Spouse has consented in a manner conforming to a Qualified Election, then to the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary.
          The Surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan Accounts commence within the 90-day period following the date of the Participant’s death. The aggregate amount credited to the Participant’s Plan Accounts shall be adjusted for gains or losses occurring after the Participant’s death in accordance with the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of account balances for other types of distributions.
          The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this Section B(1) of this Exhibit II at any time provided that no such waiver shall be effective unless it is a Qualified Election.
          (2) Qualified Election. Any election to waive the spousal death benefit of Section B(2) of this Exhibit II shall not be effective unless:
     (a) the Participant’s Spouse consents in writing to the election;
     (b) the election designates a specific beneficiary, including any class of beneficiaries or any contingent beneficiaries, which may not be changed

II-2


 

without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent);
     (c) the Spouse’s consent acknowledges the effect of the election.
          If it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that there is no Spouse or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a Qualified Election. Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall be effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits designations by the Participant without any requirement of further consent by such Spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific beneficiary, and a specific form of benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of revocations shall not be limited.
     (iii) Other Distribution Provisions.
          (1) Participant Dies After Distribution Has Begun. In the event a Participant dies after the distribution of the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) has begun, the distribution of the such aggregate amounts will continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant’s death.
          (2) Participant Dies Before Distribution Has Begun. In the event a Participant dies before the distribution of the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(9) has begun, the distribution of the such aggregate amounts will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death except to the extent that an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with (a) or (b) below.

II-3


 

     (a) If any portion of the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts is payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life or over a period certain not greater than the life expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary commencing on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died;
     (b) If the Designated Beneficiary is the Participant’s Surviving Spouse, the date distributions are required to begin in accordance with (a) above shall not be earlier than the later of (1) December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died or (2) December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2.
          If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this Section C(2) of this Exhibit II by the time of his or her death, the Participant’s Designated Beneficiary must elect the method of distributions no later than the earlier of: (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under this section, or (2) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death of the Participant. If the Participant has no Designated Beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution, then distributions of the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s death.
          For purposes of this Section C(2) of this Exhibit II, if the Surviving Spouse dies after the Participant, but before the payments to such Spouse begin, the provisions of this Section C(2) of this Exhibit II with the exception of paragraph (b) therein, shall be applied as if the Surviving Spouse were the Participant. For the purposes of Sections C(1) and C(2) of this Exhibit II, distribution of the aggregate amounts credited to the Participant’s Plan accounts is considered to begin on the last Business Day of March of the calendar year, which follows the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701/2 (or, if the preceding sentence is applicable, the date distribution is required to begin to the Surviving Spouse).

II-4


 

          (3) Payment to Minor. For purposes of this Exhibit II, if an amount is payable to either a minor or an individual who has been declared incompetent, the benefits shall be paid to the legally appointed guardian for the benefit of said minor or incompetent individual, unless the court which appointed the guardian has ordered otherwise.
          (4) Definitions. For purposes of this Exhibit II, the following definitions shall apply:
     (a) Designated Beneficiary — The individual who is designated as the beneficiary under the Plan in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder.
     (b) Spouse or Surviving Spouse — The Spouse or Surviving Spouse of the Participant, provided that a former Spouse will be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse and a current Spouse will not be treated as the Spouse or Surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a Qualified Domestic Relations Order as described in Code Section 414(p).

II-5


 

EXHIBIT III
PLAN ELECTIONS
          The following elections have been made in accordance with various sections of the Plan and are applicable only with respect to the Plan Years specifically indicated below, except as otherwise required by applicable law:
         
Year Election Applies   Applicable Plan Section   Election
1997
  3.07(b)(i),(ii), and (iii) (pages 30-33)   Current year data used to perform ADP, ACP, and multiple use testing.
This Exhibit III may be revised from time to time by the Vice President — Human Resources without amendment to the Plan, provided his/her signature appears below along with the Signature Date.

III-1


 

SCHEDULE I
PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
AS OF 1 JUNE 2007
         
    Participating Employer    
Name of Affiliated Company   Designation Date   Revocation Date
Air Products Energy Enterprising, Inc.
  Continuing   N/A
Air Products Helium, Inc.
  Continuing   N/A
Air Products, L.P.
  1 October 1999   N/A
Air Products Manufacturing Co., Inc.
  Continuing   N/A
Air Products Polymers
  1 October 1998   N/A
Air Products LLC
  1 June 2007   N/A

S-1

EX-12
 

Exhibit 12
AIR PRODUCTS AND CHEMICALS, INC., AND SUBSIDIARIES
COMPUTATION OF RATIOS OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
(Unaudited)
                                                 
                                            Twelve  
                                            Months  
                                            Ended  
    Year Ended 30 September     30 Sept  
    2002     2003     2004     2005     2006     2007  
Earnings:
                                               
Income from continuing operations
  $ 513.0     $ 438.5     $ 607.0     $ 704.6     $ 745.1     $ 1,042.7  
 
                                               
Add (deduct):
                                               
Provision for income taxes
    247.5       154.0       232.4       265.1       279.0       303.0  
 
                                               
Fixed charges, excluding capitalized interest
    146.1       148.7       146.7       141.6       149.5       193.8  
 
                                               
Capitalized interest amortized during the period
    7.2       6.5       7.3       6.4       6.6       6.5  
 
                                               
Undistributed earnings of less-than-fifty-percent-owned affiliates
    (42.8 )     (2.6 )     (31.1 )     (30.1 )     (30.5 )     (59.6 )
 
                                   
 
                                               
Earnings, as adjusted
  $ 871.0     $ 745.1     $ 962.3     $ 1,087.6     $ 1,149.7     $ 1,486.4  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Fixed Charges:
                                               
 
                                               
Interest on indebtedness, including capital lease obligations
  $ 126.4     $ 126.9     $ 124.4     $ 113.8     $ 120.7     $ 164.5  
 
                                               
Capitalized interest
    11.7       6.2       7.9       14.9       18.8       14.6  
 
                                               
Amortization of debt discount premium and expense
          2.1       1.4       4.1       4.8       4.1  
 
                                               
Portion of rents under operating leases representative of the interest factor
    19.7       19.8       20.9       23.7       24.0       25.2  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Fixed charges
  $ 157.8     $ 155.0     $ 154.6     $ 156.5     $ 168.3     $ 208.4  
 
                                   
 
Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges (1):
    5.5       4.8       6.2       6.9       6.8       7.1  
 
                                   
 
(1)   The ratio of earnings to fixed charges is determined by dividing earnings, which includes income from continuing operations before taxes, undistributed earnings of less-than-fifty-percent-owned affiliates, and fixed charges, by fixed charges. Fixed charges consist of interest on all indebtedness plus that portion of operating lease rentals representative of the interest factor (deemed to be 21% of operating lease rentals).

EX-13
 

(GRAPHIC)

         
    14  
 
       
    37  
 
       
    38  
 
       
    39  
 
       
    40  
 
       
    44  
 
       
    76  
13

 


 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis
(Millions of dollars, except for share data)

         
Air Products
    14  
 
       
Business Overview
    14  
 
       
2007 in Summary
    15  
 
       
2008 Outlook
    16  
 
       
Results of Operations
    16  
 
       
Pension Benefits
    26  
 
       
Share-Based Compensation
    27  
 
       
Environmental Matters
    27  
 
       
Liquidity and Capital Resources
    28  
 
       
Contractual Obligations
    30  
 
       
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
    31  
 
       
Related Party Transactions
    32  
 
       
Market Risks and Sensitivity Analysis
    32  
 
       
Inflation
    33  
 
       
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
    33  
 
       
New Accounting Standards
    36  
 
       
Forward-Looking Statements
    36  
All comparisons in the discussion are to the corresponding prior year unless otherwise stated. All amounts presented are in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. All amounts are presented in millions of dollars, except for share data, unless otherwise indicated.
AIR PRODUCTS
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) serves customers in industrial, energy, technology, and healthcare markets. The Company offers a broad portfolio of atmospheric gases, process and specialty gases, performance materials, and equipment and services. Geographically diverse, with operations in over 40 countries, the Company has sales of $10.0 billion, assets of $12.7 billion, and a worldwide workforce of approximately 22,000 employees.
BUSINESS OVERVIEW
Merchant Gases
The Merchant Gases segment provides industrial gases such as oxygen, nitrogen, argon, helium, and hydrogen as well as certain medical and specialty gases to a wide variety of indus-
trial and medical customers globally. There are three principal modes of supply: liquid bulk, packaged gases, and small on-sites. Most merchant product is delivered via bulk supply, in liquid or gaseous form, by tanker or tube trailer. Smaller quantities of industrial, specialty, and medical gases are delivered in cylinders and dewars as “packaged gases.” Other customers receive product through small on-sites (cryogenic or noncryogenic generators) via sale of gas contracts and some sale of equipment. Electricity is the largest cost input for the production of atmospheric gases. Merchant Gases competes against global industrial gas companies, as well as regional competitors, based primarily on price, reliability of supply, and the development of applications for use of industrial gases.
Tonnage Gases
The Tonnage Gases segment supplies industrial gases, including hydrogen, carbon monoxide, syngas, nitrogen, and oxygen, via large on-site facilities or pipeline systems, principally to customers in the petroleum refining, chemical, and metallurgical industries. For large-volume, or “tonnage” industrial gas users, the Company either constructs a gas plant adjacent to or near the customer’s facility—hence the term “on-site”—or delivers product through a pipeline from a nearby location. The Company is the world’s largest provider of hydrogen, which is used by refiners to lower the sulfur content of gasoline and diesel fuels to reduce smog and ozone depletion. Electricity is the largest cost component in the production of atmospheric gases, and natural gas is the principal raw material for hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and syngas production. The Company mitigates energy and natural gas price changes through its long-term cost pass-through type customer contracts. Tonnage Gases competes against global industrial gas companies, as well as regional sellers. Competition is based primarily on price, reliability of supply, the development of applications that use industrial gases and, in some cases, provision of other services or products such as power and steam generation.
Electronics and Performance Materials
The Electronics and Performance Materials segment employs applications technology to provide solutions to a broad range of global industries through expertise in chemical synthesis, analytical technology, process engineering, and surface science. This segment provides specialty and tonnage gases, specialty


14     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

and bulk chemicals, services, and equipment to the electronics industry for the manufacture of silicon and compound semiconductors, LCD and other displays, and photovoltaic devices. The segment also provides performance chemical solutions for the coatings, inks, adhesives, civil engineering, personal care, institutional and industrial cleaning, mining, oil field, polyurethane, and other industries. The Electronics and Performance Materials segment faces competition on a product-by-product basis against competitors ranging from niche suppliers with a single product to larger and more vertically integrated companies. Competition is principally conducted on the basis of product performance, quality, reliability of product supply, global infrastructure, technical innovation, service, and price.
Equipment and Energy
The Equipment and Energy segment designs and manufactures cryogenic and gas processing equipment for air separation, hydrocarbon recovery and purification, natural gas liquefaction (LNG), and helium distribution, and serves energy markets in a variety of ways. Equipment is sold worldwide to customers in a variety of industries, including chemical and petrochemical manufacturing, oil and gas recovery and processing, and steel and primary metals processing. Energy markets are served through the Company’s operation and partial ownership of cogeneration and flue gas treatment facilities. The Company is developing technologies to continue to serve energy markets in the future, including gasification and alternative energy technologies. Equipment and Energy competes with a great number of firms for all of its offerings except LNG heat exchangers, for which there are fewer competitors due to the limited market size and proprietary technologies. Competition is based primarily on technological performance, service, technical know-how, price, and performance guarantees.
Healthcare
The Healthcare segment provides respiratory therapies, home medical equipment, and infusion services to patients in their homes in the United States and Europe. The Company serves more than 500,000 patients in 15 countries and has leading market positions in Spain, Portugal, and the United Kingdom. Offerings include oxygen therapy, home nebulizer therapy, sleep management therapy, anti-infective therapy, beds, and wheelchairs. The home healthcare market is highly competitive and based on price, quality, service, and reliability of supply.
Chemicals
The Chemicals segment consists of the Polymer Emulsions business and the Polyurethane Intermediates (PUI) business. The Company announced it was exploring the sale of its Polymer Emulsions business in 2006, and on 6 November 2007 that it was in advanced discussions with its partner in the business, Wacker Chemie AG, over Wacker’s purchase of the Company’s interests in their two polymers joint ventures. The PUI business markets toluene diamine to customers under long-term contracts.
2007 IN SUMMARY
The Company achieved another year of strong growth as sales exceeded $10 billion and net income exceeded $1 billion. These results were driven primarily by underlying base business volume growth across all segments. This overall strong performance enabled the Company to return value to its shareholders through its share repurchase program, which totaled $567 in 2007, and by increasing dividends for the 25th consecutive year. The acquisition of the Polish industrial gas business of BOC Gazy Sp z o.o. (BOC Gazy) reflected the Company’s focus on investing capital in emerging markets around the globe and establishing platforms for future growth. The Company continued to manage its portfolio and announced that the High Purity Process Chemicals (HPPC) business from its Electronics and Performance Materials segment would be sold in fiscal 2008. Additionally, pursuant to an ongoing cost reduction plan, the Company was able to increase efficiencies and productivity.
Sales of $10,038 were up 15% from the prior year, due to higher volumes broadly across all segments. Operating income was $1,408, compared to $1,056 in the prior year, also benefiting from higher volumes across all segments. These increases in operating income were partially offset by higher costs to support the volume growth.
Net income was $1,036, compared to $723 in the prior year, while diluted earnings per share of $4.64 compared to $3.18 in the prior year. A summary table of changes in diluted earnings per share is presented on page 16.
For additional information on the opportunities, challenges, and risks on which management is focused, refer to the 2008 Outlook discussions provided throughout the Management’s Discussion and Analysis that follows.


15

 


 

Changes in Diluted Earnings per Share
                         
                    Increase  
    2007     2006     (Decrease)  
   
Diluted Earnings per Share
    $4.64       $3.18       $1.46  
 
Operating Income (after-tax)
                       
 
                       
Underlying business
                       
 
                       
Volume
                    .94  
 
                       
Price/raw materials/mix
                    .14  
 
                       
Costs
                    (.40 )
 
                       
Acquisitions/divestitures
                    .03  
 
                       
Currency
                    .14  
 
                       
Customer contract settlement
                    .11  
 
                       
Global cost reduction plan
                       
 
                       
2007
                    (.04 )
 
                       
2006
                    .21  
 
                       
Pension settlement
                    (.03 )
 
                       
Prior year gain on sale of a chemical facility
                    (.19 )
 
                       
Prior year impairment of loans receivable
                    .19  
 
                       
Sale/donation of cost investment
                    .02  
 
                       
Prior year hurricane impacts(A)
                    (.04 )
 
                       
Prior year Healthcare inventory adjustment
                    .05  
 
Operating Income
                    1.13  
 
                       
Other (after-tax)
                       
 
                       
Equity affiliates’ income
                    .08  
 
                       
Interest expense
                    (.14 )
 
                       
Discontinued operations
                    .04  
 
                       
Settlement of tax audits/adjustments
                    .17  
 
                       
Tax benefit from donation of cost investment
                    .07  
 
                       
Income tax rate
                    .01  
 
                       
Minority interest
                    (.01 )
 
                       
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                    .03  
 
                       
Average shares outstanding
                    .08  
 
Other
                    .33  
 
Total Change in Diluted Earnings per Share
                    $1.46  
 
(A)   Includes insurance recoveries, estimated business interruption, asset write-offs, and other expenses.
2008 OUTLOOK
The Company is forecasting another year of earnings per share growth in 2008. Sales and operating income should improve from volume growth and improved efficiencies and productivity. Global manufacturing growth is expected to be about the same or slightly lower compared to the 3.5% to 4.0% growth in 2007. Domestic manufacturing growth is expected to be between 2% and 3% in 2008. Continued growth is anticipated in Europe with central Europe as the strongest region. Asia should remain the area of highest growth and expansion overall. Foreign currencies are expected to be stronger compared to the U.S. dollar year-to-year on an average basis. Two risks facing the Company in 2008 are energy price volatility and lower manufacturing growth.
  Merchant Gases should benefit from higher volumes, pricing programs to recover higher energy and distribution costs, and increased productivity.
 
  Tonnage Gases results are expected to be higher due to new facilities, improved plant loading, and increased productivity.
 
  Electronics and Performance Materials results should benefit from product rationalization efforts, higher volumes, new products, and share gain from new market application successes.
 
  Equipment and Energy results are expected to be lower, as the Equipment sales backlog is lower than the peak levels in 2006 and 2007.
 
  Healthcare results should continue to grow in Europe, and the U.S. results are expected to improve as a result of actions taken by management.
 
  The Company announced it was exploring the sale of its Polymer Emulsions business in 2006, and on 6 November 2007 that it was in advanced discussions with its partner in the business, Wacker Chemie AG, over Wacker’s purchase of the Company’s interests in their two polymers joint ventures.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Discussion of Consolidated Results
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Sales
  $ 10,037.8     $ 8,752.8     $ 7,673.0  
 
                       
Operating income
    1,407.7       1,055.6       990.8  
 
                       
Equity affiliates’ income
    131.8       107.7       105.4  
 
Sales
                 
    % Change from Prior Year  
    2007     2006  
   
Underlying business
               
 
               
Volume
    12 %     11 %
 
               
Price/mix
          1 %
 
               
Acquisitions/divestitures
    1 %     1 %
 
               
Currency
    3 %     (1 %)
 
               
Natural gas/raw material
               
cost pass-through
    (1 %)     2 %
 
Total Consolidated Sales Change
    15 %     14 %
 
2007 vs. 2006
Sales of $10,037.8 increased 15%, or $1,285.0. Underlying base business growth of 12% resulted primarily from improved volumes across all business segments as further discussed in the Segment Analysis which follows. Pricing impacts were flat, as improved pricing in Merchant Gases was offset primarily by lower pricing in Electronics and Performance Materials. Sales improved 3% from favorable currency effects, driven primarily


16      Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

by the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and the Pound Sterling. Lower natural gas/raw material contractual cost pass-through to customers decreased sales by 1%, mainly due to lower natural gas prices.
2006 vs. 2005
Sales of $8,752.8 increased 14%, or $1,079.8. Underlying base business growth of 12% resulted primarily from improved volumes in Merchant Gases, Tonnage Gases, and Electronics and Performance Materials along with higher activity in Equipment and Energy. Sales decreased 1% from unfavorable currency effects, driven primarily by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and the Pound Sterling. Higher natural gas/raw material contractual cost pass-through to customers accounted for a 2% increase in sales.
Operating Income
                 
    Change from Prior Year  
    2007     2006  
   
Prior Year Operating Income
  $ 1,056     $ 991  
 
               
Underlying business
               
 
               
Volume
    292       295  
 
               
Price/raw materials/mix
    41       3  
 
               
Costs
    (129 )     (137 )
 
               
Acquisitions/divestitures
    11       11  
 
               
Currency
    42       (8 )
 
               
Customer contract settlement
    37        
 
               
Global cost reduction plan
               
 
               
2007
    (14 )      
 
               
2006
    72       (72 )
 
               
Pension settlement
    (10 )      
 
               
Prior year gain on sale of a chemical facility
    (70 )     70  
 
               
Prior year impairment of loans receivable
    66       (66 )
 
               
Sale/donation of cost investment
    5        
 
               
Prior year hurricane impacts(A)
               
 
               
2006
    (15 )     15  
 
               
2005
          14  
 
               
Prior year Healthcare inventory adjustment
    17       (17 )
 
               
Stock option expense
    7       (43 )
 
Operating Income
  $ 1,408     $ 1,056  
 
(A)   Includes insurance recoveries, estimated business interruption, asset write-offs, and other expenses.
2007 vs. 2006
Operating income of $1,407.7 increased 33%, or $352.1.
  Higher volumes across all segments increased operating income by $292, as is discussed in the Segment Analysis that follows.
 
  Improved pricing, net of variable costs, increased operating income by $41, as pricing increases in Merchant Gases were partially offset by lower pricing in electronics specialty materials.
  Higher costs, principally to support growth and due to inflation, decreased operating income by $129.
 
  Favorable currency effects increased operating income by $42, as the U.S. dollar weakened against the Euro and the Pound Sterling.
 
  The settlement of a supply contract termination in the Chemicals segment increased operating income by $37.
 
  The ongoing global cost reduction plan resulted in a current year charge to operating income of $14 compared to a charge of $72 in 2006.
 
  Prior year results included a gain on sale of a chemical facility of $70.
 
  Prior year results included an impairment of loans receivable of $66.
 
  Prior year results included a benefit of $15 from insurance recoveries exceeding estimated business interruption and asset write-offs and other expenses related to Hurricanes Katrina and Rita.
 
  Prior year results included an inventory adjustment in the Healthcare operating segment of $17.
2006 vs. 2005
Operating income of $1,055.6 increased 7%, or $64.8.
  Higher volumes increased operating income by $295.
 
  Improved pricing, net of variable costs, increased operating income by $3. Pricing increases were primarily in Merchant Gases and were mostly offset by lower pricing in electronics specialty materials.
 
  Costs decreased operating income by $137, due principally to higher volumes and inflation.
 
  Unfavorable currency effects decreased operating income by $8, as the U.S. dollar strengthened against the Euro and the Pound Sterling.
 
  A charge for the global cost reduction plan decreased operating income by $72.
 
  The gain on sale of a chemical facility increased operating income by $70.
 
  A charge for the impairment of loans receivable decreased operating income by $66.


17

 


 

  The impacts of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita increased operating income by $29. The increase resulted from insurance recoveries exceeding estimated business interruption and asset write-offs and other expenses related to the hurricanes by $15 in 2006. Estimated business interruption and asset write-offs and other expenses related to the hurricanes were $14 in 2005.
 
  An inventory adjustment in the Healthcare segment decreased operating income by $17.
 
  Stock option expense reduced operating income by $43 as the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment,” (SFAS No. 123R) at the beginning of 2006.
Equity Affiliates’ Income
2007 vs. 2006
Income from equity affiliates of $131.8 increased $24.1, or 22%, due to higher income from affiliates across most segments, primarily Asian and Latin American affiliates in the Merchant Gases segment.
2006 vs. 2005
Income from equity affiliates of $107.7 increased $2.3, or 2%. The increase was primarily due to higher equity affiliate income in the Chemicals segment.
Selling and Administrative Expense (S&A)
                 
    % Change from Prior Year  
    2007     2006  
   
Acquisitions/divestitures
    1 %     1 %
 
               
Currency
    3 %     (1 %)
 
               
Stock option expense
          4 %
 
               
Other costs
    6 %     3 %
 
Total S&A Change
    10 %     7 %
 
2007 vs. 2006
S&A expense of $1,180.6 increased 10%, or $105.6. S&A as a percent of sales declined to 11.8% from 12.3% in 2006, primarily due to the benefit of implementing SAP. The acquisitions of BOC Gazy and Tomah3 Products increased S&A by 1%. Unfavorable currency effects, mainly the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and Pound Sterling, increased S&A by 3%. Underlying costs increased S&A by 6%, as productivity gains were more than offset by inflation and costs to support growth.
2006 vs. 2005
S&A expense of $1,075.0 increased 7%, or $66.9. S&A as a percent of sales declined to 12.3% from 13.1% in 2005, primarily due to the benefit of implementing SAP. The acquisitions of
a small healthcare company in Europe and Tomah3 Products increased S&A by 1%. Favorable currency effects, primarily due to the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and the Pound Sterling, decreased S&A by 1%. Stock option expense increased S&A by 4%, due to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R. Underlying costs increased S&A by 3%, primarily due to inflation.
2008 Outlook
S&A expense will increase in 2008. The Company expects increases due to additional costs to support volume growth and the impacts of inflation. Partially offsetting these impacts, the Company expects to realize cost savings from the ongoing global cost reduction plan and productivity initiatives.
Research and Development (R&D)
2007 vs. 2006
R&D decreased 7%, or $11.2, as a result of lower spending in Equipment and Energy due to a test program run in 2006 and the Company’s organization simplification efforts. R&D spending declined as a percent of sales to 1.4% from 1.7% in 2006.
2006 vs. 2005
R&D increased 14%, or $19.1, due to cost inflation and higher spending on Equipment and Energy for a test program run in 2006 and Electronics and Performance Materials projects. R&D spending as a percent of sales was 1.7% in both 2006 and 2005.
2008 Outlook
R&D investment should be moderately higher in 2008 and will continue to be focused on the requirements of emerging businesses.
Customer Contract Settlement
By agreement dated 1 June 2007, the Company entered into a settlement with a customer to resolve a dispute related to a dinitrotoluene (DNT) supply agreement. As part of the settlement agreement, the DNT supply agreement was terminated, and certain other agreements between the companies were amended. Selected amendments to the agreements were subject to the approval of the customer’s Board of Directors, which approval was obtained on 12 July 2007. As a result, the Company recognized a before-tax gain of $36.8 ($23.6 after-tax, or $.11 per share) in the fourth quarter of 2007.
Pension Settlement
A number of senior managers and others who were eligible for supplemental pension plan benefits retired in 2007. The Company’s supplemental pension plan provides for a lump sum benefit payment option at the time of retirement, or for corporate officers six months after the participant’s retirement date. If payments exceed the sum of service and interest cost compo-


18      Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

nents of net periodic pension cost of the plan for the fiscal year, settlement accounting is triggered under pension accounting rules. However, a settlement loss may not be recognized until the time the pension benefit obligation is settled. The total settlement loss anticipated for these 2007 retirements is expected to be approximately $30 to $35. The Company recognized $10.3 of this charge in the fourth quarter of 2007 based on liabilities settled, with the remaining balance to be recognized in fiscal year 2008. The actual amount of the settlement loss will be based upon current pension assumptions (e.g., discount rate) at the time of the cash payments of the liabilities.
Global Cost Reduction Plan
The 2007 results from continuing operations included a charge of $13.7 ($8.8 after-tax, or $.04 per share) for the global cost reduction plan. The charge included $6.5 for severance and pension-related costs for the elimination of approximately 125 positions and $7.2 for the write-down of certain investments. Approximately one-half of the position eliminations relate to the continuation of European initiatives to streamline certain activities. The remaining position eliminations relate to the continued cost reduction and productivity efforts of the Company.
The charge recorded in 2007 was excluded from segment operating profit. The charge was related to the businesses at the segment level as follows: $3.9 in Merchant Gases, $.4 in Tonnage Gases, $6.1 in Electronics and Performance Materials, $.5 in Equipment and Energy, $.1 in Healthcare, and $2.7 in Other.
The 2006 results from continuing operations included a charge of $72.1 ($46.8 after-tax, or $.21 per share) for the global cost reduction plan. This charge included $60.6 for severance and pension-related costs for approximately 325 position eliminations and $11.5 for asset disposals and facility closures. As of 30 September 2007, the majority of the planned actions associated with the 2006 charge were completed, with the exception of a small number of position eliminations and/or associated benefit payments. These actions are expected to be completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. Details of the charge taken in 2006 are provided below.
Several cost reduction initiatives in Europe resulted in the elimination of about two-thirds of the 325 positions at a cost of $37.6. The Company reorganized and streamlined certain organizations/activities in Europe to focus on improving effectiveness and efficiency. Additionally, in anticipation of the sale of a small business, which occurred in the first quarter of 2007, a charge of $1.4 was recognized to write down the assets to net realizable value.
The Company completed a strategy review of its Electronics business in 2006 and decided to rationalize some products and assets, reflecting a simpler portfolio. A charge of $10.1 was recognized, principally for an asset disposal and the write-down of certain investments/assets. Additionally, a charge of $3.8 was recognized for severance and pension-related costs.
In addition to the Europe and Electronics initiatives, the Company implemented cost reduction and productivity-related efforts to simplify its management structure and business practices. A charge of $19.2 for severance and related pension costs was recognized for these efforts.
The charge recorded in 2006 was excluded from segment operating profit. The charge was related to the businesses at the segment level as follows: $31.2 in Merchant Gases, $2.9 in Tonnage Gases, $17.3 in Electronics and Performance Materials, $.9 in Equipment and Energy, $19.5 in Healthcare, and $.3 in Chemicals.
Cost savings from the plan realized in 2007 were approximately $21. Cost savings of $44 are expected in 2008. Beyond 2008, the Company expects the plan to provide annualized cost savings of $48, of which the majority is related to reduced personnel costs.
Gain on Sale of a Chemical Facility
On 31 March 2006, the Company sold its DNT production facility in Geismar, Louisiana, to BASF Corporation for $155.0. The Company wrote off the remaining net book value of assets sold, resulting in the recognition of a gain of $70.4 ($42.9 after-tax, or $.19 per share) on the transaction.
Impairment of Loans Receivable
In the second quarter of 2006, the Company recognized a loss of $65.8 ($42.4 after-tax, or $.19 per share) for the impairment of loans receivable from a long-term supplier of sulfuric acid, used in the production of DNT for the Company’s Polyurethane Intermediates (PUI) business.
Other (Income) Expense, Net
Items recorded to other (income) expense arise from transactions and events not directly related to the principal income earning activities of the Company. Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements displays the details of other (income) expense.
2007 vs. 2006
Other income of $39.5 decreased $29.6. Other income in 2007 included a gain of $23.2 for the sale of assets as part of the Company’s ongoing asset management activities, including the sale/donation of a cost-basis investment. Other income in 2006 included $56.0 from hurricane insurance recoveries in excess of property damage and related expenses. This net gain does not


19


 

include the estimated impact related to business interruption. Other income in 2006 also included a gain of $13.1 for the sale of assets, primarily $9.5 from the sale of land in Europe. No other items were individually material in comparison to the prior year.
2006 vs. 2005
Other income of $69.1 increased $39.4. Other income included $56.0 from hurricane insurance recoveries in excess of property damage and related expenses. This net gain does not include the estimated impact related to business interruption. Other income in 2006 also included $9.5 from the sale of land in Europe. No other items were individually material in comparison to the prior year.
Interest Expense
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Interest incurred
  $ 176.1     $ 135.8     $ 122.0  
Less: interest capitalized
    12.9       16.5       12.0  
 
Interest Expense
  $ 163.2     $ 119.3     $ 110.0  
 
2007 vs. 2006
Interest incurred increased $40.3. The increase resulted from a higher average debt balance excluding currency effects, higher average interest rates, and the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar on the translation of foreign currency interest. The Company primarily utilized the additional debt for the share repurchase program, the acquisition of BOC Gazy, and in funding its pension plans.
2006 vs. 2005
Interest incurred increased $13.8. The increase resulted from a higher average debt balance excluding currency effects, resulting principally from the share repurchase program. The increase was partially offset by the impact of a stronger U.S. dollar on the translation of foreign currency interest and lower average interest rates. Capitalized interest was higher by $4.5, due to higher levels of construction in progress for plant and equipment built by the Company, principally for Tonnage Gases projects.
2008 Outlook
The Company expects interest incurred to be higher relative to 2007. The increase is expected to result from a higher debt balance, as the Company continues to invest in its business and growth opportunities and continues its share repurchase program.
Effective Tax Rate
The effective tax rate equals the income tax provision divided by income from continuing operations before taxes less minority interest. Refer to Note 17 for details on factors affecting the effective tax rate.
2007 vs. 2006
The effective tax rate was 22.4% and 26.5% in 2007 and 2006, respectively. In June 2007, the Company settled audits through fiscal year 2004 with the Internal Revenue Service. The audit settlement resulted in a tax benefit of $27.5. In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $11.3 from tax audit settlements and adjustments and related interest income. Additionally, the Company donated a portion of a cost-basis investment that resulted in a pretax loss of $4.7 and a tax benefit of $18.3. The impact of these benefits recorded in 2007 reduced the effective tax rate of the Company by 4.2%.
2006 vs. 2005
The effective tax rate was 26.5%, down slightly from 26.9% in 2005. In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $20.0 related to its reconciliation and analysis of its current and deferred tax assets and liabilities. This benefit and the benefit from repatriation were effectively offset by the impact of tax law changes and foreign and other tax adjustments. The impact of the sale of the Geismar, Louisiana, DNT production facility, the global cost reduction plan charge, and the impairment of loans receivable reduced the 2006 effective tax rate by .3%.
2008 Outlook
The Company expects the effective tax rate to be higher in fiscal year 2008. The increase relative to 2007 is primarily due to anticipated earnings growth and a lower level of tax audit settlements and adjustments expected.
Discontinued Operations
The HPPC business and the Amines business have been accounted for as discontinued operations in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 5 for additional details.
HPPC Business
In September 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the sale of its HPPC business, which had previously been reported as part of the Electronics and Performance Materials operating segment.
The Company’s HPPC product line consists of the development, manufacture, and supply of high-purity process chemicals used in the fabrication of integrated circuits in the United States and Europe. In October 2007, the Company executed an agreement of sale with KMG Chemicals, Inc. The sale is scheduled to close on 31 December 2007 and will include manufacturing facilities in the United States and Europe.
The HPPC business generated sales of $87.2, $97.6, and $95.3 and income, net of tax, of $2.2, $3.2, and $2.9 in 2007, 2006,


20     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

and 2005, respectively. Additionally, the Company wrote down the assets of the HPPC business to net realizable value as of 30 September 2007, resulting in a loss of $15.3 ($9.3 after-tax, or $.04 per share).
Amines Business
On 29 September 2006, the Company sold its Amines business to Taminco N.V. The sales price was $211.2 in cash, with certain liabilities assumed by the purchaser. The Company recorded a loss of $40.0 ($23.7 after-tax, or $.11 per share) in connection with the sale of the Amines business and the recording of certain environmental and contractual obligations that the Company retained. A charge of $42.0 ($26.2 after-tax, or $.12 per share) was recognized for environmental obligations related to the Pace, Florida, facility. In addition, 2006 fourth quarter results included a charge of $8.3 ($5.2 after-tax, or $.02 per share) for costs associated with a contract termination.
The Amines business produced methylamines and higher amines products used globally in household, industrial, and agricultural products. The sale of the Amines business included the employees and certain assets and liabilities of the production facilities in Pace, Florida; St. Gabriel, Louisiana; and Camaçari, Brazil.
The Amines business generated sales of $308.4 and $375.2 and income, net of tax, of $5.0 and $4.2 in 2006 and 2005, respectively.
Cumulative Effect of an Accounting Change
The Company adopted Financial Interpretation (FIN) No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,” effective 30 September 2006, and recorded an after-tax charge of $6.2 as the cumulative effect of an accounting change in 2006. FIN No. 47 clarifies the term, conditional asset retirement obligation, as used in SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” which refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event.
Net Income
2007 vs. 2006
Net income was $1,035.6, compared to $723.4 in 2006. Diluted earnings per share was $4.64, compared to $3.18 in 2006. A summary table of changes in diluted earnings per share is presented on page 16.
2006 vs. 2005
Net income was $723.4, compared to $711.7 in 2005. Diluted earnings per share was $3.18, compared to $3.08 in 2005.
Segment Analysis
The Company manages its operations and reports results by six business segments: Merchant Gases, Tonnage Gases, Electronics and Performance Materials, Equipment and Energy, Healthcare, and Chemicals. Refer to the Business Overview discussion beginning on page 14 for a description of the business segments.
Merchant Gases
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Sales
  $ 3,196.4     $ 2,712.8     $ 2,468.0  
Operating income
    587.3       470.0       414.0  
Equity affiliates’ income
    97.8       82.4       82.1  
 
Merchant Gases Sales
                 
    % Change from Prior Year
    2007     2006  
   
Underlying business
               
Volume
    8 %     7 %
Price/mix
    3 %     4 %
Acquisitions/divestitures
    2 %      
Currency
    5 %     (1 %)
 
Total Merchant Gases Sales Change
    18 %     10 %
 
2007 vs. 2006
Merchant Gases Sales
Sales of $3,196.4 increased 18%, or $483.6. Underlying base business growth improved sales by 11%. Sales increased 8% from stronger volumes and higher equipment sales, reflecting demand associated with the Company’s continued success in selling products utilizing applications technology.
    Liquid bulk volumes in North America improved 4%. Liquid oxygen (LOX) and liquid nitrogen (LIN) volumes increased 3% from higher demand across most end markets. Liquid hydrogen volumes increased as hurricane-related supply disruptions negatively impacted prior year results.
 
    Liquid bulk volumes in Europe increased 1%, due to higher demand across most end markets.
 
    Packaged gases volumes in Europe were up 3%, due to higher demand for industrial cylinders and new offerings in the business.
 
    Helium and liquid argon volume growth were constrained, particularly in North America and Europe, due to supply availability.
 
    LOX/LIN volumes in Asia were up 13%, due to solid demand growth and new plants brought onstream.


21


 

Pricing increased sales by 3%. Prices for LOX/LIN improved 5% in North America, 4% in Europe, and 2% in Asia from pricing actions to recover higher power, distribution, and other manufacturing costs.
The acquisition of BOC Gazy during the third quarter of 2007 increased sales by 2%.
Currency increased sales by 5%, primarily from the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and the Pound Sterling.
Merchant Gases Operating Income
Operating income of $587.3 increased $117.3. Favorable operating income variances resulted from higher volumes of $85; improved pricing, net of variable costs, and customer mix of $66; currency impacts of $24; and acquisitions/divestitures of $7. Operating income declined by $58 from higher costs to support growth and due to inflation, partially offset by productivity improvements. Operating income also decreased by $12, as prior year results included hurricane insurance recoveries that exceeded estimated business interruption, asset write-offs, and other expenses.
Merchant Gases Equity Affiliates’ Income
Merchant Gases equity affiliates’ income of $97.8 increased by $15.4, with higher income reported by equity affiliates across all regions, primarily affiliates in Asia and Latin America.
2006 vs. 2005
Merchant Gases Sales
Sales of $2,712.8 increased 10%, or $244.8. Underlying base business growth improved sales by 11%. Sales increased 7% from stronger volumes.
  Liquid bulk volumes in North America improved 2%. Stronger liquid oxygen (LOX), liquid nitrogen (LIN), and liquid argon (LAR) volumes were largely offset by lower liquid hydrogen volumes due to the impacts of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita. LOX/LIN/LAR volumes improved 5% as demand increased among most end markets.
 
  Liquid bulk volumes in Europe increased 5%. The business continued to grow volumes through new customer signings and benefited from increased purchases from a tonnage customer prior to commencing on-site supply.
 
  Packaged gases volumes in Europe were up 1%, driven by strong growth in new and differentiated products.
 
  LOX/LIN volumes in Asia were up 23%, driven mainly by solid demand growth across the region and new plants brought onstream.
Pricing increased sales by 4%. Prices for LOX/LIN improved by 11% in North America and 1% in Europe due to pricing pro-
grams and favorable customer mix. Price increases were implemented principally to recover higher energy costs.
Currency decreased sales by 1%, primarily from the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and the Pound Sterling.
Merchant Gases Operating Income
Operating income of $470.0 increased $56.0. Operating income increased from higher volumes by $72 and $33 from improved pricing and customer mix. Insurance recoveries related to Hurricanes Katrina and Rita exceeded estimated business interruption impacts, asset write-offs, and related expenses by $17. Higher costs in support of increased volumes reduced operating income by $52. Operating income decreased $14 from stock option expense as the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R.
Merchant Gases Equity Affiliates’ Income
Merchant Gases equity affiliates’ income of $82.4 increased by $.3, with higher income reported primarily in the Latin American affiliates, partially offset by the impact of an antitrust fine levied against an Italian equity affiliate of $5.3.
2008 Outlook
Merchant Gases results are expected to increase from demand tied to manufacturing growth, the Company’s efforts to raise prices to recover higher costs, and productivity. Plants in the U.S. continue to operate at high rates across the system. The Company continues to make efforts to debottleneck plants and convert larger customers to small on-site plants. In Asia, results are expected to be higher from strong manufacturing growth in the region and the Company’s expanded technology applications. In Europe, the Company’s focus is continued improvement of margins, streamlining the business operations and utilizing shared services more broadly.
Tonnage Gases
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Sales
  $ 2,596.3     $ 2,224.1     $ 1,740.1  
 
                       
Operating income
    385.3       341.3       251.8  
 
Tonnage Gases Sales
                 
    % Change from Prior Year
    2007     2006  
   
Underlying business
Volume
    19 %     21 %
 
               
Acquisitions/divestitures
    1 %      
 
               
Currency
    2 %     (1 %)
 
               
Natural gas/raw material cost
pass-through
    (5 %)     8 %
 
Total Tonnage Gases Sales Change
    17 %     28 %
 


22     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

2007 vs. 2006
Tonnage Gases Sales
Sales of $2,596.3 increased $372.2, or 17%. Underlying base business volume growth increased sales by 19%. Volumes were higher due to the 2006 start-up of new hydrogen plants supporting the energy industry and current year improved plant loadings. Prior year results were negatively impacted by the effects of Hurricane Katrina.
Sales improved 1% from the acquisition of BOC Gazy. Currency favorably impacted sales by 2% as the U.S. dollar weakened against the Euro and Pound Sterling. Natural gas cost contractually passed through to customers reduced sales by 5%.
Tonnage Gases Operating Income
Operating income of $385.3 increased $44.0. Operating income increased $56 from higher volumes; $16 from improved variable costs, efficiencies, and higher operating bonuses; and $7 from favorable currency effects. Costs increased by $32 due to higher maintenance and operating costs, costs to support growth, and inflation. Operating income decreased by $8 as prior year results included hurricane insurance recoveries that exceeded estimated business interruption, asset write-offs, and other expenses.
2006 vs. 2005
Tonnage Gases Sales
Sales of $2,224.1 increased $484.0, or 28%. Underlying base business volume growth increased sales by 21%. Volumes were higher due to the start-up of new hydrogen plants supporting the refinery industry and strong performance in large tonnage on-sites supporting the steel industry. This increase was partially offset by the impacts of Hurricanes Katrina and Rita.
Currency unfavorably impacted sales by 1% as the U.S. dollar strengthened against the Euro and Pound Sterling. Natural gas cost contractually passed through to customers increased sales by 8%.
Tonnage Gases Operating Income
Operating income of $341.3 increased $89.5. Operating income increased $57 from higher volumes and $24 from a favorable change in customer mix and operating efficiencies. Insurance recoveries related to Hurricanes Katrina and Rita exceeded estimated business interruption impacts, asset write-offs, and related expenses by $15. Operating income decreased $6 from stock option expense as the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R.
2008 Outlook
Tonnage Gases results are expected to be higher in 2008 due to new facilities, improved plant loading, and increased productivity.
Electronics and Performance Materials
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Sales
  $ 2,068.7     $ 1,801.0     $ 1,605.7  
 
                       
Operating income
    229.2       190.0       141.3  
 
Electronics and Performance Materials Sales
                 
  % Change from Prior Year
    2007     2006  
   
Underlying business
Volume
    14 %     13 %
 
               
Price/mix
    (2 )%     (3 )%
 
               
Acquisitions/divestitures
    2 %     2 %
 
               
Currency
    1 %      
 
Total Electronics and Performance
Materials Sales Change
    15 %     12 %
 
2007 vs. 2006
Electronics and Performance Materials Sales
Sales of $2,068.7 increased 15%, or $267.7. Underlying base business increased sales by 12%. Higher volumes across most Electronics product lines and all Performance Materials product lines improved sales by 14%. Electronics growth was due to strong industry operating rates and equipment sales in support of fabrication expansions. Performance Materials increases were due to growth in Asia and Europe. Pricing decreased sales by 2%, as electronic specialty materials continued to experience pricing pressure. Sales increased 2% from the full-year impact of the acquisition of Tomah3 Products in 2006. Favorable currency effects, primarily the weakening of the U.S. dollar against key European currencies, increased sales by 1%.
Electronics and Performance Materials Operating
Income
Operating income of $229.2 increased 21%, or $39.2. Operating income increased $106 from higher volumes, $6 from the full-year impact of the acquisition of Tomah3 Products in 2006, and $6 from favorable currency effects. Lower pricing, net of variable costs, primarily from lower electronics specialty material pricing, decreased operating income by $48. Operating income also declined by $31 from higher costs to support growth and due to inflation.
2006 vs. 2005
Electronics and Performance Materials Sales
Sales of $1,801.0 increased 12%, or $195.3. Underlying base business increased sales by 10%. Higher volumes improved sales by 13%, primarily from increased electronic specialty material volumes, with solid demand in the silicon and flat-panel display markets. Pricing decreased sales by 3%, as


23

 


 

electronic specialty materials continued to experience pricing pressure. Sales increased 2% from the acquisition of Tomah3 Products.
Electronics and Performance Materials Operating
Income
Operating income of $190.0 increased 34%, or $48.7. Operating income increased $143 from higher volumes and $5 from the acquisition of Tomah3 Products. Lower pricing, net of variable costs, primarily from lower electronics specialty material pricing, decreased operating income by $68. Operating income also declined by $13 from stock option expense as the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R, by $12 from increased costs to support higher volumes, and by $6 from currency as the U.S. dollar strengthened against the Euro and key Asian currencies.
2008 Outlook
Electronics and Performance Materials results are expected to be higher in 2008. Sales growth in Electronics should be moderate due to lower equipment sales and product rationalization efforts. The Company anticipates continued silicon growth and higher volumes in tonnage and specialty materials to offset these decreases. Operating income in Electronics should be higher as a result of the product rationalization and increased production in tonnage and specialty materials. The Company expects growth in Performance Materials sales and operating income from a combination of share gain, new market and application success, and new products, which should result in higher volumes for the business.
Equipment and Energy
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Sales
  $ 585.9     $ 536.5     $ 369.4  
 
                       
Operating income
    76.8       68.9       29.1  
 
2007 vs. 2006
Sales of $585.9 increased by $49.4, primarily from a one-time energy-related equipment sale. Operating income of $76.8 increased by $7.9, primarily from higher liquefied natural gas (LNG) heat exchanger activity.
The sales backlog for the Equipment business at 30 September 2007 was $258, compared to $446 at 30 September 2006, which reflected a peak level for LNG orders. It is expected that approximately $225 of the backlog will be completed during 2008. The business received an order for one new LNG heat exchanger in 2007.
2006 vs. 2005
Sales of $536.5 increased by $167.1, primarily from higher LNG heat exchanger, large air separation unit, and hydrocarbon processing equipment activity. Operating income of $68.9 increased by $39.8, primarily from higher LNG activity.
The sales backlog for the Equipment business at 30 September 2006 was $446, compared to $577 at 30 September 2005. The business received orders for two new LNG heat exchangers in 2006.
2008 Outlook
Equipment and Energy results will be lower in 2008 due to the decline in the sales backlog from the peak levels attained during the last two years. The business expects to receive new LNG orders during 2008; however, these new projects would not likely have a significant impact on 2008 results.
Healthcare
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Sales
  $ 631.6     $ 570.8     $ 544.7  
 
                       
Operating income
    33.7       8.4       81.7  
 
Healthcare Sales
                 
    % Change from Prior Year
    2007     2006  
   
Underlying business
Volume
    8 %     5 %
 
               
Price/mix
    (2 )%     (1 )%
 
               
Acquisitions/divestitures
          3 %
 
               
Currency
    5 %     (2 %)
 
Total Healthcare Sales Change
    11 %     5 %
 
2007 vs. 2006
Healthcare Sales
Sales of $631.6 increased $60.8, or 11%. Sales increased 8% due to higher volumes, primarily from the new respiratory care contract in the U.K., partially offset by declining sales in the United States. Service mix decreased sales by 2%, as prior year results included higher emergency billings during the stabilization period of the U.K. respiratory contract. Favorable currency effects, driven primarily by the weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro and the Pound Sterling, increased sales by 5%.
Healthcare Operating Income
Operating income of $33.7 increased $25.3. Operating income increased $13 from higher volumes as growth in Europe was partially offset by lower volumes in the United States. Results in 2006 included a charge of $17 to adjust U.S. inventories to actual, based on physical inventory counts.



24
     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

2006 vs. 2005
Healthcare Sales
Sales of $570.8 increased $26.1, or 5%. Sales increased 5% due to increased volumes from a respiratory care contract won in the U.K., offset by declining sales in the U.S. Pricing decreased sales by 1% from continued pricing pressures in both the U.S. and Europe. Acquisitions increased sales by 3%, as the Company acquired one small healthcare business in Europe and had the full-year effect of the acquisitions closed in the U.S. in 2005. Currency, driven primarily by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Euro, decreased sales by 2%.
Healthcare Operating Income
Operating income of $8.4 decreased $73.3. Operating income decreased $4 from volumes, as growth in Europe of $13 was more than offset by lower volumes in the U.S. of $17. Results in 2006 included a charge of $17 to adjust U.S. inventories to actual, based on physical inventory counts. Operating income declined from higher costs in the U.S. of $33, primarily driven by increased bad debt expense and infrastructure costs to support growth. Higher costs in Europe, primarily due to the new respiratory contract in the U.K., decreased operating income by $20.
2008 Outlook
Healthcare results are expected to improve in 2008. The Company expects continued organic growth in Europe. In the U.S., the business has not improved as quickly as expected. The Company has taken actions to improve volumes, which should increase sales and operating income in 2008.
Chemicals
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
Sales
  $ 958.9     $ 907.6     $ 945.1  
 
                       
Operating income
    129.0       64.0       86.1  
 
2007 vs. 2006
Chemicals Sales
Sales of $958.9 increased $51.3, or 6%. Sales increased primarily from higher volumes in both the Polymer Emulsions and PUI businesses. Divestitures negatively impacted sales, as the Company sold its DNT facility in Geismar, Louisiana, in the second quarter of 2006.
Chemicals Operating Income
Operating income of $129.0 increased $65.0, primarily due to higher volumes and a customer contract settlement in the fourth quarter of 2007 related to a DNT supply agreement. The settlement of the contract resulted in a gain of $37. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for further information.
2006 vs. 2005
Chemicals Sales
Sales of $907.6 decreased $37.5, or 4%. Sales increased from higher raw material costs contractually passed through to customers and other price increases to recover raw material costs. Sales decreased from lower volumes in PUI from the termination of a contract and a customer shutdown that took place in the fourth quarter of 2005. Divestitures negatively impacted sales, as the Company sold its DNT facility in Geismar, Louisiana. Volumes in Polymer Emulsions were relatively flat as the Company continued to focus on recovering higher raw material costs.
Chemicals Operating Income
Operating income of $64.0 decreased $22.1, primarily due to a customer terminating its contract to purchase toluene diamine in the fourth quarter of 2005. As a result, operating income in 2005 included $16.0, which represents the present value of the contractual termination payments required under the supply contract.
On 31 March 2006, the Company sold its DNT production facility in Geismar, Louisiana, to BASF Corporation, which resulted in a net gain of $70 that is included in operating income. In the second quarter of 2006, the Company also recognized a loss in operating income of $66 for the impairment of loans receivable from a long-term supplier of sulfuric acid used in the production of DNT for the Company’s PUI business. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on these items.
2008 Outlook
Chemicals sales should be higher in 2008 from improved volumes in both Polymer Emulsions and PUI. However, operating income is expected to be lower, as 2007 results included the favorable impact of the customer contract settlement in PUI. Refer to Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements regarding the potential sale of the Polymer Emulsions business.
Other
Other operating income includes expense and income that cannot be directly associated with the business segments, including foreign exchange gains and losses, and interest income. The loss in 2006 and prior years includes certain costs previously allocated to the Amines business. Also included are LIFO inventory adjustments, as the business segments use FIFO and the LIFO pool is kept at corporate. Corporate research and development costs are fully allocated to the business segments.


25

 


 

                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Operating (loss)
  $ (9.6 )   $ (14.9 )   $ (13.2 )
 
2007 vs. 2006
The operating loss of $9.6 decreased by $5.3, primarily due to the Amines allocated costs that are included in the 2006 results.
2006 vs. 2005
The operating loss of $14.9 increased by $1.7. No individual items created a material variance in the comparison to the prior year.
PENSION BENEFITS
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans that cover a substantial portion of its worldwide employees. The principal defined benefit pension plans—the U.S. Salaried Pension Plan and the U.K. Pension Plan—were closed to new participants in 2005 and were replaced with defined contribution plans. The move to defined contribution plans has not had and is not anticipated to have a material impact on retirement program cost levels or funding in the near term. Over the long run, however, the new defined contribution plans are expected to reduce volatility of both expense and contributions.
The amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements for pension benefits under the defined benefit plans are determined on an actuarial basis utilizing numerous assumptions. The discussion that follows provides information on the funding, significant assumptions, and expense associated with the defined benefit plans. In addition, refer to Note 18 for comprehensive and detailed disclosures on the Company’s postretirement benefits and Note 2 for information on the adoption of SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132R.”
For 2007, the fair market value of pension plan assets for the Company’s defined benefit plans as of the measurement date increased to $2,601.4 from $2,052.0 in 2006. The projected benefit obligation for these plans as of the measurement date was $3,035.9 and $2,933.1 in 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Pension Funding
Pension funding includes both contributions to funded plans and benefit payments under unfunded plans. With respect to funded plans, the Company’s funding policy is that contributions, combined with appreciation and earnings, will be sufficient to pay benefits without creating unnecessary surpluses.
In addition, the Company makes contributions to satisfy all legal funding requirements while managing its capacity to benefit from tax deductions attributable to plan contributions. External actuarial firms analyze the liabilities and demographics of each plan, which helps guide the level of contributions. During 2007 and 2006, the Company’s cash contributions to funded plans and benefit payments under unfunded plans were $290.0 and $130.1, respectively, the majority of which was voluntary.
2008 Outlook
Cash contributions and benefit payments for defined benefit plans are estimated to be approximately $130 in 2008. Actual future contributions will depend on future funding legislation, discount rates, investment performance, plan design, and various other factors. Refer to the Contractual Obligations discussion on page 30 for a projection of future contributions.
Significant Assumptions
Actuarial models are used in calculating the pension expense and liability related to the various defined benefit plans. These models have an underlying assumption that the employees render service over their service lives on a relatively consistent basis; therefore, the expense of benefits earned should follow a similar pattern.
Several assumptions and statistical variables are used in the models to calculate the expense and liability related to the plans. The Company, in consultation with its actuaries, determines assumptions about the discount rate, the expected rate of return on plan assets, and the rate of compensation increase. Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements includes disclosure of these rates on a weighted average basis, encompassing both the domestic and international plans. The actuarial models also use assumptions on demographic factors such as retirement age, mortality, and turnover rates. The Company believes the actuarial assumptions are reasonable. However, actual results could vary materially from these actuarial assumptions due to economic events and different rates of retirement, mortality, and turnover.
One of the critical assumptions used in the actuarial models is the discount rate. This rate is determined at the annual measurement date for each of the various plans and is therefore subject to change each year. The rate reflects the prevailing market rate for high-quality, fixed-income debt instruments with maturities corresponding to the expected duration of the benefit obligations on the measurement date. The rate is used to discount the future cash flows of benefit obligations back to the measurement date. A lower discount rate increases the present value of the benefit obligations and results in higher pension


26     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

expense. A 50 basis point increase/decrease in the discount rate decreases/increases pension expense by approximately $25 per year.
The expected rate of return on plan assets represents the average rate of return to be earned by plan assets over the period that the benefits included in the benefit obligation are to be paid. Lower returns on the plan assets result in higher pension expense. The Company applies historic long-term market returns for each asset category to develop this rate of return. The weighted average actual compound rate of return earned on plan assets for the last ten years was 8.2% for the U.S. and the U.K. For the last 20 years the actual rate was 9.7%. A 50 basis point increase/decrease in the estimated rate of return on plan assets decreases/increases pension expense by approximately $11 per year.
The expected rate of compensation increase is another key assumption. The Company determines this rate based on review of the underlying long-term salary increase trend characteristic of labor markets, historical experience, as well as comparison to peer companies. A 50 basis point increase/decrease in the expected rate of compensation increases/decreases pension expense by approximately $16 per year.
Pension Expense
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Pension expense
  $ 138.5     $ 154.0     $ 116.7  
 
                       
Special terminations,
settlements and curtailments
(included above)
    12.3       12.9       5.1  
 
                       
Weighted average discount rate
    5.7 %     5.3 %     5.9 %  
 
                       
Weighted average expected
rate of return on plan assets
    8.8 %     8.8 %     8.8 %
 
                       
Weighted average rate of
compensation increase
    4.1 %     4.1 %     4.2 %
 
2007 vs. 2006
The decrease in pension expense was primarily attributable to the 40 basis point increase in the weighted average discount rate. Expense in 2007 included $12.3 for special termination and settlement charges, of which $1.2 was related to the global cost reduction plan.
2006 vs. 2005
The increase in pension expense was primarily attributable to the 60 basis point decrease in the weighted average discount rate. Expense in 2006 included $12.9 for special termination and settlement charges, of which $9.4 was related to the global cost reduction plan.
2008 Outlook
Pension expense, excluding anticipated settlements, is estimated to be approximately $105 in 2008. This represents a decrease of $21.2 from 2007, net of special terminations, settlements, and curtailments. This decrease is primarily attributable to a 40 basis point increase in the weighted average discount rate from 5.7% to 6.1%.
The Company anticipates an additional expense of $20 to $25 for the recognition of settlement losses related to 2007 retirements as discussed in Note 18.
Pension expense in both 2007 and 2008 was calculated based on a global weighted average long-term rate of return on plan assets assumption of 8.8%. In 2008, pension expense will include approximately $37.8 of amortization relating to actuarial losses. Future increases in the discount rate and higher than expected returns on plan assets would reduce the actuarial losses and resulting amortization in years beyond 2008.
SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Effective 1 October 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R and related interpretations and began expensing the grant-date fair value of employee stock options. Prior to 1 October 2005, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized in net income for employee stock options, as options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Refer to Note 2 and Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements for a detailed discussion on the adoption of SFAS No. 123R and the Company’s share-based compensation programs.
ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
The Company is subject to various environmental laws and regulations in the United States of America and foreign countries where it has operations. Compliance with these laws and regulations results in higher capital expenditures and costs. Additionally, from time to time, the Company is involved in proceedings under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (the federal Superfund law), similar state laws, and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) relating to the designation of certain sites for investigation and possible cleanup. The Company’s accounting policy for environmental expenditures is discussed in Note 1, and environmental loss contingencies are discussed in Note 19.


27

 


 

The amounts charged to earnings from continuing operations on an after-tax basis related to environmental matters totaled $25.1, $25.8, and $26.1 in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively. These amounts represent an estimate of expenses for compliance with environmental laws, as well as remedial activities and costs incurred to meet internal Company standards. Such costs are estimated to be $21 and $22 in 2008 and 2009, respectively.
Although precise amounts are difficult to determine, the Company estimates that in 2007 it spent approximately $11 on capital projects to control pollution versus $14 in 2006. Capital expenditures to control pollution in future years are estimated to be $10 in 2008 and $6 in 2009.
The Company accrues environmental investigatory, external legal costs, and remediation costs for identified sites when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. The potential exposure for such costs is estimated to range from $52 to a reasonably possible upper exposure of $65. The balance sheet at 30 September 2007 and 2006 included an accrual of $52.2 and $52.4, respectively. The accrual for the environmental obligation related to the Pace, Florida, facility is included in these amounts (see Note 19).
Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future periods may vary from the estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Subject to the imprecision in estimating future environmental costs, the Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with environmental matters in excess of the amounts recorded or disclosed above would have a materially adverse effect on its financial condition or results of operations in any one year.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
The Company maintained a solid financial position throughout 2007. Strong cash flow from operations, supplemented with proceeds from borrowings, provided funding for the Company’s capital spending and share repurchase program. The Company is currently rated A/A2 (long-term) and A-1/P-1 (short-term), respectively, by Standard & Poor’s and Moody’s.
Cash Flows
The Company’s cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities, as reflected in the consolidated statements of cash flows, are summarized in the following table:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Cash provided by (used for)
                       
continuing operations:
                       
 
Operating activities
  $ 1,482.9     $ 1,313.5     $ 1,303.8  
 
Investing activities
    (1,477.5 )     (1,146.9 )     (961.2 )
 
Financing activities
    (14.9 )     (416.4 )     (469.8 )
 
Cash provided by (used for)
                       
discontinued operations:
                       
 
Operating activities
    14.5       32.7       49.1  
 
Investing activities
    (5.5 )     200.2       (12.2 )
 
Financing activities
          (6.2 )      
 
Effect of exchange rate
                       
changes on cash
    7.6       2.5       (.2 )
 
Increase (decrease) in cash
                       
and cash items
  $ 7.1     $ (20.6 )   $ (90.5 )
 
Operating Activities from Continuing Operations
2007 vs. 2006
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations increased $169.4, or 13%. This increase was primarily due to higher earnings partially offset by changes in working capital. Income from continuing operations increased $297.6. Noncash adjustments, principally depreciation and amortization, increased cash from operating activities by $66.6. The use of cash for working capital increased $194.8. There was an increase in the use of cash for payables and accrued liabilities of $321.5, partially offset by a decrease in the use of cash for trade receivables of $72.6 and inventories of $41.3. Cash used for payables and accrued liabilities increased, due mainly to a reduction in customer advances, higher pension plan contributions, payments for the global cost reduction plan, and the timing of payments. Customer advances declined as projects on average were nearer completion. Generally, customer advances are higher at the beginning of projects. The use of cash decreased for trade receivables due to the Company’s focus on collection activities.
2006 vs. 2005
Net cash provided by operating activities from continuing operations increased $9.7, or 1%. Income from continuing operations increased $40.5. Overall, there was a decline in noncash adjustments of $29.1. Noncash adjustments favorably contributing to the change in cash provided by operating activities included depreciation and amortization expense, impairment of loans receivable, and share-based compensation. These adjustments were offset by unfavorable changes in deferred income taxes; the reclassification of the sale of the DNT facility in Geismar, Louisiana, to investing activities; and an increase in noncurrent receivables associated with the capital leases of on-site tonnage facilities. The unfavorable changes in


28     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

deferred income taxes were due primarily to the impact of the charge for the global cost reduction plan, sale of the chemical facility, and the impairment of loans receivable. The decrease in use of cash for working capital in 2006 was driven by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities, due mainly to expenses for the global cost reduction plan and the timing of payments. This change was partially offset by an increase in cash used for inventories and contracts in progress. Cash used for inventories increased due to increased business activity and rebuilding of inventories due to the hurricanes in late 2005. Cash used for contracts in progress increased due to an increase in equipment project spending.
Investing Activities from Continuing Operations
2007 vs. 2006
Cash used for investing activities increased $330.6. Additions to plant and equipment decreased by $204.2. This decrease is primarily related to the $297.2 repurchase of cryogenic vessel equipment in 2006. Acquisitions in 2007, totaling $539.1, primarily consisted of BOC Gazy from The Linde Group for 380 million Euros or $518.4. Acquisitions in 2006 of $127.0 principally included Tomah3 Products. Proceeds from the sale of assets and investments decreased $117.3, principally due to the sale of the Geismar, Louisiana, DNT production facility in 2006. Additionally, insurance proceeds received for property damage from hurricanes were lower by $37.4.
2006 vs. 2005
In 2006, cash used for investing activities increased by $185.7. Additions to plant and equipment increased by $342.0 and included $297.2 for the repurchase of cryogenic vessel equipment. Acquisitions in 2006, totaling $127.0, primarily consisted of Tomah3 Products and a small European healthcare business. Acquisitions in 2005 of $97.2 primarily included five small U.S. healthcare businesses. Proceeds from the sale of assets and investments increased $155.0 in 2006, due principally to the sale of the Geismar, Louisiana, DNT production facility. Additionally, 2006 included $52.3 for insurance proceeds received for property damage from hurricanes.
Capital Expenditures for Continuing Operations
Capital expenditures for continuing operations in 2007 totaled $1,595.9, compared to $1,410.5 in 2006. Additions to plant and equipment in 2007 decreased by $204.2 compared to 2006, which included the repurchase of cryogenic vessel equipment for $297.2. As in 2006, additions to plant and equipment in 2007 were largely in support of the worldwide Merchant Gases, Tonnage Gases, and Electronics and Performance Materials segments. Additions to plant and equipment also included support capital of a routine, ongoing nature, including expendi-
tures for distribution equipment and facility improvements. The Company acquired BOC Gazy in 2007 at a cost of $518.4.
Capital expenditures for continuing operations are detailed in the following table:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Additions to plant and
                       
equipment
  $ 1,055.0     $ 1,259.2     $ 917.2  
 
Acquisitions, less cash
                       
acquired
    539.1       127.0       97.2  
 
Investments in and advances
                       
to unconsolidated affiliates
    .2       22.5       10.5  
 
Long-term debt assumed in
                       
acquisitions
                .6  
 
Capital leases
    1.6       1.8       5.0  
 
 
  $ 1,595.9     $ 1,410.5     $ 1,030.5  
 
2008 Outlook
Capital expenditures for new plant and equipment in 2008 are expected to be between $1,100 and $1,200, reflecting a strong project workload. It is anticipated that capital expenditures will be funded with cash from continuing operations. In addition, the Company intends to continue to evaluate other acquisition opportunities and investments in equity affiliates.
Financing Activities from Continuing Operations
2007 vs. 2006
Cash used for financing activities decreased $401.5 in 2007, due primarily to the net increase in Company borrowings (short- and long-term proceeds net of repayments) of $611.8 as compared to $238.7. Additionally, higher proceeds from stock option exercises of $99.9 were partially offset by an increase in the use of cash for the purchase of treasury stock of $92.9.
2006 vs. 2005
Cash used for financing activities decreased $53.4 in 2006, due primarily to a net increase in Company borrowings as short- and long-term proceeds exceeded repayments by $69.8 more in 2006 than 2005. The proceeds from the sale of the Amines business were used to repay outstanding commercial paper.
Financing and Capital Structure
Capital needs in 2007 were satisfied with cash from continuing operations and supplemented with proceeds from borrowings. At the end of 2007, total debt outstanding was $3.7 billion compared to $2.8 billion. This increase was due primarily to long- and short-term debt proceeds exceeding repayments by $611.8 and the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar on the translation of foreign currency debt. Total debt at 30 September 2007 and 2006, expressed as a percentage of the sum of total debt, shareholders’ equity, and minority interest, was 39.3% and 35.8%, respectively.


29

 


 

Long-term debt financings in 2007 totaled $857.1. At 30 September 2006, the Company’s outstanding debt included Euro 153.5 million ($194.5) for a 6.5% Eurobond maturing on 12 July 2007, which was classified as long-term debt because of the Company’s ability and intent to refinance. The Company completed a commitment to refinance this Eurobond in June 2007 with a portion of the proceeds of a new Euro 250.0 million ($340.1) Eurobond. The new Eurobond is a floating rate Eurobond (initial interest rate of 4.315%) that settled on 3 July 2007 and matures on 2 July 2010. The balance of the net proceeds of the new Eurobond (after repayment of the 6.5% Eurobond principal and interest) was converted to U.S. dollars and used to repay U.S. commercial paper.
On 12 March 2007, the Company issued Euro 300.0 million ($395.1) of 4.625% Eurobonds maturing 15 March 2017, the proceeds of which were used to fund a portion of the acquisition of the Polish industrial gas business of BOC Gazy.
There was $334.0 of commercial paper outstanding at 30 September 2007. Substantial credit facilities are maintained to provide backup funding for commercial paper and to ensure availability of adequate sources of liquidity. As of 30 September 2007, there were no borrowings outstanding under the Company’s $1,200 multicurrency committed revolving credit facility, maturing May 2011.
Additional commitments of $299.8 are maintained by the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, of which $152.5 was borrowed and outstanding at 30 September 2007.
On 20 September 2007, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $1,000 of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This action was in addition to an existing $1,500 share repurchase program which was approved on 16 March 2006. During 2006, the Company purchased 7.7 million of its outstanding shares at a cost of $496.1. During 2007, the Company purchased an additional 7.3 million of its outstanding shares at a cost of $567.3. The Company expects to complete the remaining $436.6 of the original $1,500 program in fiscal year 2008. The recently announced program for an additional $1,000 will be completed at the Company’s discretion while maintaining sufficient funds for investing in its business and growth opportunities.
Dividends
On 15 March 2007, the Board of Directors increased the quarterly cash dividend 12% from 34 cents per share to 38 cents per share. Dividends are declared by the Board of Directors and are usually paid during the sixth week after the close of the fiscal quarter.
Discontinued Operations
Cash provided by discontinued operations in 2007 was $9.0 as compared to $226.7 in 2006. Proceeds from the sale of the Amines business of $211.2 were included in 2006.


CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATIONS
The Company is obligated to make future payments under various contracts such as debt agreements, lease agreements, unconditional purchase obligations, and other long-term obligations. The following table summarizes these obligations of the Company as of 30 September 2007.
                                                         
        Payments Due by Period    
    Total     2008     2009     2010     2011     2012     Thereafter  
     
Long-term debt obligations
                                                       
 
Debt maturities
  $ 3,065     $ 98     $ 38     $ 440     $ 157     $ 428     $ 1,904  
 
Contractual interest
    1,209       129       127       120       100       90       643  
 
Capital leases
    15       4       2       2       1       1       5  
 
Operating leases
    195       43       37       27       20       16       52  
 
Pension obligations
    630       130       155       155       100       90        
 
Unconditional purchase obligations
    1,475       426       126       109       96       90       628  
 
Total Contractual Obligations
  $ 6,589     $ 830     $ 485     $ 853     $ 474     $ 715     $ 3,232  
 

30     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

Long-Term Debt Obligations
The long-term debt obligations include the maturity payments of long-term debt, including current portion, and the related contractual interest obligations. Refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on long-term debt.
Contractual interest is the interest the Company is contracted to pay on the long-term debt obligations without taking into account the interest impact of interest rate swaps related to any of this debt, which at current interest rates would slightly increase contractual interest. The Company had $993 of long-term debt subject to variable interest rates at 30 September 2007, excluding fixed-rate debt that has been swapped to variable-rate debt. The rate assumed for the variable interest component of the contractual interest obligation was the rate in effect at 30 September 2007. Variable interest rates are primarily determined by interbank offer rates and by U.S. short-term tax-exempt interest rates.
Leases
Refer to Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for additional information on capital and operating leases.
Pension Obligations
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit plans that cover a substantial portion of its worldwide employees. The Company closed its major defined benefit plans to new participants in 2005. The Company’s funding policy is that contributions, combined with appreciation and earnings, will be sufficient to pay benefits without creating unnecessary surpluses. In addition, the Company makes contributions to satisfy all legal funding requirements while managing its capacity to benefit from tax deductions attributable to plan contributions. The amounts in the table represent the current estimated cash payments to be made by the Company over the next five years. These payments are based upon current valuation assumptions and new U.S. pension legislation effective in 2008.
The total accrued liability for pension benefits is impacted by interest rates, plan demographics, actual return on plan assets, continuation or modification of benefits, and other factors. Such factors can significantly impact the amount of the liability and related contributions.
Unconditional Purchase Obligations
Most of the Company’s long-term unconditional purchase obligations relate to feedstock supply for numerous HyCO (hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and syngas) facilities. The price of feedstock supply is principally related to the price of natural gas. However, long-term take-or-pay sales contracts to HyCO
customers are generally matched to the term of the feedstock supply obligations and provide recovery of price increases in the feedstock supply. Due to the matching of most long-term feedstock supply obligations to customer sales contracts, the Company does not believe these purchase obligations would have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
Natural gas supply purchase obligations to HyCO facilities are principally short-term commitments at market prices.
The above unconditional purchase obligations also include the fixed demand charge for electric power under numerous supply contracts. A fixed demand charge is generally included in electric power supply agreement pricing and generally ratchets down to zero over a period of months in the event operations are terminated. Therefore, the fixed obligation is principally included in 2008.
Purchase commitments to spend approximately $246 for additional plant and equipment are included in the unconditional purchase obligations. Total capital expenditures for plant and equipment in 2008 are expected to be between $1,100 to $1,200.
The Company also purchases materials, energy, capital equipment, supplies, and services as part of the ordinary course of business under arrangements which are not unconditional purchase obligations. The majority of such purchases are for raw materials and energy, which are obtained under requirements-type contracts at market prices. In total, purchases by the Company approximate $6.5 billion annually, including the unconditional purchase obligations in the table.
Deferred Income Tax Liability
Noncurrent deferred income tax liabilities as of 30 September 2007 were $712.5. Refer to Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements. Deferred tax liabilities are calculated based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. This amount is not included in the Contractual Obligations table because this presentation would not be meaningful. These liabilities do not have a direct connection with the amount of cash taxes to be paid in any future periods and do not relate to liquidity needs.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
The Company has entered into certain guarantee agreements as discussed in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. The Company is not a primary beneficiary in any material variable interest entity. The Company does not have any


31

 


 

derivative instruments indexed to its own stock. The Company’s off-balance sheet arrangements are not reasonably likely to have a material impact on financial condition, changes in financial condition, results of operations, or liquidity.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
The Company’s principal related parties are equity affiliates operating in industrial gas and chemicals businesses. The Company did not engage in any material transactions involving related parties that included terms or other aspects that differ from those which would be negotiated at arm’s length with clearly independent parties.
MARKET RISKS AND SENSITIVITY ANALYSIS
The Company’s earnings, cash flows, and financial position are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currency exchange rates. It is the policy of the Company to minimize its cash flow exposure to adverse changes in currency and exchange rates and to manage the financial risks inherent in funding with debt capital.
The Company mitigates adverse energy price impacts through its cost pass-through contracts with customers, as well as price increases. The Company has entered into a limited number of commodity swap contracts in order to reduce the cash flow exposure to changes in the price of natural gas relative to certain oil-based feedstocks. The Company has also entered into a number of contracts to hedge the cash flow exposure of changes in the market price of nickel.
The Company addresses these financial exposures through a controlled program of risk management that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. Counterparties to all derivative contracts are major financial institutions, thereby minimizing the risk of credit loss. All instruments are entered into for other than trading purposes. The utilization of these instruments is described more fully in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements. The major accounting policies for these instruments are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements.
The Company’s derivative and other financial instruments consist of long-term debt (including current portion), interest rate swaps, cross currency interest rate swaps, foreign exchange-forward contracts, foreign exchange-option contracts, and commodity swaps. The net market value of these financial instruments combined is referred to below as the net financial instrument position. The net financial instrument position does not include other investments of $39.8 at 30 September 2007 and $95.2 at 30 September 2006 as disclosed in Note 6 to the
consolidated financial statements. These amounts primarily represent an investment in a publicly traded foreign company accounted for by the cost method. The Company assessed the materiality of the market risk exposure on these other investments and determined this exposure to be immaterial.
At 30 September 2007 and 2006, the net financial instrument position was a liability of $3,157 and $2,533, respectively. The increase in the net financial instrument position was due primarily to an increase in the book value of long-term debt as a result of new issuances exceeding repayments and the impact of a weaker U.S. dollar on the translation of foreign currency debt.
The analysis below presents the sensitivity of the market value of the Company’s financial instruments to selected changes in market rates and prices. The range of changes chosen reflects the Company’s view of changes which are reasonably possible over a one-year period. Market values are the present value of projected future cash flows based on the market rates and prices chosen. The market values for interest rate risk and foreign currency risk are calculated by the Company using a third-party software model that utilizes standard pricing models to determine the present value of the instruments based on market conditions (interest rates, spot and forward exchange rates, and implied volatilities) as of the valuation date.
Interest Rate Risk
The Company’s debt portfolio, including swap agreements, as of 30 September 2007, primarily comprised debt denominated in Euros (51%) and U.S. dollars (33%), including the effect of currency swaps. This debt portfolio is composed of 47% fixed-rate debt and 53% variable-rate debt. Changes in interest rates have different impacts on the fixed- and variable-rate portions of the Company’s debt portfolio. A change in interest rates on the fixed portion of the debt portfolio impacts the net financial instrument position but has no impact on interest incurred or cash flows. A change in interest rates on the variable portion of the debt portfolio impacts the interest incurred and cash flows but does not impact the net financial instrument position.
The sensitivity analysis related to the fixed portion of the Company’s debt portfolio assumes an instantaneous 100 basis point move in interest rates from the levels at 30 September 2007 and 2006, with all other variables held constant. A 100 basis point increase in market interest rates would result in a decrease of $95 and $71 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively. A 100 basis point decrease in market interest rates would result in an increase of $103 and $71 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively.


32     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

Based on the variable-rate debt included in the Company’s debt portfolio, including the interest rate swap agreements, as of 30 September 2007 and 2006, a 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in an additional $19 and $15 in interest incurred per year at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively. A 100 basis point decline would lower interest incurred by $19 and $15 per year at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively.
Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk
The sensitivity analysis assumes an instantaneous 10% change in the foreign currency exchange rates from their levels at 30 September 2007 and 2006, with all other variables held constant. A 10% strengthening of the functional currency of an entity versus all other currencies would result in a decrease of $366 and $216 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively. A 10% weakening of the functional currency of an entity versus all other currencies would result in an increase of $366 and $215 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The primary currencies for which the Company has exchange rate exposure are the U.S. dollar versus the Euro, and the U.S. dollar versus the U.K. Pound Sterling. Foreign currency debt, cross currency interest rate swaps and foreign exchange-forward contracts are used in countries where the Company does business, thereby reducing its net asset exposure. Foreign exchange-forward contracts also are used to hedge the Company’s firm and highly anticipated foreign currency cash flows, along with foreign exchange-option contracts. Thus, there is either an asset/liability or cash flow exposure related to all of the financial instruments in the above sensitivity analysis for which the impact of a movement in exchange rates would be in the opposite direction and materially equal (or more favorable in the case of purchased foreign exchange-option contracts) to the impact on the instruments in the analysis.
Commodity Price Risk
The sensitivity analysis assumes an instantaneous 50% change in the price of natural gas, oil-based feedstocks, and nickel from their levels at 30 September 2007 and 2006, with all other variables held constant. A 50% increase in these prices would result in a decrease of $2 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2007 and an increase of $2 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2006. A 50% decline in these prices would result in an increase of $2 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2007 and a decrease of $2 in the net liability position of financial instruments at 30 September 2006.
INFLATION
The financial statements are presented in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and do not fully reflect the impact of prior years’ inflation. While the U.S. inflation rate has been modest for several years, the Company operates in many countries with both inflation and currency issues. The ability to pass on inflationary cost increases is an uncertainty due to general economic conditions and competitive situations. It is estimated that the cost of replacing the Company’s plant and equipment today is greater than its historical cost. Accordingly, depreciation expense would be greater if the expense were stated on a current cost basis.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND
ESTIMATES
Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements describes the Company’s major accounting policies. Judgments and estimates of uncertainties are required in applying the Company’s accounting policies in many areas. However, application of the critical accounting policies discussed below requires management’s significant judgments, often as the result of the need to make estimates of matters that are inherently uncertain. If actual results were to differ materially from the estimates made, the reported results could be materially affected. The Company’s management has reviewed these critical accounting policies and estimates and related disclosures with its audit committee.
Depreciable Lives of Plant and Equipment
Plant and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method, which deducts equal amounts of the cost of each asset from earnings every year over its estimated economic useful life. Net plant and equipment at 30 September 2007 totaled $6,770.0, and depreciation expense totaled $814.8 during 2007.
Economic useful life is the duration of time an asset is expected to be productively employed by the Company, which may be less than its physical life. Assumptions on the following factors, among others, affect the determination of estimated economic useful life: wear and tear, obsolescence, technical standards, contract life, market demand, competitive position, raw material availability, and geographic location.
The estimated economic useful life of an asset is monitored to determine its appropriateness, especially in light of changed business circumstances. For example, changes in technology, changes in the estimated future demand for products, or excessive wear and tear may result in a shorter estimated useful life


33

 


 

than originally anticipated. In these cases, the Company would depreciate the remaining net book value over the new estimated remaining life, thereby increasing depreciation expense per year on a prospective basis. Likewise, if the estimated useful life is increased, the adjustment to the useful life decreases depreciation expense per year on a prospective basis.
The Company has numerous long-term customer supply contracts, particularly in the gases on-site business within the Tonnage Gases segment. These contracts principally have initial contract terms of 15 to 20 years. There are also long-term customer supply contracts associated with the tonnage gases business within the Electronics and Performance Materials segment. These contracts principally have initial terms of 10 to 15 years. Depreciable lives of the production assets related to long-term contracts are matched to the contract lives. Extensions to the contract term of supply frequently occur prior to the expiration of the initial term. As contract terms are extended, the depreciable life of the remaining net book value of the production assets is adjusted to match the new contract term.
The depreciable lives of production facilities within the Merchant Gases segment are principally 15 years. Customer contracts associated with products produced at these types of facilities typically have a much shorter term. The depreciable lives of production facilities within the Electronics and Performance Materials segment, where there is not an associated long-term supply agreement, range from 10 to 15 years. These depreciable lives have been determined based on historical experience combined with judgment on future assumptions such as technological advances, potential obsolescence, competitors’ actions, etc. Management monitors its assumptions and may potentially need to adjust depreciable life as circumstances change.
A change in the depreciable life by one year for production facilities within the Merchant Gases and Electronics and Performance Materials segments for which there is not an associated long-term customer supply agreement would impact annual depreciation expense as summarized below:
                 
    Decrease Life     Increase Life  
    by 1 Year     by 1 Year  
   
Merchant Gases
  $ 20     $ (13 )
 
               
Electronics and
Performance Materials
  $ 16     $ (13 )
 
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Plant and Equipment
Net plant and equipment at 30 September 2007 totaled $6,770.0. Plant and equipment held for use is grouped for impairment testing at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows. Impairment testing of the asset group occurs whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. The Company assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the assets. If an asset group is considered impaired, the impairment loss to be recognized would be measured as the amount by which the asset group’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Assets to be disposed of by sale are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
The estimate of plant and equipment fair value is based on estimated discounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. The assumptions underlying cash flow projections represent management’s best estimates at the time of the impairment review. Factors that management must estimate include: industry and market conditions, sales volume and prices, costs to produce, inflation, etc. Changes in key assumptions or actual conditions that differ from estimates could result in an impairment charge. The Company uses reasonable and supportable assumptions when performing impairment reviews and cannot predict the occurrence of future events and circumstances that could result in impairment charges.
As part of the actions taken in the Company’s global cost reduction plan, recognized impairment of assets to be sold or abandoned was $7.7 in 2006. Refer to Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements.
Goodwill
The purchase method of accounting for business combinations requires the Company to make use of estimates and judgments to allocate the purchase price paid for acquisitions to the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the fair value of net assets of an acquired entity. Goodwill, including goodwill associated with equity affiliates, was $1,293.1 as of 30 September 2007. The majority of the Company’s goodwill is assigned to reporting units within the Merchant Gases, Electronics and Performance Materials, and Healthcare segments. Disclosures related to goodwill are included in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements.


34     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

The Company performs an impairment test annually in the fourth quarter of the fiscal year. In addition, goodwill would be tested more frequently if changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events indicated that potential impairment exists. The impairment test requires the Company to compare the fair value of business reporting units to carrying value, including assigned goodwill. The results of the impairment tests have indicated fair value amounts exceeded carrying amounts.
The Company primarily uses the present value of future cash flows to determine fair value. The Company’s valuation model assumes a five-year growth period for the business and an estimated exit trading multiple. Management judgment is required in the estimation of future operating results and to determine the appropriate exit multiple. The exit multiple is determined from comparable industry transactions. Future operating results and exit multiples could differ from the estimates.
Equity Investments
Investments in and advances to equity affiliates totaled $846.0 at 30 September 2007. The majority of the Company’s investments are non-publicly traded ventures with other companies in the industrial gas or chemicals business. Summarized financial information of equity affiliates is included in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements. Equity investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investment may not be recoverable.
In the event that a decline in fair value of an investment occurs, and the decline in value is considered to be other than temporary, an impairment loss would be recognized. Management’s estimate of fair value of an investment is based on estimated discounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the investee. Changes in key assumptions about the financial condition of an investee or actual conditions that differ from estimates could result in an impairment charge.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities measured using the enacted tax rate. At 30 September 2007, accrued income taxes and deferred tax liabilities amounted to $110.8 and $712.5, respectively. Income tax expense was $301.2 for the year ended 30 September 2007. Management judgment is required in determining
income tax expense and the related balance sheet amounts. Judgments are required concerning the ultimate outcome of tax contingencies and the realization of deferred tax assets.
Actual income taxes paid may vary from estimates, depending upon changes in income tax laws, actual results of operations, and the final audit of tax returns by taxing authorities. Tax assessments may arise several years after tax returns have been filed. The Company believes that its recorded tax liabilities adequately provide for the probable outcome of these assessments.
Deferred tax assets are recorded for operating losses and tax credit carryforwards. However, when there are not sufficient sources of future taxable income to realize the benefit of the operating loss or tax credit carryforwards, these deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance. A valuation allowance is recognized if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is considered more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The factors used to assess the likelihood of realization include forecasted future taxable income and available tax planning strategies that could be implemented to realize or renew net deferred tax assets in order to avoid the potential loss of future tax benefits. The effect of a change in the valuation allowance is reported in the current period tax expense.
A 1% point increase (decrease) in the Company’s effective tax rate would have decreased (increased) net income by approximately $13.
Pension Benefits
The Company sponsors defined benefit pension plans in various forms for employees who meet eligibility requirements. Several assumptions and statistical variables are used in actuarial models to calculate the pension expense and liability related to the various plans. Assumptions about the discount rate, the expected rate of return on plan assets, and the future rate of compensation increases are determined by the Company. The actuarial models also use assumptions on demographic factors such as retirement age, mortality, and turnover. Management considers the accounting for pension benefits critical because of the significance and number of assumptions used. Depending on the assumptions selected, pension expense could vary significantly and could have a material effect on reported earnings. The assumptions used can also materially affect the measurement of benefit obligations. For a detailed discussion of the Company’s pension benefits, see Pension Benefits on page 26 and Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements.


35

 


 

Loss Contingencies
In the normal course of business, the Company encounters contingencies, i.e., situations involving varying degrees of uncertainty as to the outcome and effect on the Company. The Company accrues a liability for loss contingencies when it is considered probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. When only a range of possible loss can be established, the most probable amount in the range is accrued. If no amount within this range is a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued.
Contingencies include those associated with litigation and environmental matters, for which the Company’s accounting policy is discussed in Note 1 and particulars are provided in Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements. Significant judgment is required in both determining probability and whether the amount of loss associated with a contingency can be reasonably estimated. These determinations are made based on the best available information at the time. As additional information becomes available, the Company reassesses probability and estimates of loss contingencies. Revisions in the estimates associated with loss contingencies could have a significant impact on the Company’s results of operations in the period in which an accrual for loss contingencies is recorded or adjusted. For example, due to the inherent uncertainties related to environmental exposures, a significant increase to environmental liabilities could occur if a new site is designated, the scope of remediation is increased, or the Company’s proportionate share is increased. Similarly, a future charge for regulatory fines or damage awards associated with litigation could have a significant impact on the Company’s net income in the period in which it is recorded.
NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for information concerning the Company’s implementation and impact of new accounting standards.
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This document contains “forward-looking statements” within the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements are based on management’s reasonable expectations and assumptions as of the date of this document regarding important risk factors. Actual performance and financial results may differ materially from projections and estimates expressed in the forward-looking statements because of many factors, including, without limitation, overall economic and business conditions different than those currently anticipated; future financial and operating performance of major customers and industries served by the Company; the impact of competitive products and pricing; interruption in ordinary sources of supply of raw materials; the ability to recover unanticipated increased energy and raw material costs from customers; costs and outcomes of litigation or regulatory activities; consequences of acts of war or terrorism impacting the United States’ and other markets; the effects of a pandemic or epidemic or a natural disaster; charges related to current portfolio management and cost reduction actions; the success of implementing cost reduction programs and achieving anticipated acquisition synergies; the timing, impact, and other uncertainties of future acquisitions or divestitures or unanticipated contract terminations; significant fluctuations in interest rates and foreign currencies from that currently anticipated; the impact of new or changed tax and other legislation and regulations in jurisdictions in which the Company and its affiliates operate; the impact of new or changed financial accounting standards; and the timing and rate at which tax credits can be utilized. The Company disclaims any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this document to reflect any change in the Company’s assumptions, beliefs or expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances upon which any such forward-looking statements are based.


36     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Management’s Discussion and Analysis

 


 

Managements Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Air Products’ management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting, which is defined in the following sentences, is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:
  (i)     pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;
  (ii)     provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and
  (iii)     provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting can only provide reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting may vary over time. Our processes contain self-monitoring mechanisms, and actions are taken to correct deficiencies as they are identified.
The Company acquired the industrial gas business of BOC Gazy Sp z o.o. from The Linde Group on 30 April 2007, and management excluded BOC Gazy Sp z o.o.’s internal control over financial reporting from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007. The Company’s consolidated financial statements included $626 million in total assets (less than 5%) and $83 million in total sales (less than 1%) associated with the industrial gas business of BOC Gazy Sp z o.o. as of and for the year ended 30 September 2007.
Management has evaluated the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that, as of 30 September 2007, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.
KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has issued an attestation report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting, which appears herein.
     
 
 
-s- John E. McGlade
  -s- Paul E. Huck
 
John E. McGlade
  Paul E. Huck
President and
  Senior Vice President and
Chief Executive Officer
  Chief Financial Officer
27 November 2007
  27 November 2007
 


37

 


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:
We have audited Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting.” Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
The Company acquired the industrial gas business of BOC Gazy Sp z o.o. from The Linde Group on 30 April 2007 and management excluded BOC Gazy Sp z o.o.’s internal control over financial reporting from its assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007. The Company’s consolidated financial statements included $626 million in total assets (less than 5%) and $83 million in total sales (less than 1%) associated with the industrial gas business of BOC Gazy Sp z o.o. as of and for the year ended 30 September 2007. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. also excluded an evaluation of the internal control over financial reporting of BOC Gazy Sp z o.o.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows and related schedule for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 September 2007, and our reports dated 27 November 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and related schedule.
-s- KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
27 November 2007


38     Air Products Annual Report 2007

 


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 September 2007. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September 2007 and 2006, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 September 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” as of 30 September 2007, Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,” effective 30 September 2006, and SFAS No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payment,” and related interpretations on 1 October 2005.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 27 November 2007 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
-s- KPMG LLP

KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
27 November 2007


39

 


 

The Consolidated Financial Statements
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENTS
                         
Year ended 30 September (millions of dollars, except for share data)   2007     2006     2005  
     
Sales
  $ 10,037.8     $ 8,752.8     $ 7,673.0  
 
Cost of sales
    7,361.6       6,472.4       5,571.5  
 
                       
Selling and administrative
    1,180.6       1,075.0       1,008.1  
 
                       
Research and development
    140.2       151.4       132.3  
 
                       
Customer contract settlement
    (36.8 )            
 
                       
Pension settlement
    10.3              
 
                       
Global cost reduction plan
    13.7       72.1        
 
                       
Gain on sale of a chemical facility
          (70.4 )      
 
                       
Impairment of loans receivable
          65.8        
 
                       
Other (income) expense, net
    (39.5 )     (69.1 )     (29.7 )
 
Operating Income
    1,407.7       1,055.6       990.8  
 
                       
Equity affiliates’ income
    131.8       107.7       105.4  
 
                       
Interest expense
    163.2       119.3       110.0  
 
Income from Continuing Operations before Taxes and Minority Interest
    1,376.3       1,044.0       986.2  
 
                       
Income tax provision
    301.2       269.1       258.9  
Minority interest in earnings of subsidiary companies
    32.4       29.8       22.7  
 
Income from Continuing Operations
    1,042.7       745.1       704.6  
 
                       
Income (Loss) from Discontinued Operations, net of tax
    (7.1 )     (15.5 )     7.1  
 
Income before Cumulative Effect of Accounting Change
    1,035.6       729.6       711.7  
 
                       
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
          (6.2 )      
 
Net Income
  $ 1,035.6     $ 723.4     $ 711.7  
 
Weighted Average of Common Shares Outstanding (in millions)
    216.2       221.7       225.7  
 
                       
Weighted Average of Common Shares Outstanding Assuming Dilution (in millions)
    223.2       227.5       231.4  
 
Basic Earnings per Common Share
                       
 
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 4.82     $ 3.36     $ 3.12  
 
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    (.03 )     (.07 )     .03  
 
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change
    4.79       3.29       3.15  
 
                       
Cumulative effect of accounting change
          (.03 )      
 
Net Income
  $ 4.79     $ 3.26     $ 3.15  
 
Diluted Earnings per Common Share
                       
 
                       
Income from continuing operations
  $ 4.67     $ 3.28     $ 3.05  
 
                       
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    (.03 )     (.07 )     .03  
 
Income before cumulative effect of accounting change
    4.64       3.21       3.08  
 
                       
Cumulative effect of accounting change
          (.03 )      
 
Net Income
  $ 4.64     $ 3.18     $ 3.08  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
40      Air Products Annual Report 2007 | The Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                 
30 September (millions of dollars, except for share data)   2007     2006  
     
Assets
               
 
Current Assets
               
 
                       
Cash and cash items
  $ 42.3     $ 35.2  
 
                       
Trade receivables, less allowances for doubtful accounts of $48.5 in 2007 and $44.3 in 2006
    1,657.0       1,549.8  
 
                       
Inventories
    516.7       492.3  
 
                       
Contracts in progress, less progress billings
    259.6       191.6  
 
                       
Prepaid expenses
    109.5       55.0  
 
                       
Other receivables and current assets
    244.8       256.5  
 
                       
Current assets of discontinued operations
    28.5       32.2  
 
Total Current Assets
    2,858.4       2,612.6  
 
Investment in Net Assets of and Advances to Equity Affiliates
    846.0       728.3  
 
                       
Plant and Equipment, at cost
    15,088.3       13,520.4  
 
                       
Less accumulated depreciation
    8,318.3       7,408.7  
 
Plant and Equipment, net
    6,770.0       6,111.7  
 
Goodwill
    1,229.6       983.9  
 
                       
Intangible Assets, net
    276.2       113.0  
 
                       
Other Noncurrent Assets
    639.5       574.6  
 
                       
Noncurrent Assets of Discontinued Operations
    39.8       56.6  
 
Total Noncurrent Assets
    9,801.1       8,568.1  
 
Total Assets
  $ 12,659.5     $ 11,180.7  
 
 
                       
 
               
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
Current Liabilities
               
 
                       
Payables and accrued liabilities
  $ 1,604.3     $ 1,647.5  
 
                       
Accrued income taxes
    110.8       98.7  
 
                       
Short-term borrowings
    599.6       417.5  
 
                       
Current portion of long-term debt
    101.1       152.1  
 
                       
Current liabilities of discontinued operations
    6.9       7.6  
 
Total Current Liabilities
    2,422.7       2,323.4  
 
Long-Term Debt
    2,976.5       2,280.2  
 
                       
Deferred Income and Other Noncurrent Liabilities
    874.9       642.0  
 
                       
Deferred Income Taxes
    712.5       833.1  
 
Total Noncurrent Liabilities
    4,563.9       3,755.3  
 
Total Liabilities
    6,986.6       6,078.7  
 
Minority Interest in Subsidiary Companies
    177.3       178.0  
 
                       
Commitments and Contingencies—See Note 19
               
 
                       
Shareholders’ Equity
               
 
                       
Common stock (par value $1 per share; issued 2007 and 2006—249,455,584 shares)
    249.4       249.4  
 
                       
Capital in excess of par value
    759.5       682.5  
 
                       
Retained earnings
    6,458.5       5,743.5  
 
                       
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (142.9 )     (221.7 )
 
                       
Treasury stock, at cost (2007—34,099,899; 2006—32,205,012 shares)
    (1,828.9 )     (1,529.7 )
 
Total Shareholders’ Equity
    5,495.6       4,924.0  
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
  $ 12,659.5     $ 11,180.7  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
41

 


 

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                         
Year ended 30 September (millions of dollars)   2007     2006     2005  
     
Operating Activities from Continuing Operations
                       
 
                       
Net income
  $ 1,035.6     $ 723.4     $ 711.7  
 
                       
Loss (income) from discontinued operations, net of tax
    7.1       15.5       (7.1 )
 
                       
Cumulative effect of accounting change, net of tax
          6.2        
 
Income from continuing operations
    1,042.7       745.1       704.6  
 
                       
Adjustments to reconcile income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
                       
Depreciation and amortization
    840.0       756.9       699.6  
 
                       
Deferred income taxes
    14.0       7.8       52.8  
 
                       
Undistributed earnings of unconsolidated affiliates
    (56.9 )     (39.1 )     (39.7 )
 
                       
Gain on sale of assets and investments
    (27.5 )     (9.2 )     (8.3 )
 
                       
Gain on sale of a chemical facility
          (70.4 )      
 
                       
Impairment of loans receivable
          65.8        
 
                       
Share-based compensation
    70.9       76.2       18.0  
 
                       
Noncurrent capital lease receivables
    (70.8 )     (126.7 )     (58.6 )
 
                       
Other
    27.8       69.6       96.2  
 
                       
Working capital changes that provided (used) cash, excluding effects of
acquisitions and divestitures:
                       
 
                       
Trade receivables
    (22.2 )     (94.8 )     (82.8 )
 
                       
Inventories
    (.3 )     (41.6 )     9.2  
 
                       
Contracts in progress
    (61.3 )     (63.0 )     (23.3 )
 
                       
Prepaid expenses
    (52.2 )     (12.5 )     6.0  
 
                       
Payables and accrued liabilities
    (218.2 )     103.3       (69.9 )
 
                       
Other
    (3.1 )     (53.9 )      
 
Cash Provided by Operating Activities
    1,482.9       1,313.5       1,303.8  
 
Investing Activities from Continuing Operations
                       
 
                       
Additions to plant and equipment
    (1,055.0 )     (1,259.2 )     (917.2 )
 
                       
Acquisitions, less cash acquired
    (539.1 )     (127.0 )     (97.2 )
 
                       
Investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates
    (.2 )     (22.5 )     (10.5 )
 
                       
Proceeds from sale of assets and investments
    97.4       214.7       59.7  
 
                       
Proceeds from insurance settlements
    14.9       52.3        
 
                       
Other
    4.5       (5.2 )     4.0  
 
Cash Used for Investing Activities
    (1,477.5 )     (1,146.9 )     (961.2 )
 
Financing Activities from Continuing Operations
                       
 
                       
Long-term debt proceeds
    857.1       292.5       510.7  
 
                       
Payments on long-term debt
    (431.2 )     (158.6 )     (634.0 )
 
                       
Net increase in commercial paper and short-term borrowings
    185.9       104.8       292.2  
 
                       
Dividends paid to shareholders
    (312.0 )     (293.6 )     (276.2 )
 
                       
Purchase of treasury stock
    (575.2 )     (482.3 )     (500.0 )
 
                       
Proceeds from stock option exercises
    202.8       102.9       137.5  
 
                       
Excess tax benefit from share-based compensation/other
    57.7       17.9        
 
Cash Used for Financing Activities
    (14.9 )     (416.4 )     (469.8 )
 
Discontinued Operations
                       
 
                       
Cash provided by operating activities
    14.5       32.7       49.1  
 
                       
Cash (used for) provided by investing activities
    (5.5 )     200.2       (12.2 )
 
                       
Cash used for financing activities
          (6.2 )      
 
Cash Provided by Discontinued Operations
    9.0       226.7       36.9  
 
Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash
    7.6       2.5       (.2 )
 
Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Items
    7.1       (20.6 )     (90.5 )
 
Cash and Cash Items—Beginning of Year
    35.2       55.8       146.3  
 
Cash and Cash Items—End of Year
  $ 42.3     $ 35.2     $ 55.8  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
42      Air Products Annual Report 2007 | The Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and Subsidiaries
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
                                                                 
    Number of                             Accumulated                    
    Common             Capital in             Other                    
(millions of dollars,   Shares     Common     Excess of     Retained     Comprehensive     Treasury     Shares in        
except for share data)   Outstanding     Stock     Par Value     Earnings     Income (Loss)     Stock     Trust     Total  
     
Balance 30 September 2004
    225,774,776     $ 249.4     $ 527.3     $ 4,887.1     $ (440.7 )   $ (764.8 )   $ (38.8 )   $ 4,419.5  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                            711.7                               711.7  
Net loss on derivatives,
net of income tax benefit of $(2.7)
                                    (3.6 )                     (3.6 )
Translation adjustments, net of
income tax of $6.8
                                    12.2                       12.2  
Net change in unrealized holding
gains, net of income tax of $7.2
                                    13.2                       13.2  
Change in minimum pension liability,
net of income tax benefit of $(10.1)
                                    (14.3 )                     (14.3 )
 
Comprehensive income
                                                            719.2  
Purchase of treasury shares
    (8,334,507 )                                     (500.0 )             (500.0 )
Issuance of treasury shares and
shares in trust for stock option and
award plans
    4,457,964               3.7                       103.3       38.8       145.8  
Tax benefit of stock option and
award plans
                    42.6                                       42.6  
Cash dividends ($1.25 per share)
                            (281.6 )                             (281.6 )
 
Balance 30 September 2005
    221,898,233     $ 249.4     $ 573.6     $ 5,317.2     $ (433.2 )   $ (1,161.5 )   $     $ 4,545.5  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                            723.4                               723.4  
Net gain on derivatives,
net of income tax of $1.1
                                    2.0                       2.0  
Translation adjustments, net of
income tax benefit of $(15.7)
                                    133.9                       133.9  
Net change in unrealized holding
gains, net of income tax of $.2
                                    .5                       .5  
Change in minimum pension liability,
net of income tax of $42.1
                                    75.1                       75.1  
 
Comprehensive income
                                                            934.9  
Purchase of treasury shares
    (7,658,000 )                                     (496.1 )             (496.1 )
Share-based compensation expense
                    69.3                                       69.3  
Issuance of treasury shares for stock
option and award plans
    3,010,339               (23.7 )                     127.9               104.2  
Tax benefit of stock option and
award plans
                    33.3                                       33.3  
Cash dividends ($1.34 per share)
                            (296.1 )                             (296.1 )
Reclassification to permanent
equity/other
                    30.0       (1.0 )                             29.0  
 
Balance 30 September 2006
    217,250,572     $ 249.4     $ 682.5     $ 5,743.5     $ (221.7 )   $ (1,529.7 )   $     $ 4,924.0  
 
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                            1,035.6                               1,035.6  
Net gain on derivatives,
net of income tax of $3.7
                                    8.2                       8.2  
Translation adjustments, net of
income tax benefit of $(45.8)
                                    272.8                       272.8  
Unrealized holding gains, net of
income tax of $4.2
                                    8.1                       8.1  
Reclassification adjustment for
realized gains included in net income,
net of income tax of $20.1
                                    (36.6 )                     (36.6 )
Change in minimum pension liability,
net of income tax of $83.4
                                    159.3                       159.3  
 
Comprehensive income
                                                            1,447.4  
Adjustment to initially apply SFAS No. 158,
net of income tax benefit of $(169.6)
                                    (333.0 )                     (333.0 )
Purchase of treasury shares
    (7,328,482 )                                     (567.3 )             (567.3 )
Share-based compensation expense
                    66.6                                       66.6  
Issuance of treasury shares for stock
option and award plans
    5,433,595               (70.3 )                     268.1               197.8  
Tax benefit of stock option and
award plans
                    80.7                                       80.7  
Cash dividends ($1.48 per share)
                            (319.8 )                             (319.8 )
Other
                            (.8 )                             (.8 )
 
Balance 30 September 2007
    215,355,685     $ 249.4     $ 759.5     $ 6,458.5     $ (142.9 )   $ (1,828.9 )   $     $ 5,495.6  
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these statements.
43

 


 

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements
(Millions of dollars, except for share data)

         
1.
  Major Accounting Policies   44
 
       
2.
  New Accounting Standards   49
 
       
3.
  Global Cost Reduction Plan   52
 
       
4.
  Acquisitions   53
 
       
5.
  Discontinued Operations   53
 
       
6.
  Financial Instruments   54
 
       
7.
  Inventories   56
 
       
8.
  Summarized Financial Information of Equity Affiliates   56
 
       
9.
  Plant and Equipment   57
 
       
10.
  Goodwill   57
 
       
11.
  Intangible Assets   57
 
       
12.
  Long-Term Debt   58
 
       
13.
  Leases   58
 
       
14.
  Capital Stock   59
 
       
15.
  Share-Based Compensation   59
 
       
16.
  Earnings per Share   62
 
       
17.
  Income Taxes   62
 
       
18.
  Retirement Benefits   63
 
       
19.
  Commitments and Contingencies   67
 
       
20.
  Supplemental Information   69
 
       
21.
  Business Segment and Geographic Information   73
1. MAJOR ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Consolidation Principles
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and its majority-owned subsidiary companies (the Company). The Company consolidates all entities that it controls. Intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation No. 46R (FIN No. 46R) addresses the consolidation of variable interest entities to which the usual condition of consolidating an entity based on control does not apply. An entity that will absorb the majority of a variable interest entity’s expected losses or expected residual returns, as defined in FIN No. 46R, is considered a primary beneficiary of that entity. The primary beneficiary is required to consolidate the variable interest entity. The Company has determined it is not a primary beneficiary in any material variable interest entity.
Estimates and Assumptions
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Revenue Recognition
Revenue from product sales is recognized as risk and title to the product transfers to the customer (which generally occurs at the time shipment is made), the sales price is fixed or determinable, and collectibility is reasonably assured. Sales returns and allowances are not a business practice in the industry.
Revenues from equipment sale contracts are recorded primarily using the percentage-of-completion method. Under this method, revenues from the sale of major equipment, such as liquefied natural gas (LNG) heat exchangers and large air separation units, are recognized primarily based on labor hours incurred to date compared with total estimated labor hours. Changes to total estimated labor hours and anticipated losses, if any, are recognized in the period determined.
Amounts billed for shipping and handling fees are classified as sales in the consolidated income statements.
Certain contracts associated with facilities that are built to service a specific customer are accounted for as leases in accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-08, “Determining Whether an Arrangement Contains a Lease.” In cases where operating-lease treatment is necessary, there is no difference in revenue recognition over the life of the contract as compared to accounting for the contract as product sales. In cases where capital-lease treatment is necessary, the timing of revenue and expense recognition is impacted. Revenue and expense is recognized up front for the sale of equipment component of the contract as compared to revenue recognition over the life of the arrangement under contracts not qualifying as capital leases. Additionally, a portion of the revenue representing interest income from the financing component of the lease receivable is reflected as sales over the life of the contract.
If an arrangement involves multiple deliverables, the delivered items are considered separate units of accounting if the items have value on a stand-alone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of their fair values. Revenues from the arrangement are allocated to the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values.


44    Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

Cost of Sales
Cost of sales predominantly represents the cost of tangible products sold. These costs include labor, raw materials, plant engineering and purchasing department overhead, power, depreciation, production supplies and materials packaging costs, and maintenance costs. Costs incurred for shipping and handling are also included in cost of sales.
Depreciation
Depreciation is recorded using the straight-line method, which deducts equal amounts of the cost of each asset from earnings every year over its expected economic useful life. The principal lives for major classes of plant and equipment are summarized in the table below:
         
    Principal  
    Estimated  
    Useful Lives  
Buildings
    30 years  
Production facilities(1)
       
Merchant Gases
    15 years  
Tonnage Gases
    15 to 20 years  
Electronics and Performance Materials
    10 to 15 years  
Distribution equipment(2)
    5 to 25 years  
Other machinery and equipment
    10 to 25 years  
 
(1)   Depreciable lives of production facilities related to long-term customer supply contracts associated with the gases tonnage business are matched to the contract lives.
 
(2)   The depreciable lives for various types of distribution equipment are: 10 to 25 years for cylinders, depending on the nature and properties of the product; 20 years for tanks; 7.5 years for customer stations; 5 to 15 years for tractors and trailers.
Selling and Administrative
The principal components of selling and administrative expenses are salaries, advertising, and promotional costs.
Postemployment Benefits
The Company has substantive ongoing severance arrangements. Termination benefits provided to employees as part of the global cost reduction plan (discussed in Note 3) are consistent with termination benefits in previous, similar arrangements. Because the Company’s plan met the definition of an ongoing benefit arrangement, it was accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 112, “Employers’ Accounting for Postemployment Benefits.” To recognize a liability under SFAS No. 112, the expense must be probable and estimable. These criteria are met when management, with the appropriate level of authority, approves and commits to its plan of action for termination; the plan identifies the employees to be terminated and their related benefits; and
the plan is to be completed within one year. During periods of operations where terminations are made on an as-needed basis, absent a detailed committed plan, terminations are accounted for on an individual basis and a liability is recognized when probable and estimable.
Financial Instruments
The Company addresses certain financial exposures through a controlled program of risk management that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. The types of derivative financial instruments permitted for such risk management programs are specified in policies set by management. The Company currently enters into foreign exchange contracts, including forward, option combination, and purchased option contracts, to reduce the effects of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. The Company currently enters into interest rate swap contracts to reduce interest rate risks and to modify the interest rate characteristics of its outstanding debt. The Company is also currently party to cross currency interest rate swap agreements. The Company has entered into a limited number of commodity swap contracts in order to reduce the cash flow exposure to changes in the price of natural gas relative to certain oil-based feedstocks. The Company has also entered into a number of contracts to hedge the cash flow exposure of changes in the market price of nickel. Major financial institutions are counterparties to all of these derivative contracts. The Company has established counterparty credit guidelines and only enters into transactions with financial institutions of investment grade or better. Management believes the risk of incurring losses related to credit risk is remote, and any losses would be immaterial to the consolidated financial results, financial condition, or liquidity.
The Company recognizes derivatives on the balance sheet at fair value. On the date the derivative instrument is entered into, the Company generally designates the derivative as either (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge), (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge), or (3) a hedge of a net investment in a foreign operation.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as and meets all the required criteria for a fair value hedge, along with the gain or loss on the hedged asset or liability that is attributable to the hedged risk, are recorded in current period earnings.


45

 


 

Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is designated as and meets all the required criteria for a cash flow hedge are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings as the underlying hedged item affects earnings.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative, foreign currency debt, or other foreign currency liabilities that are designated as and meet all the required criteria for a hedge of a net investment are recorded as translation adjustments in accumulated other comprehensive income.
Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is not designated as a hedge are recorded immediately in earnings.
The Company formally documents the relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. This process includes relating derivatives that are designated as fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, whether each derivative is highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged item. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, or if a derivative ceases to be a highly effective hedge, the Company will discontinue hedge accounting with respect to that derivative prospectively.
Foreign Currency
The value of the U.S. dollar rises and falls day-to-day on foreign currency exchanges. Since the Company does business in many foreign countries, these fluctuations affect the Company’s financial position and results of operations.
For most foreign operations, local currencies are considered the functional currency. Generally, foreign subsidiaries translate their assets and liabilities into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates—that is, the rates in effect at the end of the fiscal period. The gains or losses that result from this process are shown in accumulated other comprehensive income in the shareholders’ equity section of the balance sheet.
The revenue and expense accounts of foreign subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rates that prevailed during the period. Therefore, the U.S. dollar value of these items on the income statement fluctuates from period to period, depending on the value of the dollar against foreign currencies. Some transactions are made in currencies different from an entity’s functional currency. Gains and losses from these foreign currency transactions are generally included in earnings as they occur.
Environmental Expenditures
Accruals for environmental loss contingencies are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated. Remediation costs are capitalized if the costs improve the Company’s property as compared with the condition of the property when originally constructed or acquired, or if the costs prevent environmental contamination from future operations. The Company expenses environmental costs related to existing conditions resulting from past or current operations and from which no current or future benefit is discernible.
The measurement of environmental liabilities is based on an evaluation of currently available information with respect to each individual site and considers factors such as existing technology, presently enacted laws and regulations, and prior experience in remediation of contaminated sites. An environmental liability related to cleanup of a contaminated site might include, for example, a provision for one or more of the following types of costs: site investigation and testing costs, cleanup costs, costs related to soil and water contamination resulting from tank ruptures, post-remediation monitoring costs, and outside legal fees. These liabilities include costs related to other potentially responsible parties to the extent that the Company has reason to believe such parties will not fully pay their proportionate share. They do not take into account any claims for recoveries from insurance or other parties and are not discounted.
As assessments and remediation progress at individual sites, the amount of projected cost is reviewed periodically, and the liability is adjusted to reflect additional technical and legal information that becomes available. Management has a well-established process in place to identify and monitor the Company’s environmental exposures. An environmental accrual analysis is prepared and maintained that lists all environmental loss contingencies, even where an accrual has not been established. This analysis assists in monitoring the Company’s overall environmental exposure and serves as a tool to facilitate ongoing communication among the Company’s technical experts, environmental managers, environmental lawyers, and financial management to ensure that required accruals are recorded and potential exposures disclosed.
Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future periods may vary from the estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Refer to Note 19 for additional information on the Company’s environmental loss contingencies.
The accruals for environmental liabilities are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet, primarily as part of other noncurrent liabilities, and will be paid over a period of up to 30 years.


46     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

Litigation
In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in legal proceedings. The Company accrues a liability for such matters when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. When only a range of possible loss can be established, the most probable amount in the range is accrued. If no amount within this range is a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued. The accrual for a litigation loss contingency might include, for example, estimates of potential damages, outside legal fees and other directly related costs expected to be incurred.
Share-Based Compensation
Effective 1 October 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123R), and related interpretations and began expensing the grant-date fair value of employee stock options. Prior to 1 October 2005, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized in net income for employee stock options, as options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Refer to Note 2 and Note 15 for a detailed discussion on the adoption of SFAS No. 123R and the Company’s share-based compensation programs.
Income Taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes under the liability method. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax effects of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates. A principal temporary difference results from the excess of tax depreciation over book depreciation because accelerated methods of depreciation and shorter useful lives are used for income tax purposes. The cumulative impact of a change in tax rates or regulations is included in income tax expense in the period that includes the enactment date.
Cash and Cash Items
Cash and cash items include cash, time deposits, and certificates of deposit acquired with an original maturity of three months or less.
Allowances for Doubtful Accounts
The allowances for doubtful accounts represent estimated uncollectible receivables associated with potential customer defaults on contractual obligations. A provision for customer
defaults is made on a general formula basis when it is determined that the risk of some default is probable and estimable but cannot yet be associated with specific customers. The assessment of the likelihood of customer defaults is based on various factors, including the length of time the receivables are past due, historical experience, and existing economic conditions. The allowances also include amounts for certain customers where a risk of default has been specifically identified. Provisions to the allowances for doubtful accounts recorded as expense were $23.2, $27.4, and $11.5 in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The Company writes down its inventories for estimated obsolescence or unmarketable inventory based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.
The Company utilizes the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method for determining the cost of inventories in the Merchant Gases, Tonnage Gases, Electronics and Performance Materials, and Chemicals segments in the United States. Inventories for these segments outside of the United States are accounted for on the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method, as the LIFO method is not generally permitted in the foreign jurisdictions where these segments operate. The inventories of the Healthcare and Equipment and Energy segments on a worldwide basis, as well as all other inventories, are accounted for on the FIFO basis.
At the business segment level, inventories are recorded at FIFO, and the LIFO pool is kept at corporate.
Equity Investments
The equity method of accounting is used when the Company has a 20% or greater interest in other companies and exercises significant influence but does not have operating control. Under the equity method, original investments are recorded at cost and adjusted by the Company’s share of undistributed earnings or losses of these companies. Equity investments are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the investment may not be recoverable.
Plant and Equipment
Plant and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Construction costs, labor, and applicable overhead related to installations are capitalized. Expenditures for additions and improvements that extend the lives or increase the capacity of plant assets are capitalized. The costs of maintenance and repairs of plant and equipment are charged to expense as incurred.


47

 


 

Fully depreciated assets are retained in the gross plant and equipment and accumulated depreciation accounts until they are removed from service. In the case of disposals, assets and related depreciation are removed from the accounts, and the net amounts, less proceeds from disposal, are included in income.
Capitalized Interest
As the Company builds new plant and equipment, it includes in the cost of these assets a portion of the interest payments it makes during the year. The amount of capitalized interest was $12.9, $16.5, and $12.0 in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.
Asset Retirement Obligations
The fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation is recognized in the period in which it is incurred. The liability is measured at discounted fair value and is adjusted to its present value in subsequent periods as accretion expense is recorded. The corresponding asset retirement costs are capitalized as part of the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset and depreciated over the asset’s useful life. The Company’s asset retirement obligations are primarily associated with Tonnage Gases on-site long-term supply contracts, under which the Company has built a facility on land leased from the customer and is obligated to remove the facility at the end of the contract term. The Company’s asset retirement obligations totaled $37.5 and $31.0 at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively. The Company adopted FIN No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,” effective 30 September 2006 as discussed in Note 2.
Computer Software
The Company capitalizes costs incurred to purchase or develop software for internal use. Capitalized costs include purchased computer software packages, payments to vendors/consultants for development and implementation or modification to a purchased package to meet Company requirements, payroll and related costs for employees directly involved in development, and interest incurred while software is being developed. Capitalized computer software costs are included in the balance sheet classification plant and equipment and depreciated over the estimated useful life of the software, generally a period of three to ten years. The Company’s SAP system is being depreciated over a ten-year life.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
Long-lived assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If an asset is considered impaired, the impairment loss to be recognized is measured as the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its fair value. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell.
Goodwill
Acquisitions are accounted for using the purchase method. The purchase price is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair market values. Any excess purchase price over the fair market value of the net assets acquired, including identified intangibles, is recorded as goodwill. Preliminary purchase price allocations are made at the date of acquisition and finalized when information needed to affirm underlying estimates is obtained and/or within a maximum allocation period of one year.
Goodwill is subject to impairment testing at least annually. In addition, goodwill is tested more frequently if a change in circumstances or the occurrence of events indicates that potential impairment exists.
Intangible Assets
Intangible assets with determinable lives primarily consist of customer relationships, noncompete covenants, and purchased patents and technology. There are no acquired intangible assets with indefinite lives. The cost of intangible assets with determinable lives is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated period of economic benefit. No residual value is estimated for these intangible assets.
Customer relationships are generally amortized over periods of four to twenty-five years. Noncompete covenants are generally amortized over periods of three to five years based on contractual terms. Purchased patents and technology and other intangibles are amortized based on contractual terms, ranging generally from five to twenty years. Amortizable lives are adjusted whenever there is a change in the estimated period of economic benefit.
Retirement Benefits
The cost of retiree benefits is recognized over the employees’ service period. The Company is required to use actuarial methods and assumptions in the valuation of defined benefit


48     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

obligations and the determination of expense. Differences between actual and expected results or changes in the value of obligations and plan assets are not recognized in earnings as they occur but, rather, systematically and gradually over subsequent periods. Refer to Note 18 for disclosures related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefits.
2006 Adjustments
In the fourth quarter of 2006, adjustments were recorded which related to prior periods.
  The Healthcare segment recorded an adjustment to reduce its inventories to actual based on physical counts, of which $7.0 ($4.4 after-tax) related to prior periods.
 
  In 2006, the Company sold its Amines business, which included its Pace, Florida, facility. The Amines business has been accounted for as a discontinued operation as discussed in Note 5. A liability was recognized for retained environmental obligations related to the Pace facility, of which $34.6 ($21.6 after-tax) related to prior periods.
 
  The results were favorably impacted by a $20.0 benefit recorded to income taxes related to adjustments of current and deferred tax assets and liabilities related to prior periods.
 
  The results benefited from a favorable adjustment of $4.2 ($2.6 after-tax) related to the over-accrual of accounts payable related to prior periods.
The Company did not consider the effect of the above adjustments to be material to its financial position, results of operations, or liquidity.
2. NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
New Standards to Be Implemented
Fair Value Option
In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, “The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities—Including an amendment of FASB Statement No. 115.” This Statement permits companies to elect to measure certain financial instruments at fair value on an instrument-by-instrument basis, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings each reporting period. In addition, SFAS No. 159 establishes financial statement presentation and disclosure requirements for assets and liabilities reported at fair value under the election. SFAS No. 159 is effective as of the beginning of the first fiscal year beginning after 15 November 2007, with early adoption permitted under certain circumstances. The Company is currently evaluating this Statement.
Fair Value Measurements
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157, “Fair Value Measurements.” This Statement defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. This Statement applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements and does not require any new fair value measurements. This Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after 15 November 2007, and interim periods within those fiscal years, with earlier application encouraged. The provisions of SFAS No. 157 should be applied prospectively as of the beginning of the fiscal year in which the Statement is initially applied, except for a limited form of retrospective application for certain financial instruments. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of SFAS No. 157.
Uncertainty in Income Taxes
In July 2006, the FASB issued FIN No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes—an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109.” This Interpretation prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This Interpretation also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. FIN No. 48 is effective 1 October 2007 for the Company. The Company does not expect a material impact on its financial statements from the adoption of FIN No. 48.
Standards Implemented
Postretirement Benefits
In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106, and 132R.” This Statement requires recognition of the funded status of benefit plans in the balance sheet, with changes in the funded status recognized in comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity in the year in which the changes occur. This Statement does not allow prior periods to be restated.
The requirement to recognize the funded status of benefit plans and the disclosure requirements under the new Statement were effective for the Company as of 30 September 2007. Refer to Note 18 for disclosures related to the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefits.
The following table illustrates the incremental impact on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet from applying SFAS No. 158 as of 30 September 2007:


49

 


 

                         
    Before     Adjust for     After  
    SFAS     SFAS     SFAS  
    No. 158     No. 158     No. 158  
   
 
                       
Assets
                       
 
                       
Other noncurrent assets
  $ 769.8     $ (130.3 )   $ 639.5  
 
                       
Total Assets
    12,789.8       (130.3 )     12,659.5  
 
 
                       
Liabilities and Shareholders’
Equity
                       
 
                       
Deferred income and other
noncurrent liabilities
    502.6       372.3       874.9  
 
                       
Deferred income taxes
    882.1       (169.6 )     712.5  
 
                       
Accumulated other comprehensive
income – net of tax
    190.1       (333.0 )     (142.9 )
 
                       
Total Liabilities and
Shareholders’ Equity
    12,789.8       (130.3 )     12,659.5  
 
The adoption of SFAS No. 158 did not impact the Company’s results of operations or cash flows.
The requirement to measure plan assets and benefit obligations as of fiscal year end is effective for fiscal years ending after 15 December 2008. This will require the Company to measure the plan assets and benefit obligations of its U.K. and Belgium plans as of 30 September instead of 30 June. The Company plans to change the measurement date for these plans as of 30 September 2008 and does not anticipate a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.
Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108
In September 2006, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 108, “Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements” (SAB No. 108), to provide guidance on the consideration of the effects of prior year misstatements in quantifying current year misstatements for the purpose of a materiality assessment. Under SAB No. 108, companies should evaluate a misstatement based on its impact on the current year income statement, as well as the cumulative effect of correcting such misstatements that originated in prior years and exist in the current year’s ending balance sheet. SAB No. 108 became effective for the Company in 2007 and did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.
Asset Retirement Obligations
The Company adopted FIN No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,” effective 30 September 2006, and recorded an after-tax charge of $6.2 as the cumulative effect of an accounting change. FIN No. 47 clarifies the term, conditional asset retirement obligation, as used in SFAS No. 143, “Accounting for Asset Retirement Obligations,” which refers to a legal obligation to perform an asset retirement activity in which the timing and/or method of settlement are conditional on a future event. Uncertainty about the timing and/or method of settlement of a conditional asset retirement obliga-
tion should be factored into the measurement of the liability when sufficient information exists. On 30 September 2006, the Company recognized transition amounts for existing asset retirement obligation liabilities, associated capitalizable costs, and accumulated depreciation.
Share-Based Compensation
In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), “Share-Based Payment” (SFAS No. 123R), which requires companies to expense the grant-date fair value of employee stock options. The Company adopted this Statement on 1 October 2005.
Prior to 1 October 2005, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized in net income for employee stock options, as options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R in 2006 was to reduce diluted earnings per share for the year by $.13. This excludes the acceleration of expense for share-based compensation awards included in the global cost reduction plan charge. The pro forma impact of expensing employee stock options in 2005 would have been a reduction of diluted earnings per share of $.13 for the year based on the disclosures required by SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation” (SFAS 123).
The adoption of SFAS No. 123R required a change in accounting for awards granted on or after 1 October 2005 to accelerate expense for retirement eligible individuals who would meet the requirements for vesting of awards upon their retirement. The impact of this change in 2006 for all share-based compensation programs reduced diluted earnings per share for the year by $.03, principally related to the stock option program, and is included in the total impact of adopting SFAS No. 123R of $.13 for the year.
The Company adopted SFAS No. 123R using the modified prospective transition method and therefore has not restated prior periods. Under this transition method, compensation cost associated with employee stock options recognized in 2006 includes amortization related to the remaining unvested portion of stock option awards granted prior to 1 October 2005 and amortization related to new awards granted on or after 1 October 2005.
The expense associated with share-based compensation arrangements is a noncash charge. In the consolidated statements of cash flows, share-based compensation expense is an adjustment to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities.


50      Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the Company presented tax benefits resulting from share-based compensation as operating cash flows in the consolidated statements of cash flows. SFAS No. 123R requires that cash flows resulting from excess tax benefits be classified as financing cash flows.
In February 2006, the FASB issued FSP No. 123(R)-4, “Classification of Options and Similar Instruments Issued as Employee Compensation That Allow for Cash Settlement upon the Occurrence of a Contingent Event.” Under the FSP, a cash settlement feature that can be exercised only upon the occurrence of a contingent event does not trigger liability classification until it becomes probable that an event will occur. As of 30 September 2005, certain of the Company’s share-based compensation programs included a provision for a contingent cash settlement in the event of a change in control. The likelihood of such an actual cash settlement was considered remote, and accordingly, the Company accounted for its awards, including stock options, as equity instruments. Because certain of the programs included provisions for a contingent cash settlement in the event of a change in control, the carrying amount of these awards based on a grant-date intrinsic value was presented separately in the 30 September 2005 balance sheet outside of shareholders’ equity. During 2006, the Company undertook a process to amend its outstanding share-based compensation awards, resulting in no separate presentation outside of shareholders’ equity as of 30 June 2006.
SFAS No. 123R modified the disclosure requirements related to share-based compensation. Accordingly, the disclosures prescribed by SFAS No. 123R are included in Note 15.
In the year prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to its stock option plans would have been as follows:
         
  2005  
 
       
Net Income, as Reported
  $ 711.7  
 
       
Add share-based compensation
expense included in reported net
income, net of related tax effects
    10.2  
 
       
Deduct total share-based
compensation expense determined
under fair value-based method,
net of related tax effects
    (39.4 )
 
Pro Forma Net Income
  $ 682.5  
 
 
       
Basic Earnings per Share
       
 
       
As reported
  $ 3.15  
 
       
Pro forma
    3.02  
 
       
Diluted Earnings per Share
       
 
       
As reported
  $ 3.08  
 
       
Pro forma
    2.95  
 
For the pro forma disclosures above, the grant-date fair value of stock options granted was estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:
         
    2005  
   
 
       
Dividend yield
    2.1 %
 
       
Expected volatility
    30.4 %
 
       
Risk-free interest rate
    4.2 %
 
       
Expected life (years)
    8.0  
 
       
Weighted average fair value per option
  $ 17.98  
 
The Black-Scholes option-pricing model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option-pricing models require the input of subjective assumptions, including the expected stock price volatility.
Accounting for Income Taxes
In December 2004, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 109-1, “Application of FASB Statement No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes, to the Tax Deduction on Qualified Production Activities Provided by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 (the Act).” FSP No. FAS 109-1 clarifies that the tax deduction for manufacturers provided for in the Act should be accounted for as a special deduction rather than as a tax rate reduction. The manufacturers’ deduction became available to the Company starting in fiscal year 2006. The manufacturers’ deduction claimed in 2006 was $6.9, generating a tax benefit of $2.4. For 2007, the manufacturers’ deduction will be within a similar range. The Company is evaluating the effect the manufacturers’ deduction will have in future years.
In December 2004, the FASB also issued FSP No. FAS 109-2, “Accounting and Disclosure Guidance for the Foreign Earnings Repatriation Provision within the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004.” The Act creates a temporary incentive for U.S. corporations to repatriate accumulated income earned abroad by providing an 85% dividends received deduction for certain dividends from controlled foreign corporations. Taxpayers were allowed to elect to apply this provision to qualifying earnings repatriations in either fiscal year 2005 or 2006. The Company utilized this provision in fiscal year 2006. Earnings repatriated in 2006 were $165.0, generating a tax benefit of $16.0.
Taxes Collected from Customers
In June 2006, the FASB ratified the consensus reached on EITF Issue No. 06-03, “How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income Statement (That is, Gross Versus Net Presentation).” The scope of EITF Issue No. 06-03 includes any tax assessed by a governmental authority that is both imposed on and con-


51

 


 

current with a specific revenue-producing transaction between a seller and a customer, and may include, but is not limited to sales, use, value-added, and some excise taxes. The EITF reached a consensus that the presentation of taxes on either a gross basis (included in revenues and costs) or a net basis (excluded from revenues) is an accounting policy decision that should be disclosed. The Company presents such taxes on a net basis and records a liability until remitted to the respective taxing authority. The EITF was effective for periods beginning after 15 December 2006 and did not have any effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
3. GLOBAL COST REDUCTION PLAN
The 2007 results from continuing operations included a charge of $13.7 ($8.8 after-tax, or $.04 per share) for the global cost reduction plan. The charge included $6.5 for severance and pension-related costs for the elimination of approximately 125 positions and $7.2 for the write-down of certain investments. Approximately one-half of the position eliminations relate to continuation of European initiatives to streamline certain activities. The remaining position eliminations relate to the continued cost reduction and productivity efforts of the Company.
The charge recorded in 2007 was excluded from segment operating profit. The table below displays how this charge related to the businesses at the segment level.
                         
    Severance and     Asset        
    Other Benefits     Impairments     Total  
     
Merchant Gases
  $  3.5      $ .4      $ 3.9   
 
                       
Tonnage Gases
    .4             .4  
 
                       
Electronics and
Performance
Materials
    2.3       3.8       6.1  
 
                       
Equipment and
Energy
    .2       .3       .5  
 
                       
Healthcare
    .1             .1  
 
                       
Chemicals
                 
 
                       
Other
          2.7       2.7  
 
2007 Charge
  $ 6.5      $ 7.2      $ 13.7   
 
The 2006 results from continuing operations included a charge of $72.1 ($46.8 after-tax, or $.21 per share) for the global cost reduction plan. This charge included $60.6 for severance and pension-related costs for approximately 325 position eliminations and $11.5 for asset disposals and facility closures. As of 30 September 2007, the majority of the planned actions associated with the 2006 charge were completed, with the exception of a small number of position eliminations and/or associated benefit payments. These actions are expected to be completed in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. Details of the charge taken in 2006 are provided below.
Several cost reduction initiatives in Europe resulted in the elimination of about two-thirds of the 325 positions at a cost of $37.6. The Company reorganized and streamlined certain organizations/activities in Europe to focus on improving effectiveness and efficiency. Additionally, in anticipation of the sale of a small business, which occurred in the first quarter of 2007, a charge of $1.4 was recognized to write down the assets to net realizable value.
The Company completed a strategy review of its Electronics business in 2006 and decided to rationalize some products and assets, reflecting a simpler portfolio. A charge of $10.1 was recognized, principally for an asset disposal and the write-down of certain investments/assets. Additionally, a charge of $3.8 was recognized for severance and pension-related costs.
In addition to the Europe and Electronics initiatives, the Company implemented cost reduction and productivity-related efforts to simplify its management structure and business practices. A charge of $19.2 for severance and related pension costs was recognized for these efforts.
The charge recorded in 2006 was excluded from segment operating profit. The table below displays how this charge related to the businesses at the segment level.
                         
    Severance and     Asset        
    Other Benefits     Impairments     Total  
     
Merchant Gases
  $  31.2     $     $ 31.2  
 
                       
Tonnage Gases
    2.9             2.9  
 
                       
Electronics and
Performance
Materials
    7.2       10.1       17.3  
 
                       
Equipment and
Energy
    .9             .9  
 
                       
Healthcare
    18.1        1.4        19.5   
 
                       
Chemicals
    .3             .3  
 
2006 Charge
  $ 60.6     $ 11.5     $ 72.1  
 
The following table summarizes changes to the carrying amount of the accrual for the global cost reduction plan:
                         
    Severance and     Asset        
    Other Benefits     Impairments     Total  
     
2006 Charge
  $  60.6     $ 11.5     $ 72.1  
 
                       
Noncash Expenses
    (13.0 )     (11.5 )     (24.5 )
 
                       
Cash Expenditures
    (1.1 )           (1.1 )
 
30 September 2006
    46.5             46.5  
 
                       
2007 Charge
    6.5       7.2       13.7  
 
                       
Noncash Expenses
    (1.2 )     (7.2 )     (8.4 )
 
                       
Cash Expenditures
    (43.4 )           (43.4 )
 
30 September 2007
  $ 8.4     $     $ 8.4  
 


52     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

4. ACQUISITIONS
BOC Gazy in 2007
On 30 April 2007, the Company acquired 98.1% of the Polish industrial gas business of BOC Gazy Sp z o.o. (BOC Gazy) from The Linde Group. During the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company increased its ownership percentage to 99.9%. The total acquisition cost, less cash acquired, was 380 million Euros or $518.4. The results of operations for BOC Gazy were included in the Company’s consolidated income statement after the acquisition date. The purchase price allocation, including the recognition of deferred taxes, is substantially complete with assigned values for plant and equipment equal to $180.6, identified intangibles of $167.2, and goodwill of $186.4 (which is tax-deductible for Spanish tax reporting purposes).
With this acquisition, the Company has obtained a significant market position in Central Europe’s industrial gases market. The BOC Gazy business had sales of $82.5 for the five months ended 30 September 2007. The business has approximately 750 employees, five major industrial gas plants, and six cylinder transfills serving customers across a diverse range of industries, including chemicals, steel and base metals, among others.
Tomah3 Products in 2006
On 31 March 2006, the Company acquired Tomah3 Products of Milton, Wisconsin, in a cash transaction valued at $120.5. Goodwill recognized in this transaction amounted to $73.1 and was not deductible for tax purposes. Identified intangibles included in this transaction amounted to $24.1. Results for 2006 included sales of $39.8 for the six months ended 30 September 2006. Tomah3 Products produces specialty surfactants and processing aids primarily for the institutional and industrial cleaning, mining and oil field industries, among others.
U.S. Healthcare Businesses in 2005
During 2005, acquisitions included $89.6 for acquiring five U.S. healthcare businesses and contingent consideration associated with 2004 healthcare acquisitions. Goodwill recognized in these transactions amounted to $75.5, of which $23.9 was deductible for tax purposes. Identified intangibles included in these transactions amounted to $11.4. The 2005 acquisitions contributed $41.9 to sales in 2005.
5. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS
The High Purity Process Chemicals (HPPC) business and the Amines business have been accounted for as discontinued operations. The results of operations and cash flows of these businesses have been removed from the results of continuing operations for all periods presented. The assets and liabilities of discontinued operations have been reclassified and are segregated in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company announced it was exploring the sale of its Polymer Emulsions business in 2006, and on 6 November 2007 that it was in advanced discussions with its partner in the business. On 15 November 2007, the Board of Directors granted to the Company the authority to sell this business to its partner based on achieving certain contractual terms and conditions.
HPPC Business
In September 2007, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the sale of its HPPC business, which had previously been reported as part of the Electronics and Performance Materials operating segment.
The Company’s HPPC product line consists of the development, manufacture, and supply of high-purity process chemicals used in the fabrication of integrated circuits in the United States and Europe. In October 2007, the Company executed an agreement of sale with KMG Chemicals, Inc. The sale is scheduled to close on 31 December 2007 and will include manufacturing facilities in the United States and Europe.
The operating results of the HPPC business classified as discontinued operations are summarized below. Additionally, the Company wrote down the assets of the HPPC business to net realizable value as of 30 September 2007, resulting in a loss of $15.3 ($9.3 after-tax, or $.04 per share).
                         
HPPC 2007   2006   2005  
   
Sales
  $ 87.2     $ 97.6     $ 95.3  
 
                       
Income before taxes
  $ 3.7     $ 5.3     $ 4.7  
 
                       
Income tax provision
    1.5       2.1       1.8  
 
Income from operations
of discontinued operations
    2.2       3.2       2.9  
 
                       
Loss on sale of business, net of tax
    (9.3 )            
 
Income (Loss) from Discontinued
Operations,
net of tax
  $ (7.1 )   $ 3.2     $ 2.9  
 
Assets and liabilities of the discontinued HPPC business as of 30 September are summarized as follows:
                 
30 September 2007   2006  
   
Trade receivables, less allowances
  $ 13.1     $ 14.9  
 
               
Inventories
    15.4       17.2  
 
               
Prepaid expenses
          .1  
 
Total Current Assets
  $ 28.5     $ 32.2  
 
Plant and equipment, net
  $ 33.5     $ 50.3  
 
               
Goodwill
    5.4       5.2  
 
               
Other noncurrent assets
    .9       1.1  
 
Total Noncurrent Assets
  $ 39.8     $ 56.6  
 
Payables and accrued liabilities
  $ 6.9     $ 7.6  
 
Total Current Liabilities
  $ 6.9     $ 7.6  
 


53

 


 

Amines Business
On 29 September 2006, the Company sold its Amines business to Taminco N.V. The sales price was $211.2 in cash, with certain liabilities assumed by the purchaser. The Company recorded a loss of $40.0 ($23.7 after-tax, or $.11 per share) in connection with the sale of the Amines business and the recording of certain environmental and contractual obligations that the Company retained. A charge of $42.0 ($26.2 after-tax, or $.12 per share) was recognized for environmental obligations related to the Pace, Florida, facility, of which $34.6 pertained to prior years (see Note 1). In addition, 2006 fourth quarter results included a charge of $8.3 ($5.2 after-tax, or $.02 per share) for costs associated with a contract termination.
The Amines business produced methylamines and higher amines products used globally in household, industrial, and agricultural products. The sale of the Amines business included the employees and certain assets and liabilities of the production facilities located in Pace, Florida; St. Gabriel, Louisiana; and Camaçari, Brazil.
                         
Amines 2007   2006   2005  
   
Sales
  $     $ 308.4     $ 375.2  
 
                       
Income before taxes
  $     $ 8.0     $ 6.7  
 
                       
Income tax provision
          3.0       2.5  
 
Income from operations of
discontinued operations
          5.0       4.2  
 
                       
Loss on sale of Amines business
and environmental/contractual
obligations, net of tax
          (23.7 )      
 
Income (Loss) from Discontinued
Operations,
net of tax
  $     $ (18.7 )   $ 4.2  
 
Total Discontinued Operations
                         
  2007   2006   2005  
   
Sales
  $ 87.2     $ 406.0     $ 470.5  
 
                       
Income before taxes
  $ 3.7     $ 13.3     $ 11.4  
 
                       
Income tax provision
    1.5       5.1       4.3  
 
Income from operations of
discontinued operations
    2.2       8.2       7.1  
 
                       
Loss on sale of businesses and
environmental/contractual
obligations, net of tax
    (9.3 )     (23.7 )      
 
Income (Loss) from Discontinued
Operations,
net of tax
  $ (7.1 )   $ (15.5 )   $ 7.1  
 
6. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
Currency Risk Management
The Company does business in many foreign countries. Therefore, its earnings, cash flows, and financial position are exposed to foreign currency risk from foreign currency denominated transactions and net investments in foreign operations.
It is the policy of the Company to minimize its cash flow exposure to adverse changes in currency and exchange rates. This is accomplished by identifying and evaluating the risk that the Company’s cash flows will decline in value due to changes in exchange rates, and by determining the appropriate strategies necessary to manage such exposures. The Company’s objective is to maintain economically balanced currency risk management strategies that provide adequate downside protection.
The Company enters into a variety of foreign exchange contracts, including forward, option combination, and purchased option contracts, to hedge its exposure to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. These agreements generally involve the exchange of one currency for a second currency at some future date.
The Company enters into foreign exchange contracts, including forward, option combination, and purchased option contracts, to reduce the cash flow exposure to foreign currency fluctuations associated with certain monetary assets and liabilities, as well as highly anticipated cash flows and certain firm commitments. Examples of such exposures are the purchase of plant and equipment and export sales transactions. Forward exchange contracts are also used to hedge the value of investments in certain foreign subsidiaries and affiliates by creating a liability in a currency in which the Company has a net equity position. The Company also uses foreign currency denominated debt to hedge certain net investments in and future cash flows from foreign operations.
Certain forward exchange contracts entered into by the Company are not designated as hedging instruments. Contracts used to hedge the exposure to foreign currency fluctuations associated with certain monetary assets and liabilities are not designated as hedging instruments, and changes in the fair value of these items are recorded in earnings to offset the foreign exchange gains and losses of the monetary assets and liabilities. Other forward exchange contracts may be used to economically hedge foreign currency exposures and not be designated as hedging instruments due to the immaterial amount of the underlying hedged exposures. Changes in the fair value of these contracts are also recorded in earnings.
Debt Portfolio Management
It is the policy of the Company to identify on a continuing basis the need for debt capital and evaluate the financial risks inherent in funding the Company with debt capital. Reflecting the result of this ongoing review, the debt portfolio and hedging program of the Company is managed with the objectives and intent to (1) reduce funding risk with respect to borrowings made or to be made by the Company to preserve the Company’s access to debt capital and provide debt capital as


54      Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

required for funding and liquidity purposes, and (2) manage the aggregate interest rate risk of the debt portfolio in accordance with certain debt management parameters.
The Company enters into interest rate swap agreements to change the fixed/variable interest rate mix of its debt portfolio in order to maintain the percentage of fixed- and variable-rate debt within the parameters set by management. In accordance with these parameters, the agreements are used to reduce interest rate risks and costs inherent in the Company’s debt portfolio. In addition, the Company uses interest rate swap agreements to hedge the interest rate on anticipated fixed-rate debt issuance. The notional amount of the interest rate swap agreements is equal to or less than the designated debt instrument being hedged. When variable-rate debt is hedged, the variable-rate indices of the swap instruments and the debt to which they are designated are the same. It is the Company’s policy not to enter into any interest rate swap contracts which lever a move in interest rates on a greater than one-to-one basis.
The Company is also party to cross currency interest rate swap contracts. These contracts entail both the exchange of fixed- and floating-rate interest payments periodically over the life of the agreement and the exchange of one currency for another currency at inception and at a specified future date. These contracts effectively convert the currency denomination of a debt instrument into another currency in which the Company has a net equity position while changing the interest rate characteristics of the instrument. The contracts are used to hedge inter-company and third-party borrowing transactions and certain net investments in foreign operations.
Commodity Price Risk Management
The Company has entered into a limited number of commodity swap contracts in order to reduce the cash flow exposure to changes in the price of natural gas relative to certain oil-based feedstocks and changes in the market price of nickel.
Fair Value Hedges
For the years ended 30 September 2007 and 2006, there was no material gain or loss recognized in earnings resulting from hedge ineffectiveness or from excluding a portion of derivative instruments’ gain or loss from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to derivatives designated as fair value hedges. Also, the amount recognized in earnings in 2007 and 2006 as a result of a hedged firm commitment no longer qualifying as a fair value hedge was not material.
Cash Flow Hedges
For the years ended 30 September 2007 and 2006, there was no material gain or loss recognized in earnings result-
ing from hedge ineffectiveness or from excluding a portion of derivative instruments’ gain or loss from the assessment of hedge effectiveness related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges.
The amount reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of foreign currency cash flow hedges due to the probability of the original forecasted transactions not occurring by the original specified time period was not material in 2007 and 2006. The amount in other comprehensive income expected to be reclassified into earnings in 2008 is also not material.
As of 30 September 2007, the maximum length of time over which the Company is hedging its exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is three years.
Hedges of Net Investments in Foreign Operations
For the years ended 30 September 2007 and 2006, net losses related to hedges of net investments in foreign operations of $218.5 and $78.9, respectively, were included in accumulated other comprehensive income within shareholders’ equity.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Summarized below are the carrying values and fair values of the Company’s financial instruments as of 30 September 2007 and 2006:
                                 
    2007     2007     2006     2006  
    Carrying     Fair     Carrying     Fair  
30 September   Value     Value     Value     Value  
     
Assets
                               
 
                               
Other investments
    $39.8       $39.8       $95.2       $95.2  
 
                               
Currency option
contracts
                .1       .1  
 
                               
Commodity swap
contracts
    2.5       2.5       .3       .3  
 
Liabilities
                               
 
                               
Interest rate swap
agreements
    $  4.1       $  4.1       $  1.8       $  1.8  
 
                               
Cross currency interest
rate swap contracts
    8.0       8.0       16.4       16.4  
 
                               
Forward exchange
contracts
    38.7       38.7       19.9       19.9  
 
                               
Long-term debt,
including current
portion
    3,077.6       3,109.0       2,432.3       2,495.3  
 
The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and cash items, accounts receivable, payables and accrued liabilities, accrued income taxes, and short-term borrowings approximate fair value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. Accordingly, these items have been excluded from the above table. The fair value of other investments is based principally on quoted market prices.


55

 


 

The fair values of the Company’s debt, interest rate swap agreements, and foreign exchange contracts are based on estimates using standard pricing models that take into account the present value of future cash flows as of the balance sheet date. The computation of the fair values of these instruments is generally performed by the Company. The fair value of commodity swaps is based on current market price, as provided by the financial institutions with whom the commodity swaps have been executed.
The fair value of other investments is reported within other noncurrent assets on the balance sheet. The fair value of foreign exchange contracts, cross currency interest rate swaps, interest rate swaps, and commodity swaps is reported in the balance sheet in the following line items: other receivables and current assets, other noncurrent assets, payables and accrued liabilities, and deferred income and other noncurrent liabilities.
Changes in the fair value of foreign exchange and commodity swap contracts designated as hedges are recorded or reclassified into earnings and are reflected in the income statement classification of the corresponding hedged item, e.g., hedges of purchases recorded to cost of sales, hedges of sales transactions recorded to sales. The changes in fair value of foreign exchange contracts not designated as hedging instruments are reported in the income statement as other (income) expense, offsetting the fair value changes of foreign currency denominated monetary assets and liabilities also recorded to other (income) expense. Fair value changes of interest rate swaps are recorded to interest expense, offsetting changes in the fair value of associated debt instruments, which are also recorded to interest expense.
The cash flows related to all derivative contracts are reported in the operating activities section of the cash flow statement.
7. INVENTORIES
The components of inventories are as follows:
                 
30 September   2007     2006  
   
Inventories at FIFO Cost
               
 
               
Finished goods
  $ 359.1     $ 362.8  
 
               
Work in process
    23.5       16.0  
 
               
Raw materials and supplies
    197.4       176.0  
 
 
    580.0       554.8  
 
               
Less excess of FIFO cost over LIFO cost
    (63.3 )     (62.5 )
 
 
  $ 516.7     $ 492.3  
 
Inventories valued using the LIFO method comprised 38.5% and 43.0% of consolidated inventories before LIFO adjustment
at 30 September 2007 and 2006, respectively. Liquidation of prior years’ LIFO inventory layers in 2007, 2006, and 2005 did not materially affect results of operations in any of these years.
FIFO cost approximates replacement cost. The Company’s inventories have a high turnover, and as a result, there is little difference between the original cost of an item and its current replacement cost.
8. SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
OF EQUITY AFFILIATES
The following table presents summarized financial information on a combined 100% basis of the principal companies accounted for by the equity method. Amounts presented include the accounts of the following equity affiliates:
Air Products South Africa (50%);
Bangkok Cogeneration Company Limited (49%);
Bangkok Industrial Gases Company Ltd. (49%);
Cryoservice Limited (25%);
Daido Air Products Electronics, Inc. (20%);
DuPont Air Products Nanomaterials, LLC (50%);
Europoort Utility Partners V.O.F. (50%);
Helap S.A. (50%);
High-Tech Gases (Beijing) Co., Ltd. (50%);
INFRA Group (40%);
INOX Air Products Limited (INOX) (49%);
Island Pipeline Gas (33%);
Kulim Industrial Gases Sdn. Bhd (50%);
Sapio Produzione Idrogeno Ossigeno S.r.l. (49%);
SembCorp Air Products (HyCO) Pte. Ltd. (40%);
Stockton CoGen Company (50%);
Tecnologia en Nitrogeno S. de R.L. de C.V. (50%);
Tyczka Industrie-Gases GmbH (50%);
Wacker Polymer Systems GmbH & CoKG (20%);
WuXi Hi-Tech Gas Co., Ltd. (50%);
and principally, other industrial gas producers.
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Current assets
  $ 1,240.2     $ 1,054.6  
 
               
Noncurrent assets
    2,006.8       1,664.5  
 
               
Current liabilities
    709.0       641.6  
 
               
Noncurrent liabilities
    616.8       538.4  
 
               
Net sales
    2,837.3       2,387.4  
 
               
Sales less cost of sales
    947.3       809.1  
 
               
Net income
    362.3       270.2  
 
Dividends received from equity affiliates were $73.7, $68.3, and $64.1 in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.


56     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 


 

The investment in net assets of and advances to equity affiliates as of 30 September 2007 and 2006 included investment in foreign affiliates of $811.7 and $693.0, respectively.
As of 30 September 2007 and 2006, the amount of investment in companies accounted for by the equity method included goodwill in the amount of $63.5 and $63.0, respectively.
9. PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
The major classes of plant and equipment, at cost, are as follows:
                 
30 September   2007     2006  
     
Land
  $ 199.3     $ 180.6  
 
               
Buildings
    904.6       822.8  
 
               
Production facilities
               
 
               
Merchant Gases
    3,245.8       2,947.5  
 
               
Tonnage Gases
    4,108.5       3,842.9  
 
               
Electronics and Performance Materials
    1,583.6       1,485.5  
 
               
Equipment and Energy
    122.9       122.2  
 
               
Chemicals
    684.8       736.7  
 
Total production facilities
    9,745.6       9,134.8  
 
               
Distribution equipment
    2,474.9       2,164.9  
 
               
Other machinery and equipment
    1,086.8       840.2  
 
               
Construction in progress
    677.1       377.1  
 
 
  $ 15,088.3     $ 13,520.4  
 
Depreciation expense was $814.8, $738.1, and $682.3 in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.
10. GOODWILL
Changes to the carrying amount of consolidated goodwill by segment are as follows:
                                 
            Acquisitions     Currency        
            and     Translation        
30 September   2006     Adjustments     and Other     2007  
     
Merchant Gases
  $ 265.2       $175.8       $34.7     $ 475.7  
 
                               
Tonnage Gases
    10.3       10.6       .2       21.1  
 
                               
Electronics and
Performance
Materials
    300.2       .3       7.6       308.1  
 
                               
Healthcare
    381.4       .7       11.6       393.7  
 
                               
Chemicals
    26.8             4.2       31.0  
 
 
  $ 983.9       $187.4       $58.3     $ 1,229.6  
 
The 2007 increase in goodwill in the Merchant Gases and Tonnage Gases segments was related to the acquisition of BOC Gazy.
The Company conducted the required annual test of goodwill for impairment in the fourth quarter of 2007. The results of the impairment tests have indicated fair value amounts exceeded carrying amounts.
                                 
            Acquisitions     Currency        
            and     Translation        
30 September   2005     Adjustments     and Other     2006  
     
Merchant Gases
  $ 257.8       $   .3       $ 7.1     $ 265.2  
 
                               
Tonnage Gases
    9.3             1.0       10.3  
 
                               
Electronics and
Performance
                               
Materials
    217.1       73.1       10.0       300.2  
 
                               
Healthcare
    373.4       5.4       2.6       381.4  
 
                               
Chemicals
    18.8             8.0       26.8  
 
 
  $ 876.4       $78.8       $28.7     $ 983.9  
 
The increase in goodwill in Electronics and Performance Materials in 2006 was related to the acquisition of Tomah3 Products.
11. INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The tables below provide details of acquired intangible assets at the end of 2007 and 2006:
                                 
                    Currency        
            Accumulated     Translation        
30 September 2007   Gross     Amortization     and Other     Net  
     
Customer
relationships
  $ 285.5       $ (69.2 )     $8.6       $224.9  
 
                               
Patents and
technology
    83.3       (58.5 )     .3       25.1  
 
                               
Noncompete
covenants
    14.6       (11.9 )           2.7  
 
                               
Other
    42.4       (19.1 )     .2       23.5  
 
 
  $ 425.8       $(158.7 )     $9.1       $276.2  
 
The 2007 increase in acquired intangible assets was primarily related to the acquisition of BOC Gazy.
                                 
                    Currency        
            Accumulated     Translation        
30 September 2006   Gross     Amortization     and Other     Net  
     
Customer
relationships
    $119.1       $  (55.1 )     $.3       $64.3  
 
                               
Patents and
technology
    76.3       (50.1 )     .1       26.3  
 
                               
Noncompete
covenants
    14.6       (10.7 )           3.9  
 
                               
Other
    36.6       (17.6 )     (.5 )     18.5  
 
 
    $246.6       $(133.5 )     $(.1 )   $ 113.0  
 
Amortization expense for intangible assets was $25.2, $18.8, and $17.3 in 2007, 2006, and 2005, respectively.


57

 


 

Projected annual amortization expense for intangible assets as of 30 September 2007 is as follows:
         
2008
  $ 29.4  
 
       
2009
    25.7  
 
       
2010
    22.0  
 
       
2011
    14.7  
 
       
2012
    12.5  
 
       
Thereafter
    171.9  
 
 
  $ 276.2  
 
12. LONG-TERM DEBT
The following table shows the Company’s outstanding debt at the end of 2007 and 2006:
                         
30 September   Maturities     2007     2006  
     
Payable in U.S. Dollars:
                       
 
                       
Debentures: (effective rate)
                       
 
                       
8.75% (8.95%)
    2021     $ 18.4     $ 18.4  
Medium-term Notes:
                       
 
                       
Weighted average rate
                       
 
                       
Series D 6.7%
    2008 to 2016       104.0       134.0  
 
                       
Series E 7.6%
    2008 to 2026       17.4       17.4  
 
                       
Series F 6.2%
    2010       50.0       133.0  
 
                       
Series G 4.1%
    2011       125.0       125.0  
 
                       
Other:
                       
 
                       
Variable rate industrial
revenue bonds 4.0%
    2021 to 2041       523.3       486.3  
 
                       
Other 5.3%
    2008 to 2021       111.6       98.4  
 
                       
Less: Unamortized discount
            (18.9 )     (21.6 )
 
                       
Payable in Other Currencies:
                       
 
                       
Eurobonds 4.315%
    2010       355.5        
 
                       
Eurobonds 6.5%
                  194.5  
 
                       
Eurobonds 4.25%
    2012       426.7       380.3  
 
                       
Eurobonds 3.75%
    2014       426.7       380.3  
 
                       
Eurobonds 3.875%
    2015       426.7       380.3  
 
                       
Eurobonds 4.625%
    2017       426.7        
 
                       
Other 3.4%
    2008 to 2014       72.3       86.4  
Capital Lease Obligations:
                       
 
                       
United States 5.6%
    2008 to 2018       11.8       15.0  
 
                       
Foreign 8.0%
    2008       .4       4.6  
 
 
                       
 
          $ 3,077.6     $ 2,432.3  
Less current portion
            (101.1 )     (152.1 )
 
 
          $ 2,976.5     $ 2,280.2  
 
Maturities of long-term debt in each of the next five years are as follows: $101.1 in 2008, $39.6 in 2009, $441.1 in 2010, $157.9 in 2011, and $428.5 in 2012.
At 30 September 2006, the Company’s outstanding debt included Euro 153.5 million ($194.5) for a 6.5% Eurobond maturing on 12 July 2007, which was classified as long-term debt because of the Company’s ability and intent to refinance. The Company completed a commitment to refinance this
Eurobond in June 2007 with a portion of the proceeds of a new Euro 250.0 million ($340.1) Eurobond. The new Eurobond is a floating rate Eurobond (initial interest rate of 4.315%) which settled on 3 July 2007 and matures on 2 July 2010. The balance of the net proceeds of the new Eurobond (after repayment of the 6.5% Eurobond principal and interest) was converted to U.S. dollars and used to repay U.S. commercial paper.
On 12 March 2007, the Company issued Euro 300.0 million ($395.1) of 4.625% Eurobonds maturing 15 March 2017, the proceeds of which were used to fund a portion of the acquisition of BOC Gazy.
Various debt agreements to which the Company is a party include certain financial covenants and other restrictions, including restrictions pertaining to the ability to create property liens and enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions. The Company is in compliance with all financial debt covenants.
The Company has obtained the commitment of a number of commercial banks to lend money at market rates whenever needed. This committed line of credit provides a source of liquidity and is used to support the issuance of commercial paper. The Company’s total multicurrency revolving facility, maturing in May 2011, amounted to $1,200 at 30 September 2007. No borrowings were outstanding under this commitment at the end of 2007. Additional commitments totaling $299.8 are maintained by the Company’s foreign subsidiaries, of which $152.5 was borrowed and outstanding at 30 September 2007.
13. LEASES
Lessee Accounting
Capital leases, primarily for the right to use machinery and equipment, are included with owned plant and equipment on the balance sheet in the amount of $48.4 and $53.8 at the end of 2007 and 2006, respectively. Related amounts of accumulated depreciation are $29.1 and $26.1, respectively.
Operating leases principally relate to distribution equipment and real estate. Certain leases include escalation clauses, renewal, and/or purchase options. Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the minimum lease term. Rent expense under operating leases, including month-to-month agreements, was $119.4 in 2007, $114.8 in 2006, and $113.5 in 2005.
On 31 March 2006, the Company exercised its option to purchase certain cryogenic vessel equipment for $297.2, thereby terminating an operating lease originally scheduled to end 30 September 2006. The Company originally sold and leased back this equipment in 2001, resulting in proceeds of $301.9 and recognition of a deferred gain of $134.7, which was


58     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

included in other noncurrent liabilities. In March 2006, the Company recorded the purchase of the equipment for $297.2 and reduced the carrying value of the equipment by the $134.7 deferred gain derived from the original sale-leaseback transaction.
At 30 September 2007, minimum payments due under leases are as follows:
                 
    Capital     Operating  
    Leases     Leases  
   
2008
  $ 3.9     $ 43.1  
 
               
2009
    2.3       37.2  
 
               
2010
    1.6       27.1  
 
               
2011
    1.1       20.1  
 
               
2012
    .9       16.2  
 
               
Thereafter
    4.8       51.5  
 
 
  $ 14.6     $ 195.2  
 
The present value of the above future capital lease payments is included in the liability section of the balance sheet. At the end of 2007, $3.4 was classified as current and $8.8 as long-term.
Lessor Accounting
As discussed under Revenue Recognition in Note 1, certain contracts associated with facilities that are built to service a specific customer are accounted for as leases in accordance with EITF Issue No. 01-08, “Determining Whether an Agreement Contains a Lease.”
Lease receivables, net, were included in the Company’s consoli-
dated balance sheets as follows:
                 
30 September   2007     2006  
     
Trade receivables
  $ .6     $ .9  
 
               
Other receivables and current assets
    17.8       14.3  
 
               
Other noncurrent assets
    326.1       240.8  
 
Lease payments to be collected over the next five years are as follows: $40.3 in 2008, $42.3 in 2009, $41.4 in 2010, $41.3 in 2011, and $40.8 in 2012.
14. CAPITAL STOCK
Authorized capital stock consists of 25 million preferred shares with a par value of $1 per share, none of which was outstanding at 30 September 2007, and 300 million shares of common stock with a par value of $1 per share.
On 20 September 2007, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $1,000 of the Company’s outstanding common stock. This action was in addition to an existing $1,500 share repurchase program which was approved on 16 March
2006. The Company began the original share repurchase program in the third quarter of 2006 pursuant to Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, through a 10b5-1 written repurchase plan established with several brokers. During 2006, the Company purchased 7.7 million of its outstanding shares at a cost of $496.1. During 2007, the Company purchased an additional 7.3 million of its outstanding shares at a cost of $567.3. The Company expects to complete the remaining $436.6 of the original $1,500 program in fiscal year 2008. The recently announced program for an additional $1,000 will be completed at the Company’s discretion while maintaining sufficient funds for investing in its business and growth opportunities.
On 17 March 2005, the Board of Directors authorized a $500.0 share repurchase program. During 2005, the Company purchased 8.3 million of its outstanding shares at a cost of $500.0.
In 1998, the Board of Directors adopted a shareholder rights plan under which common stockholders receive an associated right to purchase one one-thousandth (1/1,000) of a share of Series A participating cumulative preferred stock, par value $1 per share. Such rights are exercisable at a price of $345 and only in the event of certain changes or potential changes in the beneficial ownership of the Company’s common stock, which could result in a person or group owning more than 15% of the outstanding common stock (“Acquiring Person”). If such rights become exercisable, the rights would entitle the stockholder (other than the Acquiring Person) to purchase for the purchase price (i) that number of one one-thousandth of a share of Series A participating cumulative preferred stock or (ii) that number of shares of common stock of the surviving Company (in the event of a business combination with the Acquiring Person or asset purchase of 50% or more of the Company’s assets by the Acquiring Person), with a value equal to two times the purchase price of the right. The rights will expire on 19 March 2008 unless earlier redeemed by the Company.
15. SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
Effective 1 October 2005, the Company adopted SFAS No. 123R and related interpretations and began expensing the grant-date fair value of employee stock options. Prior to 1 October 2005, the Company applied Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 25, “Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” and related interpretations in accounting for its stock option plans. Accordingly, no compensation expense was recognized in net income for employee stock options, as options granted had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Refer to Note 2 for a detailed discussion on the adoption of


59

 


 

SFAS No. 123R and for pro forma disclosures prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R.
The Company has various share-based compensation programs, which include stock options, deferred stock units, and restricted stock. Under all programs, the terms of the awards are fixed at the grant date. The Company issues shares from treasury stock upon the exercise of stock options, the payout of deferred stock units, and the issuance of restricted stock awards. As of 30 September 2007, 7.2 million shares were available for future grant under the Company’s Long-Term Incentive Plan, which is shareholder approved.
Share-based compensation cost recognized in the income statement is summarized below:
                 
    2007     2006  
   
Cost of sales
  $ 9.5     $ 10.0  
 
               
Selling and administrative
    57.0       55.8  
 
               
Research and development
    4.4       4.8  
 
               
Global cost reduction plan
          5.6  
 
Before-Tax Share-Based
Compensation Cost
    70.9       76.2  
 
               
Income tax benefit
    (27.3 )     (29.8 )
 
After-Tax Share-Based
Compensation Cost
  $ 43.6     $ 46.4  
 

The amount of share-based compensation cost capitalized in 2007 and 2006 was not material.

Total before-tax share-based compensation cost by type of program was as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
   
Stock options
  $ 36.0     $ 44.4  
 
               
Deferred stock units
    30.2       27.2  
 
               
Restricted stock
    4.7       4.6  
 
Before-Tax Share-Based
Compensation Cost
  $ 70.9     $ 76.2  
 
Information on the valuation and accounting for the various programs under SFAS No. 123R is provided below.
Stock Options
Executives, employees, and outside directors receive awards of options to purchase common stock. The exercise price equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. Options generally vest incrementally over three years, and remain exercisable for ten years from the date of grant. Options issued to directors are exercisable six months after the grant date.
The fair value of options granted in 2007 and 2006 was estimated using a lattice-based option valuation model that used the assumptions noted in the table below. Expected volatility and expected dividend yield are based on actual historical experience of the Company’s stock and dividends over the historical period equal to the option term. The expected life represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding based on an analysis of Company-specific historical exercise data. The range given below results from certain groups of employees exhibiting different behavior. Separate groups of employees that have similar historical exercise behavior were considered separately for valuation purposes. The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury Strips with terms equal to the expected time of exercise as of the grant date.
                 
    2007     2006  
   
Expected volatility
    30.6 %     30.6 %
 
               
Expected dividend yield
    2.1 %     2.1 %
 
               
Expected life (in years)
    7.0–9.0       7.0–9.0  
 
               
Risk-free interest rate
    4.5%–4.7 %     4.3%–5.1 %
 


The weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted during 2007 and 2006 was $22.45 and $18.20 per option, respectively.

A summary of stock option activity is presented below:
                 
            Weighted  
    Shares     Average  
Stock Options     (000)     Exercise Price  
     
Outstanding at
30 September 2006
    22,525       $41.84  
 
               
Granted
    1,525       67.30  
 
               
Exercised
    (5,338 )     38.01  
 
               
Forfeited
    (90 )     58.19  
 
Outstanding at
30 September 2007
    18,622       $44.95  
 
Exercisable at
30 September 2007
    14,952       $41.40  
 
                 
    Weighted        
    Average        
    Remaining     Aggregate  
    Contractual     Intrinsic  
Stock Options   Terms (in years)     Value  
     
Outstanding at
30 September 2007
    5.3       $984  
 
Exercisable at
30 September 2007
    4.6       $843  
 
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during 2007, 2006, and 2005 was $218.8, $83.6, and $114.0, respectively.


60     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 

Compensation cost is generally recognized over the stated vesting period consistent with the terms of the arrangement (i.e., either on a straight-line or graded-vesting basis). For awards granted on or after 1 October 2005, expense recognition is accelerated for retirement eligible individuals who would meet the requirements for vesting of awards upon their retirement.
As of 30 September 2007, there was $9.0 of unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years.
Cash received from option exercises during 2007 was $202.8, generating a total tax benefit of $78.4. The excess tax benefit (i.e., the tax deduction in excess of that which would have been recognized had SFAS No. 123R been applied in previous periods) was $56.5 in 2007.
Deferred Stock Units and Restricted Stock
The grant-date fair value of deferred stock units and restricted stock is estimated on the date of grant based on the market price of the stock, and compensation cost is generally amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period during which employees perform related services. For awards granted on or after 1 October 2005, expense recognition is accelerated for retirement eligible individuals who would meet the requirements for vesting of awards upon their retirement.
Deferred Stock Units
The Company has granted deferred stock units to executives, selected employees, and outside directors. These deferred stock units entitle the recipient to one share of common stock upon vesting, which is conditioned on continued employment during the deferral period and may also be conditioned on earn-out against certain performance targets. The deferral period generally ends after death, disability, or retirement. However, for a portion of the performance-based deferred stock units, the deferral period ends at the end of the performance period (one to three years) or up to two years thereafter. Certain of the performance-based deferred stock units provide for one-half of the earned shares to be paid in cash at the end of the performance period. Beginning in 2004, the Company has granted deferred stock units, subject to a four-year deferral
period, to selected employees. Deferred stock units issued to directors are paid after service on the Board of Directors ends at the time elected by the director (not to exceed 10 years).
                 
          Weighted-Average  
  Shares   Grant-Date  
Deferred Stock Units (000)   Fair Value  
   
Outstanding at
30 September 2006
    2,103     $ 46.63  
 
               
Granted
    397       68.78  
 
               
Paid out
    (160 )     38.78  
 
               
Forfeited
    (57 )     51.85  
 
Outstanding at
30 September 2007
    2,283     $ 50.90  
 
Cash payments made for performance-based deferred stock units were $1.9 in 2007. As of 30 September 2007, there was $29.0 of unrecognized compensation cost related to deferred stock units. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years.
Restricted Stock
In 2004 through 2007, the Company issued shares of restricted stock to certain officers. Participants are entitled to cash dividends and to vote their respective shares. Shares granted in 2004 through 2006 are subject to forfeiture if employment is terminated other than due to death, disability, or retirement. Shares granted in 2007 vest in four years or upon earlier retirement, death, or disability. The shares are nontransferable while subject to forfeiture.
                 
          Weighted-Average  
  Shares   Grant-Date  
Restricted Stock (000)   Fair Value  
   
Outstanding at
30 September 2006
    151     $ 52.46  
 
               
Granted
    51       66.69  
 
               
Vested
    (33 )     52.01  
 
               
Forfeited
           
 
Outstanding at
30 September 2007
    169     $ 56.81  
 
As of 30 September 2007, there was $1.7 of unrecognized compensation cost related to restricted stock awards. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 5.5 years.


61

 


 

16. EARNINGS PER SHARE
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) is as follows:
                         
30 September 2007   2006   2005  
     
Numerator
                       
 
                       
Used in basic and diluted EPS
                       
 
                       
Income from continuing
operations
  $ 1,042.7     $ 745.1     $ 704.6  
 
                       
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations,
net of tax
    (7.1 )     (15.5 )     7.1  
 
Income before cumulative
effect of accounting change
    1,035.6       729.6       711.7  
 
                       
Cumulative effect of
accounting change, net of tax
          (6.2 )      
 
Net Income
  $ 1,035.6     $ 723.4     $ 711.7  
 
Denominator (in millions)
                       
 
                       
Weighted average number of
common shares used in basic EPS
    216.2       221.7       225.7  
 
                       
Effect of dilutive securities:
                       
 
                       
Employee stock options
    5.8       4.9       5.0  
 
                       
Other award plans
    1.2       .9       .7  
 
 
    7.0       5.8       5.7  
 
Weighted average number of
common shares and dilutive
potential common shares used
in diluted EPS
    223.2       227.5       231.4  
 
Basic EPS
                       
 
                       
Income from continuing
operations
    $4.82       $3.36       $3.12  
 
                       
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations
    (.03 )     (.07 )     .03  
 
Income before cumulative
effect of accounting change
    4.79       3.29       3.15  
 
                       
Cumulative effect of
accounting change
          (.03 )      
 
Net Income
    $4.79       $3.26       $3.15  
 
Diluted EPS
                       
 
                       
Income from continuing
operations
    $4.67       $3.28       $3.05  
 
                       
Income (loss) from
discontinued operations
    (.03 )     (.07 )     .03  
 
Income before cumulative
effect of accounting change
    4.64       3.21       3.08  
 
                       
Cumulative effect of
accounting change
          (.03 )      
 
Net Income
    $4.64       $3.18       $3.08  
 
Diluted EPS reflects the potential dilution that could occur if stock options or other share-based awards were exercised or converted into common stock. The dilutive effect is computed using the treasury stock method, which assumes all share-based awards are exercised and the hypothetical proceeds from exercise are used by the Company to purchase common stock at
the average market price during the period. The incremental shares (difference between shares assumed to be issued versus purchased), to the extent they would have been dilutive, are included in the denominator of the diluted EPS calculation. Options on .8 million shares and 1.2 million shares were antidilutive and therefore excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
17. INCOME TAXES
The following table shows the components of the provision for income taxes:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
     
Federal
                       
 
                       
Current
  $ 105.8     $ 125.8     $ 73.6  
 
                       
Deferred
    (18.7 )     5.5       24.3  
 
 
    87.1       131.3       97.9  
 
State
                       
 
                       
Current
    11.9       13.7       9.9  
 
                       
Deferred
    7.2       1.7       6.9  
 
 
    19.1       15.4       16.8  
 
Foreign
                       
 
                       
Current
    169.5       121.8       122.6  
 
                       
Deferred
    25.5       .6       21.6  
 
 
    195.0       122.4       144.2  
 
 
  $ 301.2     $ 269.1     $ 258.9  
 
The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
                 
30 September   2007   2006
     
Gross Deferred Tax Assets
               
 
               
Pension and other compensation accruals
  $ 323.3     $ 215.3  
 
               
Tax loss and tax carryforwards
    74.4       86.6  
 
               
Foreign tax credits
    3.3       23.0  
 
               
Reserves and accruals
    19.2       62.6  
 
               
Other
    98.1       79.7  
 
               
Currency losses
    83.7        
 
               
Valuation allowance
    (32.5 )     (36.7 )
 
Deferred Tax Assets
    569.5       430.5  
 
Gross Deferred Tax Liabilities
               
 
               
Plant and equipment
    882.9       863.1  
 
               
Employee benefit plans
    67.3       48.8  
 
               
Investment in partnerships
    10.2       18.4  
 
               
Unrealized gain on cost investment
    6.9       22.8  
 
               
Currency gains
          5.8  
 
               
Unremitted earnings of foreign entities
    9.7       16.7  
 
               
Intangible assets
    62.2       22.4  
 
               
Other
    117.8       107.0  
 
Deferred Tax Liabilities
    1,157.0       1,105.0  
 
Net Deferred Income Tax Liability
  $ 587.5     $ 674.5  
 


62     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

Net current deferred tax assets of $78.0 and net noncurrent deferred tax assets of $47.0 were included in other receivables and current assets and other noncurrent assets at 30 September 2007, respectively. Net current deferred tax assets of $118.0 and net noncurrent deferred tax assets of $40.6 were included in other receivables and current assets and other noncurrent assets at 30 September 2006, respectively.
Foreign and state operating loss carryforwards as of 30 September 2007 were $206.2 and $226.9, respectively. The foreign operating losses have an unlimited carryover period. State operating loss carryforwards are available through 2026.
The valuation allowance as of 30 September 2007 primarily relates to the tax loss carryforwards referenced above. If events warrant the reversal of the $32.5 valuation allowance, it would result in a reduction of tax expense.
Major differences between the United States federal statutory tax rate and the effective tax rate are:
                         
(percent of income before taxes)   2007   2006   2005
     
U.S. federal statutory tax rate
    35.0 %     35.0 %     35.0 %
 
                       
State taxes, net of federal
benefit
    1.2       .9       1.1  
 
                       
 
                       
Income from equity affiliates
    (2.8 )     (3.2 )     (3.3 )
 
                       
Foreign taxes
    (4.1 )     (3.6 )     (6.4 )
 
                       
Export tax benefit and
domestic production
    (.8 )     (.7 )     (1.5 )
 
                       
Repatriation
          (1.6 )      
 
                       
Tax audit settlements and
adjustments
    (2.6 )     (1.9 )     1.0  
 
                       
Donation of investments
    (1.2 )            
 
                       
Other
    (2.3 )     1.6       1.0  
 
Effective Tax Rate after
Minority Interest
    22.4 %     26.5 %     26.9 %
 
                       
Minority interest
    (.5 )     (.7 )     (.6 )
 
Effective Tax Rate
    21.9 %     25.8 %     26.3 %
 
In the fourth quarter of 2007, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $11.3, primarily from tax audit settlements and adjustments and related interest income. In June 2007, the Company settled tax audits through fiscal year 2004 with the Internal Revenue Service. This audit settlement resulted in a tax benefit of $27.5 in the third quarter of 2007. For 2007, tax audit settlements and adjustments totaled $38.8.
In the fourth quarter of 2007, a charge related to the Company’s annual reconciliation and analysis of its current and deferred tax assets and liabilities was recorded and is included in tax audit settlements and adjustments in the above table.
In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company recorded a tax benefit of $20.0 related to its reconciliation and analysis of its current and deferred tax assets and liabilities. The adjustment pertains to prior years (See Note 1) and is included in tax audit settlements and adjustments in the previous table.
The following table summarizes the income of U.S. and foreign operations, before taxes and minority interest:
                         
    2007   2006   2005
   
Income from continuing
operations:
                       
 
                       
United States
  $ 593.7     $ 494.8     $ 394.9  
 
                       
Foreign
    650.8       441.5       485.9  
 
                       
Income from equity affiliates
    131.8       107.7       105.4  
 
 
  $ 1,376.3     $ 1,044.0     $ 986.2  
 
The Company does not pay or record U.S. income taxes on the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries and corporate joint ventures as long as those earnings are permanently reinvested in the companies that produced them. These cumulative undistributed earnings are included in retained earnings on the consolidated balance sheet and amounted to $2,225.7 at the end of 2007. An estimated $538.7 in U.S. income and foreign withholding taxes would be due if these earnings were remitted as dividends after payment of all deferred taxes.
18. RETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Company and certain of its subsidiaries sponsor defined benefit pension plans and defined contribution plans that cover a substantial portion of its worldwide employees. The principal defined benefit pension plans are the U.S. Salaried Pension Plan and the U.K. Pension Plan. These plans were closed to new participants in 2005 and were replaced with defined contribution plans. The principal defined contribution plan is the Retirement Savings Plan, in which a substantial portion of the U.S. employees participate; a similar plan is offered to U.K. employees. The Company also provides other postretirement benefits consisting primarily of healthcare benefits to U.S. retirees who meet age and service requirements.
The Company adopted the requirement of SFAS No. 158 to recognize the funded status of benefit plans in the balance sheet as of 30 September 2007. Refer to Note 2 for a discussion on the impact of adopting SFAS No. 158.


63

 


 

Defined Benefit Pension Plans
Pension benefits earned are generally based on years of service and compensation during active employment.
The cost of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans included the following components:
                         
  2007   2006   2005  
   
Service cost
  $ 81.6     $ 78.9     $ 74.4  
 
                       
Interest cost
    168.3       147.7       139.4  
 
                       
Expected return on plan assets
    (188.1 )     (157.1 )     (145.4 )
 
                       
Amortization:
                       
 
                       
Prior service cost
    4.2       3.1       3.5  
 
                       
Transition
    .1       .1       .1  
 
                       
Actuarial loss
    57.5       65.5       37.9  
 
                       
Settlements and curtailments
    10.3       .2       .2  
 
                       
Special termination benefits
    2.0       12.7       4.9  
 
                       
Other
    2.6       2.9       1.7  
 
Net Periodic Pension Cost
  $ 138.5     $ 154.0     $ 116.7  
 
The Company calculates net periodic pension cost for a given fiscal year based on assumptions developed at the end of the previous fiscal year.
A number of senior managers and others who were eligible for supplemental pension plan benefits retired in 2007. The Company’s supplemental pension plan provides for a lump sum benefit payment option at the time of retirement, or for corporate officers six months after the participant’s retirement date. If payments exceed the sum of service and interest cost components of net periodic pension cost of the plan for the fiscal year, settlement accounting is triggered under pension accounting rules. However, a settlement loss may not be recognized until the time the pension obligation is settled. The total settlement loss anticipated for these 2007 retirements is expected to be approximately $30 to $35. The Company recognized $10.3 of the charge in the fourth quarter of 2007 based on liabilities settled, with the remaining balance to be recognized in fiscal year 2008. The actual amount of the settlement loss will be based upon current pension assumptions (e.g., discount rate) at the time of the cash payments of the liabilities.
The decrease in net periodic pension cost from 2006 to 2007 was primarily attributable to the increase in the discount rate. Special termination benefits in 2007 included $1.2 for the global cost reduction plan.
The following table sets forth the weighted average assumptions used in the calculation of net periodic pension cost:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Discount rate
    5.7 %     5.3 %     5.9 %
 
                       
Expected return on plan assets
    8.8 %     8.8 %     8.8 %
 
                       
Rate of compensation increase
    4.1 %     4.1 %     4.2 %
 
The Company used a measurement date of 30 September for all plans except for plans in the United Kingdom and Belgium. These plans were measured as of 30 June.
The projected benefit obligation (PBO) is the actuarial present value of benefits attributable to employee service rendered to date, including the effects of estimated future salary increases.
The following table reflects the change in the PBO based on the plan year measurement date:
                 
    2007     2006  
   
Obligation at Beginning of Year
  $ 2,933.1     $ 2,755.0  
 
               
Service cost
    81.6       78.9  
 
               
Interest cost
    168.3       147.7  
 
               
Amendments
    1.8       15.6  
 
               
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (136.5 )     (35.0 )
 
               
Special termination benefits,
settlements, and curtailments
    (.9 )     12.7  
 
               
Participant contributions
    7.4       8.1  
 
               
Benefits paid
    (124.6 )     (100.8 )
 
               
Currency translation/other
    105.7       50.9  
 
Obligation at End of Year
  $ 3,035.9     $ 2,933.1  
 
The following table sets forth the weighted average assumptions used in the calculation of the PBO:
                 
    2007     2006  
   
Discount rate
    6.1 %     5.7 %
 
               
Rate of compensation increase
    4.2 %     4.1 %
 
The assets of the Company’s defined benefit pension plans consist primarily of equity and fixed income securities. Except where the Company’s equity is a component of an index fund, the defined benefit plans are prohibited by Company policy from holding shares of Company stock.
Asset allocation targets are established based on the long-term return and volatility characteristics of the investment classes and recognize the benefit of diversification and the profiles of the plans’ liabilities. The actual and target allocations at the measurement date are as follows:
                         
    2007     2007     2006  
    Target     Actual     Actual  
Asset Category   Allocation     Allocation     Allocation  
   
Equity securities
    66–72 %     69 %     69 %
 
                       
Debt securities
    22–28       26       26  
 
                       
Real estate
    0–6       4       4  
 
                       
Other
    0–3       1       1  
 
Total
            100 %     100 %
 


64     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

The Company employs a mix of active and passive investment strategies. Over a full market cycle, the total return of plan assets is expected to exceed that of a passive strategy tracking index returns in each asset category.
The Company anticipates contributing approximately $130 to the defined benefit pension plans in 2008.
The following table summarizes the change in the fair value of assets of the pension plans based on the measurement date:
                 
    2007     2006  
   
Beginning of Year
  $ 2,052.0     $ 1,777.0  
 
               
Actual return on plan assets
    301.9       200.1  
 
               
Company contributions
    288.1       134.3  
 
               
Participant contributions
    7.4       8.1  
 
               
Benefits paid
    (124.6 )     (100.8 )
 
               
Currency translation/other
    76.6       33.3  
 
End of Year
  $ 2,601.4     $ 2,052.0  
 
To the extent the expected return on plan assets varies from the actual return, an actuarial gain or loss results.
The expected return on plan assets assumption is based on an estimated weighted average of long-term returns of major asset classes. In determining asset class returns, the Company takes into account long-term returns of major asset classes, historical performance of plan assets, and related value-added of active management, as well as the current interest rate environment. Asset allocation is determined by an asset/liability study that takes into account plan demographics, asset returns, and acceptable levels of risk.
Projected benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are as follows:
         
2008
  $ 160.2  
 
       
2009
    120.2  
 
       
2010
    127.8  
 
       
2011
    133.0  
 
       
2012
    142.6  
 
       
2013–2017
    843.1  
 
These estimated benefit payments are based on assumptions about future events. Actual benefit payments may vary significantly from these estimates.
The tables to follow summarize the funded status of the pension plans reconciled to amounts recorded in the consolidated balance sheet. At 30 September 2007, the Company adopted the provision of SFAS No. 158, which requires recognition of the overfunded or underfunded PBO as an asset or liability in the balance sheet. As of 30 September 2006, amounts were
recorded per SFAS No. 87, which required the consolidated balance sheet as of a fiscal year end to reflect, at a minimum, an amount equal to the unfunded accumulated benefit obligation (ABO), which differs from the PBO in that it does not include an assumption on future compensation levels.
The funded status of the pension plans (plan assets less PBO) reconciled to the amount recognized in the balance sheet is as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Funded status
  $ (434.5 )   $ (881.1 )
 
               
Unrecognized actuarial loss
          805.7  
 
               
Unrecognized prior service cost
          31.5  
 
               
Unrecognized net transition liability
          .5  
 
               
Employer contributions for U.K. and
Belgium after the measurement date
    1.9       1.9  
 
Net Amount Recognized
  $ (432.6 )   $ (41.5 )
 
The classification of amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet was as follows:
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Prepaid benefit cost (other noncurrent asset)
  $ 43.7     $ 17.9  
 
               
Accrued benefit liability (current)
    (92.0 )     (164.1 )
 
               
Accrued benefit liability (noncurrent)
    (384.3 )     (225.3 )
 
               
Intangible asset (other noncurrent asset)
          32.0  
 
               
Accumulated other comprehensive
income—pretax
          298.0  
 
Net Amount Recognized
  $ (432.6 )   $ (41.5 )
 
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) on a pretax basis consisted of:
                 
    2007     2006  
     
Minimum pension liability
  $     $ 298.0  
 
               
Actuarial loss
    512.3        
 
               
Prior service cost
    29.7        
 
               
Net transition liability
    .5        
 
Amount Recognized in AOCI
  $ 542.5     $ 298.0  
 
The actuarial loss represents the actual changes in the estimated obligation and plan assets that have not yet been recognized in the income statement. Actuarial gains and losses are not recognized immediately, but instead are accumulated as a part of the unrecognized net loss balance and amortized into net periodic pension cost over the average remaining service period of participating employees as certain thresholds are met.
The amount of AOCI at 30 September 2007 that is expected to be recognized as a component of net periodic pension cost during fiscal year 2008 is as follows:


65


 

         
Actuarial loss
  $ 37.8  
 
       
Prior service cost
    4.2  
 
       
Net transition liability
    .1  
 
The ABO for all defined benefit pension plans was $2,483.1 and $2,411.0 at the end of 2007 and 2006, respectively.
The following table provides information on pension plans where the ABO exceeds the value of plan assets:
                 
    2007     2006  
   
PBO
  $ 310.3     $ 2,794.9  
 
               
ABO
    252.1       2,303.4  
 
               
Plan assets
    38.7       1,915.6  
 
Included in the table above are several pension arrangements that are not funded because of jurisdictional practice. The ABO and PBO related to these plans for 2007 were $151.3 and $180.6, respectively.
Defined Contribution Plans
The Company maintains a nonleveraged employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) that forms part of the Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan (RSP). The ESOP was established in May of 2002. The balance of the RSP is a qualified defined contribution plan including a 401(k) elective deferral component. A substantial portion of U.S. employees are eligible and participate.
Dividends paid on ESOP shares are treated as ordinary dividends by the Company. Under existing tax law, the Company may deduct dividends that are paid with respect to shares held by the plan. Shares of the Company’s common stock in the ESOP totaled 5,741,995 as of 30 September 2007.
The Company matches a portion of the participants’ contributions to the RSP and other various worldwide defined contribution plans. The Company’s contributions to the RSP include a Company core contribution for eligible employees (not participating in the defined benefit pension plans), with the core contribution based on a percentage of pay, and the percentage is based on years of service. The Company also makes matching contributions on overall employee contributions as a percentage of the employee contribution and includes an enhanced contribution for eligible employees (not participating in the defined benefit pension plans). Contributions expensed to income in 2007, 2006, and 2005 were $29.3, $26.7, and $22.7, respectively.
Other Postretirement Benefits
The Company provides other postretirement benefits consisting primarily of healthcare benefits to certain U.S. retirees who meet age and service requirements. The healthcare benefit is a continued medical benefit until the retiree reaches age 65. Healthcare benefits are contributory, with contribution percentages adjusted periodically. The retiree medical costs are capped at a specified dollar amount, with the retiree contributing the remainder.
The cost of the Company’s other postretirement benefit plans included the following components:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
Service cost
  $ 5.9     $ 6.3     $ 4.4  
 
                       
Interest cost
    5.4       5.1       5.3  
 
                       
Amortization:
                       
 
                       
Prior service cost
    (1.8 )     (2.3 )     (2.3 )
 
                       
Actuarial loss
    2.3       3.5       1.3  
 
                       
Settlements and curtailments
                (.6 )
 
Net Periodic Benefit Cost
  $ 11.8     $ 12.6     $ 8.1  
 
The Company calculates net periodic benefit cost for a given fiscal year based on assumptions developed at the end of the previous fiscal year. The discount rate assumption used in the calculation of net periodic benefit cost for 2007, 2006, and 2005 was 5.3%, 4.8%, and 6.0%, respectively.
The Company measures the other postretirement benefits as of 30 September. The following table reflects the change in the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
                 
    2007     2006  
   
Obligation at Beginning of Year
  $ 111.2     $ 101.0  
 
               
Service cost
    5.9       6.3  
 
               
Interest cost
    5.4       5.1  
 
               
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (5.0 )     8.9  
 
               
Benefits paid
    (10.3 )     (10.1 )
 
Obligation at End of Year
  $ 107.2     $ 111.2  
 
The discount rate assumption used in the calculation of the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation was 5.7% and 5.3% for 2007 and 2006, respectively.
A reconciliation of the benefit obligation to the amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheet as a liability is as follows:


66     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

                 
  2007   2006  
   
Obligation at End of Year
  $ (107.2 )   $ (111.2 )
 
               
Unrecognized actuarial loss
          31.0  
 
               
Unrecognized prior service cost
          (4.7 )
 
Net Amount Recognized
  $ (107.2 )   $ (84.9 )
 
At 30 September 2007, $11.7 of the total liability was classified as current and $95.5 as noncurrent. At 30 September 2006, $10.9 of the total liability was classified as current and $74.0 as noncurrent.
Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (AOCI) on a pretax basis consisted of:
                 
  2007   2006  
   
Actuarial loss
     $ 23.8         $  
 
               
Prior service cost (credit)
    (2.9 )      
 
Amount Recognized in AOCI
  $ 20.9     $  
 
Of the 30 September 2007 actuarial loss and prior service credit, it is estimated that $1.7 and $(1.4), respectively, will be amortized into net periodic postretirement cost over fiscal year 2008.
The assumed healthcare trend rates are as follows:
                 
  2007   2006  
   
Healthcare trend rate
    10.0 %     10.0 %
 
               
Ultimate trend rate
    5.0 %     5.0 %
 
               
Year the ultimate trend rate is reached
    2012       2011  
 
The effect of a change in the healthcare trend rate is slightly tempered by a cap on the average retiree medical cost. The impact of a one percentage point change in the assumed healthcare cost trend rate on periodic benefit cost and the obligation is not material.
Projected benefit payments are as follows:
         
2008
  $ 11.7  
 
       
2009
    11.8  
 
       
2010
    12.2  
 
       
2011
    12.7  
 
       
2012
    12.8  
 
       
2013–2017
    62.1  
 
These estimated benefit payments are based on assumptions about future events. Actual benefit payments may vary significantly from these estimates.
19. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
Litigation
The Company is involved in various legal proceedings, including competition, environmental, health, safety, product liability, and insurance matters. In particular, during the second quarter of 2007, a unit of the Brazilian Ministry of Justice issued a report on its investigation of the Company’s Brazilian subsidiary, Air Products Brazil, and several other Brazilian industrial gas companies (subsequently, this report was recalled by such unit due to certain technical issues related to its release and has not been rereleased). The report recommended that the Brazilian Administrative Council for Economic Defense impose sanctions on Air Products Brazil and the other industrial gas companies for alleged anticompetitive activities. The Company intends to defend this action and cannot, at this time, reasonably predict the ultimate outcome of the proceedings or sanctions, if any, that will be imposed. While the Company does not expect that any sums it may have to pay in connection with this or any other legal proceeding would have a materially adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or net cash flows, a future charge for regulatory fines or damage awards could have a significant impact on the Company’s net income in the period in which it is recorded.
Environmental
In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in legal proceedings under the federal Superfund law, similar state environmental laws, and RCRA relating to the designation of certain sites for investigation or remediation. Presently, there are approximately 33 sites on which a final settlement has not been reached where the Company, along with others, has been designated a potentially responsible party by the Environmental Protection Agency or is otherwise engaged in investigation or remediation. In addition, the Company is also involved in cleanup activities at certain of its manufacturing sites. The Company continually monitors these sites for which it has environmental exposure.
Accruals for environmental loss contingencies are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of loss can be reasonably estimated consistent with the policy set forth in Note 1. The consolidated balance sheet at 30 September 2007 and 2006 included an accrual of $52.2 and $52.4, respectively, primarily as part of other noncurrent liabilities. The environmental liabilities will be paid over a period of up to 30 years. The Company estimates the exposure for environmental loss contingencies to range from $52 to a reasonably possible upper exposure of $65 as of 30 September 2007.


67


 

Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in future periods may vary from the estimates, given inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Using reasonably possible alternative assumptions of the exposure level could result in an increase to the environmental accrual. Due to the inherent uncertainties related to environmental exposures, a significant increase to the reasonably possible upper exposure level could occur if a new site is designated, the scope of remediation is increased, a different remediation alternative is identified, or a significant increase in the Company’s proportionate share occurs. While the Company does not expect that any sums it may have to pay in connection with environmental exposures would have a materially adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or net cash flows, a future charge for any damage award could have a significant impact on the Company’s net income in the period in which it is recorded.
At 30 September 2006, $42.0 of the environmental accrual was related to the Pace, Florida, facility. In the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company sold its Amines business, which included operations at Pace, and recognized a liability for retained environmental obligations associated with remediation activities at Pace. The Company is required by the Florida Department of Environmental Protection (FDEP) and the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) to continue its remediation efforts. As of 30 September 2006, the Company estimated that it would take an additional 20 years to complete the groundwater remediation, and the costs through completion were estimated to range from $42 to $50. As no amount within the range was a better estimate than another, the Company recognized a pretax expense in the fourth quarter of 2006 of $42.0 as a component of income from discontinued operations and recorded an environmental accrual of $42.0 in continuing operations on the consolidated balance sheet. During 2007, there has been no change to the estimated exposure range related to the Pace facility, and the accrual balance, reduced for spending during 2007, totaled $39.8 at 30 September 2007.
The Company has implemented many of the remedial corrective measures at the Pace, Florida, facility required under 1995 Consent Orders issued by the FDEP and the USEPA. Contaminated soils have been bioremediated, and the treated soils have been secured in a lined on-site disposal cell. Several groundwater recovery systems have been installed to contain and remove contamination from groundwater. In 2006, the Company conducted an extensive assessment of the site to determine how well existing measures are working, what
additional corrective measures may be needed, and whether newer remediation technologies that were not available in the 1990s might be suitable to more quickly and effectively remove groundwater contaminants. Based on our assessment results, we have identified potential new approaches to accelerate the removal of contaminants and will assess their feasibility and potential effectiveness.
Guarantees and Warranties
The Company is a party to certain guarantee agreements, including debt guarantees of equity affiliates and equity support agreements. These guarantees are contingent commitments that are related to activities of the Company’s primary businesses.
The Company has guaranteed repayment of the borrowings of an entity in Mexico in which the Company owns 50%. Repayment would be required in the event of an unsuccessful plant performance test. The performance test is scheduled to take place in the first quarter of fiscal 2008. Maximum potential payments under joint and several guarantees are $82. If the performance test is successful, the guarantees shall terminate.
The Company has guaranteed repayment of some additional borrowings of certain foreign equity affiliates. At 30 September 2007, these guarantees have terms in the range of one to seven years, with maximum potential payments of $30.
The Company has entered into an equity support agreement and operations guarantee related to an air separation facility constructed in Trinidad for a venture in which the Company, through equity affiliates, owns 50%. At 30 September 2007, maximum potential payments under joint and several guarantees were $94. Exposures under the guarantee decline over time and are completely extinguished by 2024.
To date, no equity contributions or payments have been required since the inception of these guarantees. The fair value of the above guarantees is not material.
The Company, in the normal course of business operations, has issued product warranties in its Equipment business. Also, contracts often contain standard terms and conditions which typically include a warranty and indemnification to the buyer that the goods and services purchased do not infringe on third-party intellectual property rights. The provision for estimated future costs relating to warranties is not material to the consolidated financial statements.


68     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

The Company does not expect that any sum it may have to pay in connection with guarantees and warranties will have a materially adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, liquidity, or results of operations.
Put Option Agreements
The Company has entered into put option agreements with certain affiliated companies as discussed below. The Company accounts for the put options as contingent liabilities to purchase an asset. Since the inception of these agreements and through 30 September 2007, the Company determined that it was not probable that these options would be exercised by the other shareholders.
In 1999, the Company made an investment in INOX, an Indian industrial gases company. As part of that transaction, put options were issued which gave the other (joint 50%) shareholders the right to require the Company to purchase their shares (approximately 5.1 million) of INOX (renamed INOXAP) at a predefined price. The option period began January 2004 and extended through January 2006. On 22 January 2005, the Company and the other shareholders extended and revised the terms of the option agreement. The other shareholders may give notice to exercise the revised put option between October and December 2010. The option, if exercised, would be effective on 31 July 2011. The revised option may also be exercised within six months of the death or permanent incapacity of the current Managing Director of INOXAP. The revised option price is based on a multiple of earnings formula, but not less than 630 Rupees per share. The U.S. dollar price of purchasing all 5.1 million shares at the minimum per share amount based on the exchange rate at 30 September 2007 would have been approximately $82.
In 2002, the Company entered into a put option agreement as part of the purchase of an additional interest in San Fu Gas Company, Ltd. (San Fu), an industrial gas company in Taiwan. Currently, the Company has an ownership interest of 74% in San Fu. Put options were issued which give other shareholders the right to sell San Fu stock to the Company at market price when exercised. The options are effective from January 2005 through January 2015 and allow for the sale of all stock owned by other shareholders to the Company. The estimated U.S. dollar price of purchasing the stock owned by other shareholders based on the exchange rate at 30 September 2007 would be approximately $200.
Purchase Obligations
The Company is obligated to make future payments under unconditional purchase obligations as summarized in the table below:
         
  Unconditional  
  Purchase  
  Obligations  
   
2008
  $ 426.4  
 
       
2009
    125.7  
 
       
2010
    109.4  
 
       
2011
    96.1  
 
       
2012
    90.2  
 
       
Thereafter
    627.5  
 
Total
  $ 1,475.3  
 
Most of the Company’s long-term unconditional purchase obligations relate to feedstock supply for numerous HyCO (hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and syngas) facilities. The price of feedstock supply is principally related to the price of natural gas. However, long-term take-or-pay sales contracts to HyCO customers are generally matched to the term of the feedstock supply obligations and provide recovery of price increases in the feedstock supply. Due to the matching of most feedstock supply obligations to customer sales contracts, the Company does not believe these purchase obligations would have a material effect on its financial condition or results of operations.
Purchase commitments to spend approximately $246 for additional plant and equipment are included in the unconditional purchase obligations.
20. SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Other Receivables and Current Assets
                 
30 September 2007   2006  
   
Deferred tax assets
  $ 78.0     $ 118.0  
 
               
Other receivables
    148.3       115.7  
 
               
Current capital lease receivables
    17.8       14.3  
 
               
Other current assets
    .7       8.5  
 
 
  $ 244.8     $ 256.5  
 
Other Noncurrent Assets
                 
30 September 2007   2006  
   
Noncurrent capital lease receivables
  $ 326.1     $ 240.8  
 
               
Derivative instruments
    8.1       19.1  
 
               
Other long-term receivables
    36.4       27.4  
 
               
Cost investments
    39.8       95.2  
 
               
Deferred tax assets
    47.0       40.6  
 
               
Prepaid pension benefit cost
    43.7       17.9  
 
               
Pension intangible asset
          32.0  
 
               
Other deferred charges
    138.4       101.6  
 
 
  $ 639.5     $ 574.6  
 


69


 

Payables and Accrued Liabilities
                 
30 September   2007     2006  
     
 
               
Trade creditors
  $ 943.4     $ 841.7  
 
               
Customer advances
    90.2       199.7  
 
               
Accrued payroll and employee benefits
    183.6       164.7  
 
               
Pension benefits
    92.0       164.1  
 
               
Outstanding payments in excess
of certain cash balances
    58.6       54.3  
 
               
Accrued interest expense
    62.5       43.0  
 
               
Derivative instruments
    27.6       25.9  
 
               
Global cost reduction plan accrual
    8.4       46.5  
 
               
Miscellaneous
    138.0       107.6  
 
               
 
 
  $ 1,604.3     $ 1,647.5  
 

Short-Term Borrowings
                 
30 September   2007     2006  
     
 
               
Bank obligations
    $265.6       $177.3  
 
               
Commercial paper
    334.0       240.2  
 
               
 
 
    $599.6       $417.5  
 
The weighted average interest rate of short-term borrowings outstanding as of 30 September 2007 and 2006 was 5.1% and 4.9%, respectively.
Deferred Income and Other Noncurrent
Liabilities
                 
30 September   2007     2006  
     
 
               
Pension benefits
  $ 384.3     $ 225.3  
 
               
Postretirement benefits
    95.5       74.0  
 
               
Other employee benefits
    102.7       90.2  
 
               
Advance payments
    122.3       97.2  
 
               
Environmental liabilities
    47.1       48.0  
 
               
Derivative instruments
    49.7       41.6  
 
               
Miscellaneous
    73.3       65.7  
 
 
  $ 874.9     $ 642.0  
 
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
(Loss)
                 
30 September   2007     2006  
     
 
               
Gain (loss) on derivatives
  $ 3.8     $ (4.4 )
 
               
Cumulative translation adjustments
    211.7       (61.1 )
 
               
Unrealized holding gain on investment, net of reclassification adjustment for realized gains
    12.6       41.1  
 
               
Minimum pension liability adjustment
          (197.3 )
 
               
Unamortized pension and retiree
medical costs
    (371.0 )      
 
 
  $ (142.9 )   $ (221.7 )
 
In 2007, $36.6 of an unrealized gain on an investment was realized as a result of the donation and sale of a cost-based investment. Other amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income into earnings in 2007 and 2006 were not material.
Other (Income) Expense, Net
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
 
                       
Technology and royalty income
  $ (18.5 )   $ (16.7 )   $ (18.5 )
 
                       
Interest income
    (8.8 )     (9.0 )     (15.4 )
 
                       
Foreign exchange
    4.8       2.1       1.2  
 
                       
Gain on sale of assets
and investments
    (23.2 )     (13.1 )     (12.8 )
 
                       
Amortization of intangibles
    16.6       17.5       15.3  
 
                       
Insurance settlements, net of
related expenses
    (.4 )     (56.5 )     (1.9 )
 
                       
Miscellaneous
    (10.0 )     6.6       2.4  
 
 
  $ (39.5 )   $ (69.1 )   $ (29.7 )
 
Hurricanes
In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company’s New Orleans industrial gas complex sustained extensive damage from Hurricane Katrina. Other industrial gases and chemicals facilities in the Gulf Coast region also sustained damages from Hurricanes Katrina and Rita in fiscal 2005.
Insurance recoveries for property damages and business interruption are recognized when claims are settled. Insurance recoveries of $73.3 and $12.8 were recognized in 2006 and 2005, respectively. During 2006, the Company collected insurance proceeds of $67.0. Other (income) expense included a net gain of $56.0 in 2006 for insurance recoveries, net of property damage and other expenses. This net gain does not include the estimated impact of costs related to business interruption.
The Company closed-out its insurance claim related to the hurricanes by the end of fiscal 2006. In the first quarter of 2007, the Company collected $19.1 of insurance proceeds.
Additional Income Statement Information
2007 Customer Contract Settlement
By agreement dated 1 June 2007, the Company entered into a settlement with a customer to resolve a dispute related to a dinitrotoluene (DNT) supply agreement. As part of the settlement agreement, the DNT supply agreement was terminated, and certain other agreements between the companies were amended. Selected amendments to the agreements were subject to the approval of the customer’s Board of Directors, which approval was obtained on 12 July 2007. As a result, the Company recognized a before-tax gain of $36.8 ($23.6 after-tax, or $.11 per share) in the fourth quarter of 2007.


70      Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

2007 Donation/Sale of Cost Investment
The Company has a cost-basis investment in a publicly traded foreign company which has been classified as an available-for-sale investment, with holding gains and losses recorded to other comprehensive income, net of income tax. On 19 September 2007, the Company donated 65% of its investment to a tax-exempt charitable organization and sold 15% of its investment for cash. The Company will deduct the fair value of the donation in its fiscal 2007 income tax returns. As a result of the donation, the Company recognized a tax benefit of $18.3 in the fourth quarter of 2007 and pretax expense of $4.7 for the carrying value of the investment. As a result of the sale, the Company recognized a pretax gain of $9.7. In combination, the donation and sale had a favorable net impact of $5.0 on operating income, $19.8 on net income, and $.09 on earnings per share.
2006 Gain on Sale of a Chemical Facility
On 31 March 2006, as part of its announced restructuring of its Polyurethane Intermediates business, the Company sold its DNT production facility in Geismar, Louisiana, to BASF Corporation for $155.0. The Company wrote off the remaining net book value of assets sold, resulting in the recognition of a gain of $70.4 ($42.9 after-tax, or $.19 per share) on the transaction. The Company’s industrial gas facilities at this same location were not included in this transaction and continue to produce and supply hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and syngas to customers.
2006 Impairment of Loans Receivable
In the second quarter of 2006, the Company recognized a loss of $65.8 ($42.4 after-tax, or $.19 per share) for the impairment of loans receivable from a long-term supplier of sulfuric acid, used in the production of DNT for the Company’s Polyurethane Intermediates business. To facilitate the supplier’s ability to emerge from bankruptcy in June 2003 and continue to supply
product to the Company, the Company and other third parties agreed to participate in the supplier’s financing. Subsequent to the initial financing, the Company and the supplier’s other principal lender executed standstill agreements which temporarily amended the terms of the loan agreements, primarily to allow the deferral of principal and interest payments. Based on events occurring within the second quarter of 2006, management concluded that the Company would not be able to collect any amounts due. These events included the Company’s announcement of its plan to restructure its Polyurethane Intermediates business and notification to the supplier of the Company’s intent not to enter into further standstill agreements. In November 2007, the Company canceled all of the outstanding debt and accrued interest due from the supplier under the loan agreements.
2006 Inventory Adjustment
The Company recorded a charge of $17.3 in the fourth quarter of 2006 to adjust its U.S. Healthcare inventories to actual, based on physical inventory counts, of which $7.0 related to prior periods.
2005 Customer Contract Termination
Effective July 2005, a customer in the Chemicals business terminated its contract for the purchase of toluene diamine. In the fourth quarter of 2005, the Company recognized the present value of the termination payments required under the supply contract. As a result of the contract termination, operating income included an additional $16.
Additional Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for interest and taxes was as follows:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
   
 
                       
Interest
(net of amounts capitalized)
  $ 142.1     $ 108.4     $ 117.8  
 
                       
Taxes (net of refunds)
    248.7       278.5       135.2  
 

71


 


 

Summary by Quarter
These tables summarize the unaudited results of operations for each quarter of 2007 and 2006:
                                         
2007   First     Second     Third     Fourth     Total  
   
Sales
  $ 2,409.5     $ 2,451.2     $ 2,573.9     $ 2,603.2     $ 10,037.8  
Operating income(A)
    331.2       323.5       363.9       389.1       1,407.7  
Income from continuing operations(A)
    229.6       226.9       284.5       301.7       1,042.7  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations(B)
    .7       .7       .4       (8.9 )     (7.1 )
Net income(A)(B)
    230.3       227.6       284.9       292.8       1,035.6  
Basic earnings per common share
                                       
Income from continuing operations
    1.06       1.05       1.32       1.40       4.82  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
                      (.04 )     (.03 )
 
Net income
    1.06       1.05       1.32       1.36       4.79  
Diluted earnings per common share
                                       
Income from continuing operations(A)
    1.03       1.02       1.28       1.35       4.67  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations(B)
                      (.04 )     (.03 )
 
Net income(A)(B)
    1.03       1.02       1.28       1.31       4.64  
Dividends declared per common share
    .34       .38       .38       .38       1.48  
Market price per common share: high
    72.45       78.63       82.74       98.51          
low
    66.19       68.58       73.30       77.26          
(A)   Third quarter included a tax benefit of $27.5, or $.12 per share, from audit settlements.
 
    Fourth quarter included a gain of $36.8 ($23.6 after-tax, or $.11 per share) for a customer contract settlement, a charge of $10.3 ($6.4 after-tax, or $.03 per share) from a pension settlement, a charge of $13.7 ($8.8 after-tax, or $.04 per share) for the global cost reduction plan, a gain of $5.0 ($19.8 after-tax, or $.09 per share) from the donation and sale of a cost-basis investment, and a tax benefit of $11.3, or $.05 per share, from tax audit settlements and adjustments.
 
(B)   Fourth quarter included a loss of $15.3 ($9.3 after-tax, or $.04 per share) for the write-down of the assets of the HPPC business to net realizable value.
                                         
2006   First     Second     Third     Fourth     Total  
   
Sales
  $ 1,993.1     $ 2,204.7     $ 2,220.5     $ 2,334.5     $ 8,752.8  
Operating income(A)
    253.2       280.3       290.8       231.3       1,055.6  
Income from continuing operations(A)
    181.6       195.1       205.8       162.6       745.1  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations(B)
    (.9 )     8.9       4.5       (28.0 )     (15.5 )
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (6.2 )     (6.2 )
Net income(A)(B)
    180.7       204.0       210.3       128.4       723.4  
Basic earnings per common share
                                       
Income from continuing operations
    .82       .88       .92       .74       3.36  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations
    (.01 )     .04       .02       (.12 )     (.07 )
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (.03 )     (.03 )
 
Net income
    .81       .92       .94       .59       3.26  
Diluted earnings per common share
                                       
Income from continuing operations(A)
    .80       .85       .90       .72       3.28  
Income (loss) from discontinued operations(B)
          .04       .02       (.12 )     (.07 )
Cumulative effect of accounting change
                      (.03 )     (.03 )
 
Net income(A)(B)
    .80       .89       .92       .57       3.18  
Dividends declared per common share
    .32       .34       .34       .34       1.34  
Market price per common share: high
    61.89       68.10       69.54       68.48          
low
    53.00       58.01       59.18       60.92          
(A)    2006 included a net gain of $56.0 ($34.9 after-tax, or $.15 per share) from insurance recoveries net of property damage and other expenses related to the hurricanes. This gain was reflected in each of the quarters as follows: First—$7.3 ($4.6 after-tax, or $.02 per share); Second—$19.9 ($12.4 after-tax, or $.05 per share); Third—$12.1 ($7.5 after-tax, or $.03 per share); Fourth—$16.7 ($10.4 after-tax, or $.05 per share).
 
    Second quarter included a gain on the sale of a chemical facility of $70.4 ($42.9 after-tax, or $.19 per share) and a loss of $65.8 ($42.4 after-tax, or$.19 per share) for the impairment of loans receivable.
 
    Fourth quarter included an expense of $72.1 ($46.8 after-tax, or $.21 per share) for the global cost reduction plan and a charge of $17.3 ($10.8 after-tax, or $.05 per share) for the write-down of Healthcare’s inventory.
 
(B)     Fourth quarter included an after-tax charge of $26.2, or $.12 per share, for the recognition of an environmental liability associated with the Pace facility.
72     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

21. BUSINESS SEGMENT AND GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION
The Company’s segments are organized based on differences in product and/or type of customer. The Company has six business segments consisting of Merchant Gases, Tonnage Gases, Electronics and Performance Materials, Equipment and Energy, Healthcare, and Chemicals.
Merchant Gases
The Merchant Gases segment provides industrial gases such as oxygen, nitrogen, argon, helium, and hydrogen as well as certain medical and specialty gases to a wide variety of industrial and medical customers globally. There are three principal modes of supply: liquid bulk, packaged gases, and small on-sites. Most merchant product is delivered via bulk supply, in liquid or gaseous form, by tanker or tube trailer. Smaller quantities of industrial, specialty, and medical gases are delivered in cylinders and dewars as “packaged gases.” Other customers receive product through small on-sites (cryogenic or noncryogenic generators) via sale of gas contracts and some sale of equipment. Electricity is the largest cost input for the production of atmospheric gases. Merchant Gases competes against global industrial gas companies, as well as regional competitors, based primarily on price, reliability of supply, and the development of applications for use of industrial gases.
Tonnage Gases
The Tonnage Gases segment supplies industrial gases, including hydrogen, carbon monoxide, syngas, nitrogen, and oxygen, via large on-site facilities or pipeline systems, principally to customers in the petroleum refining, chemical, and metallurgical industries. For large-volume, or “tonnage” industrial gas users, the Company either constructs a gas plant adjacent to or near the customer’s facility—hence the term “on-site”—or delivers product through a pipeline from a nearby location. The Company is the world’s largest provider of hydrogen, which is used by refiners to lower the sulfur content of gasoline and diesel fuels to reduce smog and ozone depletion. Electricity is the largest cost component in the production of atmospheric gases, and natural gas is the principal raw material for hydrogen, carbon monoxide, and syngas production. The Company mitigates energy and natural gas price changes through its long-term cost pass-through type customer contracts. Tonnage Gases competes against global industrial gas companies, as well as regional sellers. Competition is based primarily on price,
reliability of supply, the development of applications that use industrial gases and, in some cases, provision of other services or products such as power and steam generation.
Electronics and Performance Materials
The Electronics and Performance Materials segment employs applications technology to provide solutions to a broad range of global industries through expertise in chemical synthesis, analytical technology, process engineering, and surface science. This segment provides specialty and tonnage gases, specialty and bulk chemicals, services, and equipment to the electronics industry for the manufacture of silicon and compound semiconductors, LCD and other displays, and photovoltaic devices. The segment also provides performance chemical solutions for the coatings, inks, adhesives, civil engineering, personal care, institutional and industrial cleaning, mining, oil field, polyurethane, and other industries. The Electronics and Performance Materials segment faces competition on a product-by-product basis against competitors ranging from niche suppliers with a single product to larger and more vertically integrated companies. Competition is principally conducted on the basis of product performance, quality, reliability of product supply, global infrastructure, technical innovation, service, and price.
Equipment and Energy
The Equipment and Energy segment designs and manufactures cryogenic and gas processing equipment for air separation, hydrocarbon recovery and purification, natural gas liquefaction (LNG), and helium distribution, and serves energy markets in a variety of ways. Equipment is sold worldwide to customers in a variety of industries, including chemical and petrochemical manufacturing, oil and gas recovery and processing, and steel and primary metals processing. Energy markets are served through the Company’s operation and partial ownership of cogeneration and flue gas treatment facilities. The Company is developing technologies to continue to serve energy markets in the future, including gasification and alternative energy technologies. Equipment and Energy competes with a great number of firms for all of its offerings except LNG heat exchangers, for which there are fewer competitors due to the limited market size and proprietary technologies. Competition is based primarily on technological performance, service, technical know-how, price, and performance guarantees.


73

 


 

Healthcare
The Healthcare segment provides respiratory therapies, home medical equipment, and infusion services to patients in their homes in the United States and Europe. The Company serves more than 500,000 patients in 15 countries and has leading market positions in Spain, Portugal, and the United Kingdom. Offerings include oxygen therapy, home nebulizer therapy, sleep management therapy, anti-infective therapy, beds, and wheelchairs. The home healthcare market is highly competitive and based on price, quality, service, and reliability of supply.
Chemicals
The Chemicals segment consists of the Polymer Emulsions business and the Polyurethane Intermediates (PUI) business. The Company announced it was exploring the sale of its Polymer Emulsions business in 2006, and on 6 November 2007 that it was in advanced discussions with its partner in the business, Wacker Chemie AG, over Wacker’s purchase of the Company’s interests in their two polymers joint ventures. The PUI business markets toluene diamine to customers under long-term contracts.
Other
Other operating income includes other expense and income which cannot be directly associated with the business segments, including foreign exchange gains and losses, interest income, and costs previously allocated to the Amines business. Also included are LIFO inventory adjustments, as the business segments use FIFO and the LIFO pool is kept at corporate. Corporate research and development costs are fully allocated to the business segments.
Other assets include cash, deferred tax assets, pension assets, financial instruments, and corporate assets previously allocated to the Amines business.
Customers
The Company has a large number of customers, and no single customer accounts for a significant portion of annual sales.
Accounting Policies
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 1. The Company evaluates the performance of segments based upon reported segment operating income. Operating income of the business segments includes general corporate expenses.
Intersegment sales are not material and are recorded at selling prices that approximate market prices. Equipment manufactured for the Company’s industrial gas business is generally transferred at cost and not reflected as an intersegment sale.
Long-lived assets include investment in net assets of and advances to equity affiliates, net plant and equipment, goodwill, and intangibles.
Business Segments
Business segment information is shown below:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Revenue from External
Customers
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases
  $ 3,196.4     $ 2,712.8     $ 2,468.0  
 
                       
Tonnage Gases
    2,596.3       2,224.1       1,740.1  
 
                       
Electronics and Performance
Materials
    2,068.7       1,801.0       1,605.7  
 
                       
Equipment and Energy
    585.9       536.5       369.4  
 
                       
Healthcare
    631.6       570.8       544.7  
 
                       
Chemicals
    958.9       907.6       945.1  
 
Segment and Consolidated
Totals
  $ 10,037.8     $ 8,752.8     $ 7,673.0  
 
 
                       
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Operating Income
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases(A)
  $ 587.3     $ 470.0     $ 414.0  
 
                       
Tonnage Gases(A)
    385.3       341.3       251.8  
 
                       
Electronics and Performance
Materials(A)
    229.2       190.0       141.3  
 
                       
Equipment and Energy
    76.8       68.9       29.1  
 
                       
Healthcare
    33.7       8.4       81.7  
 
                       
Chemicals
    129.0       64.0       86.1  
 
Segment Total
    1,441.3       1,142.6       1,004.0  
 
                       
Pension settlement
    (10.3 )            
 
                       
Global cost reduction plan(B)
    (13.7 )     (72.1 )      
 
                       
Other
    (9.6 )     (14.9 )     (13.2 )
 
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,407.7     $ 1,055.6     $ 990.8  
 
(A)   The impact of the hurricanes in 2006 from insurance recoveries recognized, net of property damage and other expenses, has been allocated to the business segments as follows: Tonnage Gases $31.0, Merchant Gases $23.5, and Electronics and Performance Materials $1.5.
 
(B)   Information about how this charge related to the businesses at the segment level is discussed in Note 3.
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
 
                       
     
Depreciation and Amortization
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases
  $ 303.1     $ 296.8     $ 270.4  
 
                       
Tonnage Gases
    247.9       184.1       175.4  
 
                       
Electronics and Performance
Materials
    171.7       159.4       147.0  
 
                       
Equipment and Energy
    14.1       12.9       9.7  
 
                       
Healthcare
    64.1       57.2       44.9  
 
                       
Chemicals
    38.2       46.5       52.0  
 
                       
 
Segment Total
    839.1       756.9       699.4  
 
                       
Other
    .9             .2  
 
Consolidated Total
  $ 840.0     $ 756.9     $ 699.6  
 


74     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

 


 

                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Equity Affiliates’ Income
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases
    $ 97.8       $ 82.4       $ 82.1  
 
                       
Chemicals
    17.4       16.0       14.0  
 
                       
Other segments
    16.6       9.3       9.3  
 
Segment and Consolidated
Totals
    $131.8       $107.7       $105.4  
 
 
                       
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Total Assets
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases
  $ 4,626.7     $ 3,821.9     $ 3,488.0  
 
                       
Tonnage Gases
    3,189.7       2,859.7       2,429.9  
 
                       
Electronics and Performance
Materials
    2,481.2       2,293.0       2,102.9  
 
                       
Equipment and Energy
    393.2       330.1       299.0  
 
                       
Healthcare
    918.9       856.5       790.3  
 
                       
Chemicals
    613.3       639.7       740.7  
 
Segment Total
    12,223.0       10,800.9       9,850.8  
 
                       
Other
    368.2       291.0       227.1  
 
                       
Discontinued operations
    68.3       88.8       330.9  
 
Consolidated Total
  $ 12,659.5     $ 11,180.7     $ 10,408.8  
 
 
                       
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Investment in and Advances
to Equity Affiliates
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases
    $642.3       $538.7       $495.0  
 
                       
Chemicals
    67.9       59.9       51.9  
 
                       
Other segments
    135.8       129.7       116.8  
 
Segment and Consolidated
Totals
    $846.0       $728.3       $663.7  
 
 
                       
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Identifiable Assets
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases
  $ 3,984.4     $ 3,283.2     $ 2,993.0  
 
                       
Tonnage Gases
    3,130.4       2,803.0       2,386.4  
 
                       
Electronics and Performance
Materials
    2,435.3       2,245.7       2,056.6  
 
                       
Equipment and Energy
    362.6       304.4       272.0  
 
                       
Healthcare
    918.9       856.5       790.3  
 
                       
Chemicals
    545.4       579.8       688.8  
 
Segment Total
    11,377.0       10,072.6       9,187.1  
 
                       
Other
    368.2       291.0       227.1  
 
                       
Discontinued operations
    68.3       88.8       330.9  
 
Consolidated Total
  $ 11,813.5     $ 10,452.4     $ 9,745.1  
 
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Expenditures for Long-lived
Assets
                       
 
                       
Merchant Gases
  $ 846.0     $ 507.4     $ 437.2  
 
                       
Tonnage Gases
    427.5       517.6       109.2  
 
                       
Electronics and Performance
Materials
    210.5       200.0       258.1  
 
                       
Equipment and Energy
    9.9       39.6       16.5  
 
                       
Healthcare
    74.5       110.0       146.9  
 
                       
Chemicals
    20.3       31.2       64.2  
 
Segment Total
    1,588.7       1,405.8       1,032.1  
 
                       
Other
    1.3       3.1       1.3  
 
Consolidated Total
  $ 1,590.0     $ 1,408.9     $ 1,033.4  
 
Geographic Information
Geographic information is presented below:
                         
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Revenues from External
Customers
                       
 
                       
United States
  $ 5,135.5     $ 4,908.1     $ 4,310.6  
 
                       
Canada
    185.1       108.0       72.3  
 
                       
Europe
    3,073.0       2,492.2       2,221.4  
 
                       
Asia
    1,478.2       1,123.6       955.0  
 
                       
Latin America
    166.0       120.9       113.7  
 
 
  $ 10,037.8     $ 8,752.8     $ 7,673.0  
 
 
                       
    2007     2006     2005  
     
 
                       
Long-lived Assets
                       
 
                       
United States
    $3,495.7     $ 3,626.9     $ 3,448.4  
 
                       
Canada
    442.5       228.7       169.8  
 
                       
Europe
    3,080.2       2,221.6       2,120.3  
 
                       
Asia
    1,798.3       1,581.0       1,348.8  
 
                       
Latin America
    224.1       210.2       192.6  
 
                       
All other
    81.0       68.5       79.2  
 
 
    $9,121.8     $ 7,936.9     $ 7,359.1  
 
Geographic information is based on country of origin. Included in United States revenues are export sales to unconsolidated customers of $715.0 in 2007, $732.3 in 2006, and $714.4 in 2005. The Europe segment operates principally in Belgium, France, Germany, the Netherlands, Poland, the U.K. and Spain. The Asia segment operates principally in China, Japan, Korea, and Taiwan.


75

 


 

Five-Year Summary of Selected Financial Data
                                         
(millions of dollars, except per share)   2007     2006     2005     2004     2003  
     
Operating Results
                                       
Sales
  $ 10,038     $ 8,753     $ 7,673     $ 6,932     $ 5,954  
Cost of sales
    7,362       6,472       5,572       5,016       4,285  
Selling and administrative
    1,181       1,075       1,008       951       826  
Research and development
    140       151       132       126       120  
Global cost reduction plans
    14       72                   104  
Operating income
    1,408       1,056       991       884       656  
Equity affiliates’ income
    132       108       105       93       94  
Interest expense
    163       119       110       121       123  
Income tax provision
    301       269       259       228       171  
Income from continuing operations
    1,043       745       705       607       439  
Net income
    1,036       723       712       604       397  
Basic earnings per common share
                                       
Income from continuing operations
    4.82       3.36       3.12       2.71       2.00  
Net income
    4.79       3.26       3.15       2.70       1.81  
Diluted earnings per common share
                                       
Income from continuing operations
    4.67       3.28       3.05       2.65       1.96  
Net income
    4.64       3.18       3.08       2.64       1.78  
 
Year-End Financial Position
                                       
Plant and equipment, at cost
  $ 15,088     $ 13,520     $ 12,478     $ 11,776     $ 11,299  
Total assets
    12,660       11,181       10,409       10,040       9,474  
Working capital
    436       289       472       711       528  
Total debt(A)
    3,677       2,850       2,494       2,388       2,505  
Shareholders’ equity
    5,496       4,924       4,546       4,420       3,759  
 
Financial Ratios
                                       
Return on average shareholders’ equity(B)
    19.9 %     15.4 %     15.2 %     14.8 %     12.1 %
Operating margin
    14.0 %     12.1 %     12.9 %     12.8 %     11.0 %
Selling and administrative as a percentage of sales
    11.8 %     12.3 %     13.1 %     13.7 %     13.9 %
Total debt to sum of total debt, shareholders’ equity and
minority interest(A)
    39.3 %     35.8 %     34.5 %     34.2 %     38.8 %
 
Other Data
                                       
Depreciation and amortization
  $ 840     $ 757     $ 700     $ 692     $ 636  
Capital expenditures(C)
    1,596       1,411       1,031       796       1,103  
Additions to plant and equipment
    1,055       1,259       917       686       606  
Cash provided by operating activities
from continuing operations
    1,483       1,314       1,304       1,095       1,036  
Dividends declared per common share
    1.48       1.34       1.25       1.04       .88  
Market price range per common share
    99–66       70–53       66–52       56–44       49–36  
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding
(in millions)
    216       222       226       224       220  
Weighted average common shares outstanding
assuming dilution (in millions)
    223       228       231       229       224  
 
Book value per common share at year-end
  $ 25.52     $ 22.67     $ 20.48     $ 19.57     $ 16.98  
Shareholders at year-end
    9,300       9,900       10,300       10,700       11,100  
Employees at year-end(D)
    22,100       20,700       20,200       19,900       19,000  
 
(A)    Total debt includes long-term debt, current portion of long-term debt, and short-term borrowings as of the end of the year.
 
(B)    Calculated using income from continuing operations.
 
(C)    Capital expenditures include additions to plant and equipment, investment in and advances to unconsolidated affiliates, acquisitions (including long-term debt assumed in acquisitions), and capital lease additions.
 
(D)    Includes full- and part-time employees from continuing and discontinued operations.
76     Air Products Annual Report 2007 | Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements


 

SHAREHOLDERS’ INFORMATION
Common Stock Information
Ticker Symbol: APD
Exchange Listing: New York Stock Exchange
Transfer Agent and Registrar:
American Stock Transfer and Trust Company
59 Maiden Lane, New York, NY 10038
Telephone: 800-937-5449
Internet: www.amstock.com
E-mail: info@amstock.com
Publications for Shareholders
In addition to this Annual Report, Air Products informs shareholders about Company news through:
Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement – mailed to shareholders in mid-December and available electronically on our Web site at www.airproducts.com/invest/.
Form 10-K Report – filed annually with the Securities and Exchange Commission at the end of November.
Earnings Information – shareholders and investors can obtain copies of earnings releases, Annual Reports, 10-Ks and news releases by dialing 800-AIR-6525. Shareholders and investors can also register for e-mail updates on our Web site.
Dividend Policy
Dividends on Air Products’ common stock are declared by the board of directors and, when declared, usually will be paid during the sixth week after the close of the fiscal quarter. It is the Company’s objective to pay dividends consistent with the reinvestment of earnings necessary for long-term growth.
Direct Investment Program
Current shareholders and new investors can conveniently and economically purchase shares of Air Products’ common stock and reinvest cash dividends through American Stock Transfer and Trust Company. Registered shareholders can purchase shares on American Stock Transfer and Trust’s Web site, www.investpower.com. New investors can obtain information on the Web site or by calling 877-322-4941 or 718-921-8200.
Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of shareholders will be held on Thursday, January 24, 2008, 2:00 p.m., at Cedar Crest College, Allentown, Pennsylvania.
Terminology
The term Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., as used in this Report, refers solely to the Delaware corporation of that name.
The use of such terms as Air Products, Company, division, organization, we, us, our and its, when referring to either
2007 Quarterly Stock Information
                                 
    High   Low   Close   Dividend
 
                               
First
  $ 72.45     $ 66.19     $ 70.28     $ .34  
 
                               
Second
    78.63       68.58       73.96       .38  
 
                               
Third
    82.74       73.30       80.37       .38  
 
                               
Fourth
    98.51       77.26       97.76       .38  
 
 
                          $ 1.48  
 
2006 Quarterly Stock Information
                                 
    High   Low   Close   Dividend
 
                               
First
  $ 61.89     $ 53.00     $ 59.19     $ .32  
 
                               
Second
    68.10       58.01       67.19       .34  
 
                               
Third
    69.54       59.18       63.92       .34  
 
                               
Fourth
    68.48       60.92       66.37       .34  
 
 
                          $ 1.34  
 
Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries or to its subsidiaries and affiliates, either individually or collectively, is only for convenience and is not intended to describe legal relationships. Significant subsidiaries are listed as an exhibit to the Form 10-K Report filed by Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Groups, divisions or other business segments of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. described in this Report are not corporate entities.
Annual Certifications
The most recent certifications by our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 are filed as exhibits to our Form 10-K. We have also filed with the New York Stock Exchange the most recent Annual CEO Certification as required by Section 303A.12(a) of the New York Stock Exchange Listed Company Manual.
Additional Information
The forward-looking statements contained in this Report are qualified by reference to the section entitled “Forward-Looking Statements” on page 36 of the Financials section.
Acknowledgments
Design and Production: Visual Communications Photography: Theo Anderson, Jack Lerch, Jozef Wolny, Black Star Photography
Printing: Hoechstetter Printing, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania

In 2008, Air Products will adopt the SEC’s mandatory Notice and Access, or “e-proxy” rule, and send a Notice of Internet Availability to shareholders and post its proxy materials to the Internet.



77

EX-21
 

Exhibit 21
Subsidiaries of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
The following is a list of the Company’s consolidating subsidiaries, as of 30 September 2007, except for certain subsidiaries of the Registrant which do not in the aggregate constitute a significant subsidiary as that term is defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. This list does not include equity affiliate investments and cost investments.
UNITED STATES
All companies are incorporated in the State of Delaware unless otherwise indicated.
Registrant — Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
AHS Seating and Mobility Georgia, Inc.
APMTG Helium LLC
Air Products HyCal Company, L.P. (California)
Air Products Seating and Mobility, Inc.
Air Products Didcot LLC
Air Products (Rozenburg), Inc.
Air Products Asia, Inc.
Air Products Caribbean Holdings, Inc.
Air Products China, Inc.
Air Products Electronics, LLC
Air Products Energy Enterprises, L.P.
Air Products Energy Holdings, Inc.
Air Products Europe, Inc.
Air Products Helium, Inc.
Air Products Hydrogen Company, Inc.
Air Products International Corporation
Air Products LLC
Air Products Manufacturing Corporation
Air Products of Puerto Rico, Inc.
Air Products Performance Manufacturing, Inc.
Air Products Polymers Holdings, L.P.
Air Products Polymers L.P.
Air Products Powders, Inc.
Air Products Trinidad Services, Inc.
Air Products Healthcare Southeast, Inc.
American Homecare Supply IV Georgia, Inc.
American Homecare Supply Mid-Atlantic, LLC
American Homecare Supply New York, LLC
American Homecare Supply West Virginia, Inc.
American Homecare Supply, LLC
AmHealth Group, Inc.
APCI Ref-Fuel Company, Inc.
APCI (U.K.), Inc.
APNP 1 L.L.C.
C.O.P.D. Services, Inc.
Collins I.V. Care, Inc.
Denmark’s, Inc.
Ducolake, Inc.
DependiCare Home Health, Inc.
Electron Transfer Technologies, Inc.
Genox Homecare, Inc.
i.e. Med Systems, Inc.
Laurel Mountain Medical Supply, Inc.
Lakeway Medical Rentals, Inc.
Middletown Oxygen Company, Inc.
Mosso’s Medical Supply Company, Inc.
Nightingale Medical of Indiana, LLC
Olin — DNT Limited Partnership
Permea, Inc.
Prodair Corporation
Pure Air Holdings Corp.

 


 

Pure Air on the Lake (I), Inc.
Pure Air on the Lake (IV), Inc.
SCWC Corp.
Stockton CoGen (I), Inc.
Tomah Products, Inc.
Tomah Reserve, Inc.
Ultra Care, Inc.
ARGENTINA
Terapias Medicas Domiciliarias, S.A.
AUSTRIA
Air Products Gesellschaft mbH
BELGIUM
Air Products S.A.
Air Products Management S.A.
Medigaz, S.A.
BERMUDA
Asia Industrial Gas Company Ltd.
BRAZIL
Air Products Brasil Ltda. (The organization of this affiliate more closely resembles a partnership with limited liability than a corporation.)
CANADA
Air Products Canada Ltd./Prodair Canada Ltee
CHINA
Air Products and Chemicals (Beijing) Distribution Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Changzhou) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Chengdu) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Chongqing) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (China) Investment Co. Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Fujian) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Guangzhou) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals Jiuce (Fuzhou) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Kunshan) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Nanjing) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Ningbo) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Shenzhen) Gases Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Tangshan) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Tianjin) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Zibo) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Nanjing) Specialty Amines Co., Ltd.
Air Products (Nanjing) Co., Ltd.
Air Products (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Shanghai) Electronics Gases Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Shanghai) Gases Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Shanghai) Systems Co. Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Tongxiang) Co., Ltd.
Air Products and Chemicals (Zhangjiagang) Co., Ltd.
Beijing AP BAIF Gas Industry Co., Ltd.
Permea China, Ltd.

2


 

CZECH REPUBLIC
Air Products spol s.r.o.
FRANCE
Air Products Medical S.a.r.l.
Air Products SAS
Prodair et Cie S.C.S.
Prodair S.A.S.
Henno Oxygene S.A.S.
Hold’Air SAS
Lida SAS
Domisante SAS
Union Mobiliere Industrielle S.A.R.L.
GERMANY
Air Products GmbH
Air Products Medical GmbH
Air Products Polymers GmbH & Co KG
Air Products Polymers Verwaltungs GmbH
Air Products Powders GmbH
INDONESIA
PT Air Products Indonesia
IRELAND
Air Products Ireland Limited
Air Products Medical Ireland Limited
ISRAEL
Prodair Israel Limited
ITALY
Air Products Italia S.r.l.
JAPAN
Air Products Japan, Inc.
KOREA
Air Products Korea Inc.
Air Products Korea Electronics, Inc.
Air Products ACT Korea Limited
Air Products HYT Inc.
Shinil Cryogenic Materials, Ltd.
MALAYSIA
Air Products Malaysia Sdn Bhd
Air Products Shared Services Sdn. Bhd
MEXICO
Air Products and Chemicals de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
THE NETHERLANDS
Air Products Chemicals Europe B.V.
Air Products Holdings B.V.
Air Products Investments B.V.
Air Products Leasing B.V.
Air Products Nederland B.V.
Air Products Utilities B.V.
Air Products Polymers B.V.

3


 

NORWAY
Air Products A/S
PERU
Air Products Peru S.A.C.
POLAND
Air Products Sp. z.o.o.
Air Products Gazy Sp. z o.o.
Air Products Polska Sp. z o.o.
Roboprojekt Sp. z.o.o
PORTUGAL
Gases Industriais, S.A.R.L.
ROMANIA
Air Products Hidrogen S.R.L.
RUSSIA
Air Products O.O.O.
SINGAPORE
Air Products and Chemicals (S) Pte. Ltd.
Air Products Singapore Pte. Ltd.
SLOVAKIA
Air Products Slovakia s.r.o.
SPAIN
Air Products Iberica, S.L.
Air Products Investments Espana, S.L.
Air Products Services Europe, S.A.
Air Products Sud Europa, S.L.
Air Products Ventas y Servicios, S.A.
Altanova Residencial, S.L.
Broadnet Business, S.A.
Fir-Salus, s.a.
Gases Medicinales e Industriales, S.A
Matgas 2000 A.I.E.
Oxigeno y Carbogenos, S.A.
Oxigenol, S.A.
Oximeca, S.A.
Sociedad Espanola de Carburos Metalicos S.A.
SWITZERLAND
Air Products Switzerland Sàrl
TAIWAN
Airpro Gases Co., Ltd.
Air Products San Fu Co., Ltd.
Air Products Electronics Taiwan Limited
Air Products Taiwan Co., Ltd.
Air Products Taiwan Holdings, LLC
THAILAND
Air Products Asia (Technology Center) Ltd.
TRINIDAD AND TOBAGO
Air Products Unlimited

4


 

UNITED ARAB EMIRATES
Air Products Middle East FZE
UNITED KINGDOM
Air Products (BR) Limited
Air Products (Chemicals) Public Limited Company
Air Products (GB) Limited
Air Products Group Limited
Air Products PLC
Air Products (UK) Limited
Air Products Yanbu Limited
Anchor Chemical (UK) Limited
Anchor Chemical International Limited
Ancomer Limited
Cryomed Limited
Prodair Services Limited
Air Products (Chemicals) Teesside Limited
VENEZUELA
Air Products S.A.

5

EX-23.1
 

(KPMG LOGO)   Exhibit 23.1
1601 Market Street
Philadelphia, PA 19103-2499
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.:
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (File Nos. 333-54224, 333-56292, 333-71405, 333-73105, 333-81358, 333-95317, 333-100210, 333-103809, 333-113881, 333-13882, 333-121262, 333-123477, 333-132599, 333-141336, 333-141337, 333-141338) on Form S-8 and in the Registration Statements (File Nos. 333-33851, 333-111792) on Form S-3 of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries of our reports dated 27 November 2007, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. and subsidiaries as of 30 September 2007 and 2006, and the related consolidated income statements and consolidated statements of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended 30 September 2007, the schedule supporting such consolidated financial statements, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of 30 September 2007, which reports appear or are incorporated by reference in the 30 September 2007 Annual Report on Form 10-K of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.
Our reports refer to the Company’s adoption of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 158, “Employers’ Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans,” as of 30 September 2007, the Company’s adoption of Financial Accounting Standards Board Interpretation No. 47, “Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations,” effective 30 September 2006, and the Company’s adoption of SFAS No. 123 (R), “Share-Based Payment,” and related interpretations on 1 October 2005.
-s- KPMG LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
27 November 2007
(GRAPHIC)   KPMG LLP. KPMG LLP, a U.S. limited liability partnership, is
a member of KPMG International, a Swiss association.

 

EX-24
 

Exhibit 24
POWER OF ATTORNEY
     Know All Men By These Presents, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John E. McGlade or Paul E. Huck or Stephen J. Jones, acting severally, his/her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him/her and in his/her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign the Form 10-K Annual Report for the fiscal year ended 30 September 2007 and all amendments thereto and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he/she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this Power of Attorney has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ Mario L. Baeza
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Mario L. Baeza        
         
/s/ William L. Davis, III
 
  Director    15 November 2007
William L. Davis, III        
         
/s/ Michael J. Donahue
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Michael J. Donahue        
         
/s/ Ursula O. Fairbairn
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Ursula O. Fairbairn        
         
/s/ W. Douglas Ford
 
  Director    15 November 2007
W. Douglas Ford        
         
/s/ Edward E. Hagenlocker
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Edward E. Hagenlocker        
         
/s/ Evert Henkes
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Evert Henkes        

 


 

         
Signature   Title   Date
/s/ John P. Jones III
 
  Director and Chairman    15 November 2007
John P. Jones III        
         
/s/ John E. McGlade
 
  Director    15 November 2007
John E. McGlade        
         
/s/ Margaret G. McGlynn
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Margaret G. McGlynn        
         
/s/ Charles H. Noski
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Charles H. Noski        
         
/s/ Lawrence S. Smith
 
  Director    15 November 2007
Lawrence S. Smith        

2

EX-31.1
 

Exhibit 31.1
PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
I, John E. McGlade, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s

 


 

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: 28 November 2007
         
    /s/ John E. McGlade
 
   
    John E. McGlade    
    President and Chief Executive Officer    

2

EX-31.2
 

Exhibit 31.2
PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
I, Paul E. Huck, certify that:
  1.   I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc.;
 
  2.   Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
 
  3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
 
  4.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
  5.   The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s

 


 

auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Date: 28 November 2007
         
    /s/ Paul E. Huck
 
   
    Paul E. Huck    
    Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer    

2

EX-32.1
 

Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE
SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
     In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Air Products and Chemicals, Inc. (the “Company”) for the year ending September 30, 2007, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), we, John E. McGlade, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and Paul E. Huck, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
  1.   The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
  2.   The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
     
Dated: 28 November 2007
  /s/ John E. McGlade
 
   
 
  John E. McGlade
 
  President and Chief Executive Officer
 
   
 
  /s/ Paul E. Huck
 
   
 
  Paul E. Huck
 
  Senior Vice President and
 
  Chief Financial Officer